424B4
Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4)
Registration
No. 333-169650
TAL Education Group
12,000,000 American Depositary
Shares
Representing
24,000,000 Class A Common
Shares
This is an initial public offering of American depositary
shares, or ADSs, of TAL Education Group. We are offering
12,000,000 ADSs. Each ADS represents two Class A
common shares, par value $0.001 per share.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
ADSs or our shares. Our ADSs have been approved for listing on
the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol XRS.
See Risk Factors beginning on page 12 to
read about risks you should consider before buying the
ADSs.
PRICE $10.00 PER ADS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
discounts and
|
|
Proceeds
|
|
|
Price to public
|
|
commissions
|
|
before expenses
|
|
Per ADS
|
|
$
|
10.00
|
|
|
$
|
0.70
|
|
|
$
|
9.30
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
8,400,000
|
|
|
$
|
111,600,000
|
|
The underwriters have an option to purchase up to an additional
1,800,000 ADSs from us at the initial public offering price less
underwriting discounts and commissions, within 30 days from
the date of this prospectus.
Neither the United States Securities and Exchange Commission
nor any state securities commission or other regulatory body has
approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the
accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to
the contrary is a criminal offense.
The underwriters expect to deliver the ADSs to purchasers on or
about October 25, 2010.
|
|
Credit
Suisse |
Morgan Stanley |
|
|
Piper
Jaffray |
Oppenheimer & Co. |
The date of
this prospectus is October 19, 2010.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
|
F-1
|
|
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with
information different from that contained in this prospectus. We
are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, the ADSs only
in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The
information contained in this prospectus is current only as of
the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery
of this prospectus or of any sale of the ADSs.
We have not taken any action to permit a public offering of
the ADSs outside the United States or to permit the possession
or distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.
Persons outside the United States who come into possession of
this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any
restrictions relating to the offering of the ADSs and the
distribution of the prospectus outside the United States.
Through and including November 13, 2010 (the
25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers
effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not
participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a
prospectus. This is in addition to a dealers obligation to
deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with
respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
i
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in
this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that
you should consider in making your investment decision. Before
investing in the ADSs, you should carefully read the entire
prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes
included in this prospectus and the information set forth under
the headings Risk Factors and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations. In addition, we
commissioned iResearch Consulting Group, or iResearch, an
independent market research firm, to prepare a report for the
purpose of providing various industry and other information and
illustrating our position in the K-12 after-school tutoring
service market in China. Information from the report prepared by
iResearch, or the iResearch Report, appears in
Summary, Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
Market Opportunity, Business and other
sections of this prospectus. We have taken such care as we
consider reasonable in the reproduction and extraction of
information from the iResearch Report and other third-party
sources. Student enrollments in this prospectus refer to the
cumulative total number of courses enrolled in and paid for by
our students, including multiple courses enrolled in and paid
for by the same student; if one student enrolls in two separate
tutoring courses, we count that as two student enrollments.
Our
Business
We are the largest
K-12
after-school tutoring service provider in China as measured by
income from operations in 2009, according to iResearch. In terms
of revenues in 2009, we are one of the largest K-12 after-school
tutoring service providers in China, according to iResearch. We
offer comprehensive tutoring services to
K-12 students
covering core academic subjects, including mathematics, English,
Chinese, physics, chemistry and biology. We have successfully
established Xueersi as a leading brand in
Chinas K-12 private education market closely associated
with high teaching quality and academic excellence in China, as
evidenced by our students outstanding academic
performance, our over 70% annual retention rate, our ability to
recruit most of our students through
word-of-mouth
referrals as well as the numerous recognitions and awards we
have received. The K-12 after-school tutoring service market in
China is highly fragmented. In 2009, we had a 0.26% market share
in China and a 4.5% market share in Beijing, in each case as
measured by revenues for the year according to iResearch.
We deliver our tutoring services through small classes,
personalized premium services (i.e.,
one-on-one
tutoring) and online course offerings. Our extensive network
consists of 109 learning centers and 87 service
centers in Beijing, Shanghai, Shenzhen, Guangzhou, Tianjin and
Wuhan, as well as our online platform. Our student enrollments
increased from 67,996 in the fiscal year ended February 29,
2008 to 382,505 in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010,
representing a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 137.2%.
Our student enrollment growth has been predominantly driven by
new students.
We are committed to providing our students with high-quality
services and an exceptional learning experience. Our commitment
is reflected in our continual focus on recruiting, training and
retaining teachers with strong academic credentials, relevant
experience and a passion for education; our emphasis on
developing, updating and improving our curricula and course
materials; and our focus on standardizing operating procedures
throughout our network. This in turn has led to a strong track
record of outstanding student achievement. In 2010, 169 out of
our 430 high school graduates were admitted to Peking
University or Tsinghua University, the two most prestigious
universities in China that collectively enroll only less than
0.1% of the high school graduates across the country. In the
same year, approximately 5,700 of our students in Beijing and
Shanghai were admitted to key high schools, representing
approximately 77% enrollment rate in comparison to the regional
average of approximately 30%; and more than 5,500 of our
students in Beijing and Shanghai were admitted to key middle
schools, representing approximately 81% enrollment rate in
comparison to the regional average of 15-25%. In addition, our
students have won a significant number of regional, national and
international math competitions, including three gold medals in
the International Mathematical Olympiad in 2008 and 2009.
Our online platform, www.eduu.com, hosts Chinas largest
and most active online education community for our existing and
potential students and their parents, and is the largest
Internet education portal in China,
1
based on the average monthly page views and average monthly
unique visitors in the first six months of 2010. It provides our
existing and potential students access to learning resources
beyond our physical network, increases student loyalty and
stickiness and enhances our brand awareness. In addition, our
online platform enables us to continue to roll out and expand
our online course offerings. As word-of-mouth referrals and our
online communities have contributed significantly to student
recruitment, we have not incurred significant advertising
expenses in the past. Revenues generated from our online course
offerings have accounted for less than 1.5% of our total net
revenues since we began offering online courses in 2010.
We have experienced significant growth in recent years. Our
total net revenues increased from $8.9 million in the
fiscal year ended February 29, 2008 to $69.6 million
in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010, representing a
CAGR of 179.9%. Our net income increased from $1.5 million
in the fiscal year ended February 29, 2008 to
$14.2 million in the fiscal year ended February 28,
2010, representing a CAGR of 206.9%. Our total net revenues for
the six months ended August 31, 2010 were
$53.0 million, and our net income for the same period was
$13.2 million.
Due to PRC legal restrictions on foreign ownership and
investment in the education business in China, we operate our
after-school tutoring service business primarily through our
variable interest entities and their subsidiaries and schools in
China. We do not hold equity interests in our variable interest
entities; however, through a series of contractual arrangements
with these variable interest entities and their respective
shareholders, we effectively control, and are able to derive
substantially all of the economic benefits from, these variable
interest entities.
Market
Opportunity
We believe that the K-12 after-school tutoring market is the
most attractive sector in Chinas private education market
given the large addressable market it serves, its rapid growth
rate and its highly fragmented nature. According to statistics
published by the Ministry of Education of China, there were
approximately 180 million students in primary, middle and
high schools in China at the end of 2008, presenting a large
addressable market for K-12 after-school tutoring services. The
primary purpose of
K-12 after
school tutoring services in China is to help students in
kindergarten through high school improve academic performance in
their regular school courses across a range of subject areas and
prepare for admission exams. The growth of the
K-12
after-school tutoring market is compelling. According to
iResearch, the K-12 after-school tutoring market in China grew
from RMB123.8 billion in 2007 to RMB189.7 billion
($27.8 billion) in 2009, representing a CAGR of 23.8%, and
is projected to grow to RMB447.2 billion
($65.5 billion) in 2014, representing a CAGR of 18.7% from
2009. We believe that rising levels of disposable income,
increasing spending on private education, and intense
competition for quality education and job opportunities in China
are among the key factors that will contribute to the future
growth of the K-12 after-school tutoring market. Moreover, the
K-12 after-school tutoring market in China is highly fragmented
with no player holding over 1% market share. This fragmented
market presents opportunities for private tutoring service
providers that offer high-quality services and have a strong
track record, brand and reputation to attract and retain more
students and increase market share.
Our
Competitive Strengths and Strategies
We believe that the following competitive strengths have
contributed to our success and differentiate us from our
competitors:
|
|
|
|
|
largest K-12 after-school tutoring service provider in China;
|
|
|
|
brand strength;
|
|
|
|
outstanding student performance;
|
|
|
|
high teaching quality, strong content development and efficient
education management system;
|
|
|
|
largest Internet education platform in China; and
|
|
|
|
innovative and entrepreneurial management team with a passion
for education.
|
2
We intend to pursue the following key growth strategies:
|
|
|
|
|
further penetrate our existing markets;
|
|
|
|
extend our geographic network into attractive new markets;
|
|
|
|
expand our personalized premium services; and
|
|
|
|
further develop our online course offerings.
|
Our
Challenges
The successful execution of our strategies is subject to risks
and uncertainties related to our business and industry,
including those relating to:
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to continue to attract students to enroll in our
courses;
|
|
|
|
our ability to continue to recruit, train and retain qualified
teachers;
|
|
|
|
our ability to improve the content of our existing course
offerings and to develop new courses in a timely and
cost-effective manner;
|
|
|
|
our ability to maintain and enhance our brand;
|
|
|
|
our historical financial and operating results, growth rates and
profitability may not serve as an adequate basis to judge our
future prospects and results of operations;
|
|
|
|
our ability to maintain and continue to improve our teaching
results in terms of student performance and the level of
satisfaction with our services; and
|
|
|
|
our ability to compete effectively against our competitors.
|
In addition, we are subject to risks and uncertainties related
to our corporate structure and doing business in China,
including, but not limited to:
|
|
|
|
|
risks associated with our control of our variable interest
entities, which control is based upon contractual arrangements
rather than equity ownership;
|
|
|
|
risks associated with our ability to fund our expansion plan due
to PRC legal restrictions on foreign currency conversion and
restrictions on distribution of school profits, among others;
|
|
|
|
uncertainties with respect to PRC regulatory restrictions on
after-school tutoring services, including regulations issued by
certain provincial governmental authorities prohibiting private
schools from offering after-school tutoring classes to primary
and secondary school students; and
|
|
|
|
risks associated with our ability to obtain various operating
licenses and permits and to make registrations and filings for
all of our learning centers in China.
|
See Risk Factors and Special Note Regarding
Forward-Looking Statements for a discussion of these and
other risks and uncertainties associated with our business and
investing in our ADSs.
Our
Corporate History and Structure
Our founders, Mr. Bangxin Zhang and Mr. Yundong Cao,
offered our first after-school mathematics tutoring class in
August 2003 when they were still attending graduate school in
Peking University. In 2005, our founders established a domestic
company in China named Beijing Xueersi Education Technology Co.,
Ltd., or Xueersi Education. In order to facilitate foreign
investment in our company, in January 2008, we incorporated TAL
Education Group, or TAL Group, to become our offshore holding
company under the laws of the Cayman Islands. TAL Group
established Xueersi International Education Group Limited, or
Xueersi Hong Kong, in Hong Kong in March 2008 as our
intermediary holding company. See Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
OperationsTaxationPRC for a discussion of tax
implications of having Xueersi Hong Kong as our intermediary
holding company. Xueersi Hong Kong
3
subsequently established three wholly owned subsidiaries in
China: TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd., or TAL
Beijing, in May 2008; Beijing Huanqiu Zhikang Shidai Education
Consulting Co., Ltd, or Huanqiu Zhikang, in September 2009; and
Beijing Yidu Huida Education Technology Co., Ltd., or Yidu
Huida, in November 2009.
The following diagram illustrates our current corporate
structure:
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Each person is an ultimate
beneficial owner and also a director or executive officer of TAL
Group.
|
Due to the PRC legal restriction on foreign ownership and
investment in the education business in China, we rely on a
series of contractual arrangements among TAL Beijing, Beijing
Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd., or Xueersi Education,
Beijing Xueersi Network Technology Co., Ltd., or Xueersi
Network, and their respective shareholders, subsidiaries and
schools to conduct most of our tutoring services in China, while
our personalized premium services in Beijing are offered through
our subsidiary, Huanqiu Zhikang. These contractual arrangements
enable us to:
|
|
|
|
|
exercise effective control over Xueersi Education, Xueersi
Network and their respective subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
receive substantially all of the economic benefits of Xueersi
Education, Xueersi Network and their respective subsidiaries in
consideration for the services provided by us; and
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
have an exclusive option to purchase all of the equity interests
in Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network when and to the extent
permitted under PRC law.
|
We do not have equity interests in Xueersi Education and Xueersi
Network; however, as a result of these contractual arrangements,
we are the primary beneficiary of Xueersi Education and Xueersi
Network and treat them as our variable interest entities under
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States,
or U.S. GAAP. Accordingly, we refer to Xueersi Education
and Xueersi Network collectively as our variable interest
entities, or VIEs. We refer to our VIEs and
the VIEs direct and indirect subsidiaries and schools
collectively as affiliated entities. Moreover, in
the contractual arrangements, the shareholders of the VIEs, in
exchange for relinquishing effective control over the VIEs,
received pro rata equity interests in TAL Group, which serves to
align their interests with our companys in performing
those contracts. For a more detailed discussion of the risk of
potential conflicts of interest associated with our corporate
structure, see Risk Factors Risks Related to
Our Corporate Structure The beneficial owners of
Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network may have potential
conflicts of interest with us, which may materially and
adversely affect our business and financial condition.
We have consolidated the financial results of our VIEs and their
subsidiaries in our consolidated financial statements in
accordance with U.S. GAAP. For the fiscal years ended
February 29, 2008 and February 28, 2009 and 2010,
$8.9 million, $37.5 million and $68.9 million, or
100%, 100% and 99.0% of our total net revenues, respectively,
are attributable to our VIEs.
Huanqiu Zhikang operates our personalized premium services in
Beijing. Except for our personalized premium services in
Beijing, none of our existing services is conducted directly by
our subsidiaries. Yidu Huida was formed as part of our corporate
strategic planning and has yet to conduct any significant
business operations. Yidu Huida may in the future provide
information technology support to our other subsidiaries and
affiliated entities, which is within the business scope of Yidu
Huida.
For a more detailed description of our corporate history and
structure, see Our Corporate History and Structure.
For a detailed description of the regulatory environment for
private education that necessitates the adoption of our
corporate structure, see Regulation. For a detailed
description of the risks associated with our corporate structure
and the contractual arrangements that support our corporate
structure, see Risk FactorsRisks Related to Our
Corporate Structure.
Our
Corporate Information
Our principal executive offices are located at 18/F, Hesheng
Building, 32 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District, Beijing
100080, Peoples Republic of China. Our telephone number at
this address is +86 (10) 5292 6669. Our registered office
in the Cayman Islands is located at Maples Corporate Services
Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman,
KY1-1104, Cayman Islands.
Our corporate website address is www.xueersi.org. The
information contained on our websites is not a part of this
prospectus. Our agent for service of process in the U.S. is
Law Debenture Corporate Services Inc.
5
Conventions
Used in this Prospectus
In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated or the context
otherwise requires, references to:
|
|
|
|
|
we, us, our company, or
our refers to TAL Education Group, its subsidiaries
and its affiliated entities;
|
|
|
|
common shares refers to our Class A and
Class B common shares, par value US$0.001 per share;
|
|
|
|
preferred shares or Series A preferred
shares refers to our Series A convertible redeemable
preferred shares, par value US$0.001 per share;
|
|
|
|
ADSs refers to American depositary shares, each of
which representing two Class A common shares;
|
|
|
|
variable interest entities, or VIEs,
refers to Beijing Xueersi Network Technology Co., Ltd. and
Beijing Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd., which are
domestic PRC companies in which we do not have equity interests
but whose financial results have been consolidated into our
consolidated financial statements in accordance with
U.S. GAAP due to our having effective control over, and our
being the primary beneficiary of, these companies; and
affiliated entities refers to our VIEs and the
VIEs direct and indirect subsidiaries and schools;
|
|
|
|
student enrollments refers to the cumulative total
number of courses enrolled in and paid for by our students,
including multiple courses enrolled in and paid for by the same
student;
|
|
|
|
annual retention rate refers to the percentage of
our students who subsequently enroll in one or more of our
courses after enrolling in at least one course in the previous
fiscal year;
|
|
|
|
China or PRC refers to the Peoples
Republic of China, excluding for purposes of this prospectus
only, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macau;
|
|
|
|
K-12 refers to the year before the first grade
through the last year of high school;
|
|
|
|
Renminbi or RMB refers to the legal
currency of China; and
|
|
|
|
$, dollars or
U.S. dollars refers to the legal currency of
the United States.
|
Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this
prospectus assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their
option to purchase additional ADSs.
6
THE
OFFERING
|
|
|
Offering price |
|
$10.00 per ADS. |
|
ADSs offered by us |
|
12,000,000 ADSs. |
|
ADSs outstanding immediately after this offering
|
|
12,000,000 ADSs. |
|
Common shares outstanding immediately after this offering
|
|
149,000,000 shares, par value $0.001 per share, comprised of
(i) 24,000,000 Class A common shares, and
(ii) 125,000,000 Class B common shares. |
|
ADS to Class A common share ratio |
|
1:2 |
|
New York Stock Exchange symbol
|
|
XRS. |
|
Common shares |
|
Our common shares are divided into Class A common shares
and Class B common shares. Holders of Class A common
shares and Class B common shares have the same rights
except for voting and conversion rights. In respect of matters
requiring shareholders vote, each Class A common
share is entitled to one vote, and each Class B common
share is entitled to ten votes. Each Class B common share
is convertible into one Class A common share at any time by
the holder thereof. Class A common shares are not
convertible into Class B common shares under any
circumstances. Upon any transfer of Class B common shares
by a holder thereof to any person or entity which is not an
affiliate of such holder, such Class B common shares shall
be automatically and immediately converted into the equal number
of Class A common shares. |
|
Depositary |
|
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. |
|
Over-allotment option |
|
The underwriters have a
30-day
option to purchase up to 1,800,000 additional ADSs from us at
the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts
and commissions. |
|
Reserved ADSs |
|
At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the
initial public offering price, up to 5% of the total number of
ADSs offered in this offering (assuming no exercise of the
over-allotment option) to some of our directors, officers,
employees, business associates and related persons through a
directed share program. |
|
Use of proceeds |
|
We plan to use the net proceeds received from this offering to
expand our network of learning centers and service centers,
build a national training center, pay a declared cash dividend
in the amount of $30.0 million to our shareholders of
record as of the dividend declaration date conditional upon the
completion of this offering, improve our existing facilities,
and for other general corporate purposes, including strategic
investments in and acquisitions of complementary businesses,
although we are not currently negotiating any such investment or
acquisition. See Use of Proceeds for more
information. |
7
|
|
|
Lock-up |
|
We, our directors and executive officers and all of our existing
shareholders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to
certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer or dispose of any
ADSs, common shares or similar securities for a period of
180 days after the date this prospectus. See
Underwriting for more information. |
|
Risk factors |
|
See Risk Factors and other information included in
this prospectus for a discussion of risks you should carefully
consider before investing in the ADSs. |
The number of common shares that will be outstanding immediately
after this offering:
|
|
|
|
|
assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their
over-allotment option to purchase 1,800,000 additional ADSs;
|
|
|
|
reflects the conversion of all outstanding Series A
preferred shares into 5,000,000 Class B common shares
immediately prior to the completion of this offering;
|
|
|
|
excludes 5,419,500 Class A common shares issuable upon the
vesting of restricted shares issued under our 2010 share
incentive plan that are outstanding as of the date of this
prospectus; and
|
|
|
|
excludes Class A common shares reserved for future grants
under our 2010 share incentive plan.
|
8
Summary
Consolidated Financial Data and Operating Data
You should read the following information concerning us in
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and
related notes and Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The following summary consolidated statements of operations data
for the three fiscal years ended February 29, 2008 and
February 28, 2009 and 2010 and the summary consolidated
balance sheet data as of February 28, 2009 and 2010 are
derived from our audited consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated
balance sheet data as of February 29, 2008 are derived from
our audited financial statements, which are not included in this
prospectus. Our audited consolidated financial statements are
prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and have been audited
by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu CPA Ltd., an independent registered
public accounting firm.
The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the
six months ended August 31, 2009 and 2010 and the summary
consolidated balance sheet data as of August 31, 2010 have
been derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We
have prepared the unaudited interim condensed consolidated
financial information on the same basis as our audited
consolidated financial statements. The unaudited financial
information includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal
and recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair
presentation of our financial position and operating results for
the periods presented. You should read the summary consolidated
financial information in conjunction with our consolidated
financial statements and related notes and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations included elsewhere in
this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily
indicative of results to be expected in any future period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended February 29/28,
|
|
|
For the Six Months Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands of $, except for shares,
|
|
|
|
per share and per ADS data)
|
|
|
Summary Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
8,882
|
|
|
$
|
37,476
|
|
|
$
|
69,594
|
|
|
$
|
32,983
|
|
|
$
|
53,022
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues
|
|
|
(4,367
|
)
|
|
|
(18,554
|
)
|
|
|
(37,649
|
)
|
|
|
(16,068
|
)
|
|
|
(26,255
|
)(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
4,515
|
|
|
|
18,922
|
|
|
|
31,945
|
|
|
|
16,915
|
|
|
|
26,767
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing
|
|
|
(370
|
)
|
|
|
(2,353
|
)
|
|
|
(5,608
|
)
|
|
|
(1,958
|
)
|
|
|
(4,184
|
)(2)
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
(2,478
|
)
|
|
|
(5,890
|
)
|
|
|
(10,872
|
)
|
|
|
(4,602
|
)
|
|
|
(7,808
|
)(3)
|
Impairment losses on intangible assets and goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,615
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
(2,848
|
)
|
|
|
(9,858
|
)
|
|
|
(16,480
|
)
|
|
|
(6,560
|
)
|
|
|
(11,992
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
1,667
|
|
|
|
9,064
|
|
|
|
15,465
|
|
|
|
10,355
|
|
|
|
14,775
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
283
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
162
|
|
Other expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
(124
|
)
|
|
|
(119
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
Impairment loss on
available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(363
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain from sales of available-for-sale securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Gain on extinguishment of liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income tax provision
|
|
|
1,678
|
|
|
|
9,299
|
|
|
|
15,624
|
|
|
|
10,339
|
|
|
|
14,916
|
|
Provision for income tax
|
|
|
(165
|
)
|
|
|
(2,018
|
)
|
|
|
(1,379
|
)
|
|
|
(912
|
)
|
|
|
(1,670
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
1,513
|
|
|
$
|
7,281
|
|
|
$
|
14,245
|
|
|
$
|
9,427
|
|
|
$
|
13,246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed dividends on Series A convertible redeemable
preferred shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,113
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common shareholders
|
|
$
|
1,513
|
|
|
$
|
3,168
|
|
|
$
|
14,245
|
|
|
$
|
9,427
|
|
|
$
|
13,246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended February 29/28,
|
|
|
For the Six Months Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands of $, except for shares,
|
|
|
|
per share and per ADS data)
|
|
|
Net income per Series A convertible redeemable preferred
share-basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.69
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Net income per
ADS(5):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.23
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.23
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
Weighted average shares used in calculating net income per
common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
125,000,000
|
|
|
|
125,000,000
|
|
|
|
125,193,360
|
|
Pro forma net income per common
share(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
Pro forma net income per
ADS(4)(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
Weighted average shares used in calculating pro forma net income
per common
share(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
123,151,008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
123,350,832
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
128,151,008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
128,350,832
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes:
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $110 thousand.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $163 thousand.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $647 thousand.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Unaudited pro forma net income per
common share is computed by dividing net income attributable to
common shareholders by the sum of (i) the weighted average
number of common shares outstanding and (ii) the number of
common shares whose proceeds, calculated using the initial
public offering price of $10.00 per ADS, or $5.00 per
common share, would be necessary to pay the amount by which the
conditional $30.0 million cash dividend exceeds our
earnings for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Each ADS represents two
Class A common shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of February 29/28,
|
|
As of August 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
Pro
Forma(1)
|
|
|
(in thousands of $)
|
|
Summary Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
5,704
|
|
|
$
|
29,693
|
|
|
$
|
50,752
|
|
|
$
|
81,495
|
|
|
$
|
81,495
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
8,131
|
|
|
|
38,553
|
|
|
|
65,504
|
|
|
|
97,515
|
|
|
|
97,515
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
5,714
|
|
|
|
18,023
|
|
|
|
29,408
|
|
|
|
42,101
|
|
|
|
42,101
|
|
Convertible loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
7,012
|
|
|
|
26,198
|
|
|
|
38,578
|
|
|
|
56,234
|
|
|
|
86,234
|
|
Net assets
|
|
|
1,119
|
|
|
|
12,355
|
|
|
|
26,926
|
|
|
|
41,281
|
|
|
|
11,281
|
|
Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,000
|
|
|
|
9,000
|
|
|
|
9,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
1,119
|
|
|
|
3,355
|
|
|
|
17,926
|
|
|
|
32,281
|
|
|
|
11,281
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note:
|
|
(1)
|
|
Reflects the automatic conversion
of all of our Series A preferred shares into 5,000,000
Class B common shares immediately prior to the completion
of this offering and the accrual of a $30.0 million cash
dividend declared to our shareholders of record as of the
dividend declaration date and payable upon the completion of
this offering.
|
10
The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flow data
for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended February 29/28,
|
|
For the Six-Month Period Ended August 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(in thousands of $)
|
|
Summary Consolidated Cash Flow Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
6,324
|
|
|
$
|
23,468
|
|
|
$
|
27,175
|
|
|
|
16,198
|
|
|
|
30,955
|
|
Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(1,470
|
)
|
|
|
(5,116
|
)
|
|
|
(5,250
|
)
|
|
|
(696
|
)
|
|
|
(214
|
)
|
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
5,252
|
|
|
|
(903
|
)
|
|
|
(1,622
|
)
|
|
|
(163
|
)
|
The following table presents our selected operating data as of
the dates and for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of and for the
|
|
|
As of and for the Year Ended February 29/28,
|
|
Six Months Ended August 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Selected Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Student enrollments
|
|
|
67,996
|
|
|
|
215,080
|
|
|
|
382,505
|
|
|
|
175,638
|
|
|
|
236,919
|
|
Learning centers
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
11
RISK
FACTORS
You should consider carefully all of the information in this
prospectus, including the risks and uncertainties described
below, before making an investment in our ADSs. Any of the
following risks could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or
that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially and
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results
of operations. In any such case, the market price of our ADSs
could decline, and you may lose all or part of your
investment.
Risks
Related to Our Business
If we are
not able to continue to attract students to enroll in our
courses, our business and prospects will be materially and
adversely affected.
The success of our business depends primarily on the number of
students enrolled in our courses. Therefore, our ability to
continue to attract students to enroll in our courses is
critical to the continued success and growth of our business.
This in turn will depend on several factors, including our
ability to develop new programs and enhance existing programs to
respond to changes in market trends and student demands, expand
our geographic reach, manage our growth while maintaining
consistent and high teaching quality, effectively market our
programs to a broader base of prospective students, develop
additional high-quality educational content and respond
effectively to competitive pressures. If we are unable to
continue to attract students to enroll in our courses, our
revenues may decline, which may have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may
not be able to continue to recruit, train and retain qualified
teachers, who are critical to the success of our business and
effective delivery of our tutoring services to
students.
Our teachers are critical to maintaining the quality of our
services and our reputation. We seek to hire highly qualified
teachers who are dedicated to teaching and are able to deliver
effective and inspirational instruction. There is a limited pool
of teachers with these attributes, and we must provide highly
competitive compensation packages to attract and retain such
qualified teachers. We must also provide continued training to
our teachers to ensure that they stay abreast of changes in
student demands, academic standards and other key trends
necessary to teach effectively. Although we have not experienced
major difficulties in recruiting, training or retaining
qualified teachers in the past, we may not always be able to
recruit, train and retain enough qualified teachers in the
future to keep pace with our growth while maintaining consistent
teaching quality in the different markets we serve. A shortage
of qualified teachers or a decrease in the quality of our
teachers classroom performance, whether actual or
perceived, or a significant increase in compensation we must pay
to retain qualified teachers, would have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
We may
not be able to improve the content of our existing courses or to
develop new courses on a timely basis and in a cost-effective
manner.
We constantly update and improve the content of our existing
courses and develop new courses to meet market demands.
Revisions to our existing courses and our newly developed
courses may not always be well received by existing or
prospective students or their parents. If we cannot respond
effectively to changes in market demands, our business may be
adversely affected. Even if we are able to develop new courses
that are well received, we may not be able to introduce them as
quickly as our students may require. If we do not respond
adequately to changes in market requirements, our ability to
attract and retain students could be impaired and our financial
results could suffer.
Offering new courses or modifying existing courses may require
us to make investments in content development, increase
marketing efforts and re-allocate resources away from other
uses. We may have limited experience with the content of new
courses and may need to modify our systems and strategies to
incorporate new courses into our existing course offerings. If
we are unable to improve the content of our existing courses,
12
offer new courses on a timely basis and in a cost-effective
manner, our results of operations and financial condition could
be adversely affected.
If we are
not able to maintain and enhance our brand, our business and
operating results may be harmed.
We believe that market awareness of our Xueersi
brand has contributed significantly to the success of our
business, and that maintaining and enhancing our brand is
critical to maintaining our competitive advantage. If we are
unable to successfully promote and market our brand and
services, our ability to attract and enroll new students could
be adversely impacted and, consequently, our financial
performance could suffer. We mainly rely on word-of-mouth
referrals to attract prospective students. We also use marketing
tools such as the Internet, public lectures, outdoor advertising
campaigns and distribution of marketing materials to promote our
brand and service offerings. In order to maintain and increase
our brand recognition and promote our new service offerings, we
have increased our marketing personnel and expenses over the
last several years. A number of factors could prevent us from
successfully promoting our brand, including student
dissatisfaction with our services and the failure of our
marketing tools and strategies to attract prospective students.
If we are unable to maintain and enhance our brand or utilize
marketing tools in a cost-effective manner, our revenues and
profitability may suffer.
Moreover, we offer a variety of courses to primary, middle and
high school students in some of the largest cities in China. As
we continue to grow in size, expand our course offerings and
extend our geographic reach, it may be more difficult to
maintain quality and uniform standards of our services and to
protect and promote our brand name.
We cannot provide assurance that our sales and marketing efforts
will be successful in further promoting our brand in a
competitive and cost-effective manner. If we are unable to
further enhance our brand recognition and increase awareness of
our services, or if we incur excessive sales and marketing
expenses, our business and results of operations may be
materially and adversely affected.
Our
historical financial and operating results, growth rates and
profitability may not be indicative of future
performance.
Although we commenced operations in 2003, our significant growth
in terms of employees, operations and revenues has occurred
since 2008. Our total net revenues increased from
$8.9 million in the fiscal year ended February 29,
2008 to $69.6 million in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010. Any evaluation of our business and our
prospects must be considered in light of the risks and
uncertainties encountered by companies at our stage of
development. In addition, the after-school tutoring service
market in China is still at the early stage of development,
which makes it difficult to evaluate our business and future
prospects. Furthermore, our results of operations may vary from
period to period in response to a variety of other factors
beyond our control, including general economic conditions and
regulations or government actions pertaining to the private
education service sector in China, changes in spending on
private education, our ability to control cost of revenues and
operating expenses, and non-recurring charges incurred in
connection with acquisitions or other extraordinary transactions
or under unexpected circumstances. Due to the above factors, we
believe that our historical financial and operating results,
growth rates and profitability may not be indicative of our
future performance and you should not rely on our past results
or our historic growth rates as indications of our future
performance.
If our
students level of performance falls or satisfaction with
our services declines, our annual retention rate may decline and
our business, financial condition, results of operations and
reputation would be adversely affected.
The success of our business depends on our ability to deliver a
satisfactory learning experience and improved academic results.
Our tutoring services may fail to improve a students
academic performance and a student may perform below
expectations even after completing our courses. Additionally,
student and parent satisfaction with our services may decline. A
students learning experience may also suffer if his or her
13
relationship with our teachers does not meet expectations. We
generally offer refunds for remaining classes to students who
decide to withdraw from a course. Although we have not
experienced any significant refunds in the past, if an
increasing number of students request refunds, our revenues and
results of operations may be adversely affected. In addition, if
a significant number of students fail to improve their
performance after attending our courses or if their learning
experiences with us are unsatisfactory, they may decide not to
continue to enroll in our courses, and our business, financial
condition, results of operations and reputation would be
adversely affected.
We face
significant competition, and if we fail to compete effectively,
we may lose our market share and our profitability may be
adversely affected.
The private education market in China is rapidly evolving,
highly fragmented and competitive, and we expect competition to
persist and intensify. We face competition in each type of
services we offer and in each geographic market in which we
operate. Our competitors include New Oriental
Education & Technology Group Inc., Juren Education,
Ambow Education Holding Ltd., China Xueda Education Ltd., and
ChinaEdu Corporation.
Our student enrollments may decrease due to intense competition.
Some of our competitors may have more resources than we do.
These competitors may be able to devote greater resources than
we can to the development, promotion and sale of their programs,
services and products and respond more quickly than we can to
changes in student needs, testing materials, admission
standards, market trends or new technologies. In addition, some
smaller local companies may be able to respond more quickly to
changes in student preferences in some of our targeted markets.
Moreover, the increasing use of the Internet and advances in
Internet- and computer-related technologies, such as web video
conferencing and online testing simulators, are eliminating
geographic and physical facility-related entry barriers to
providing private education services. As a result, smaller local
companies may be able to use the Internet to quickly and
cost-effectively offer their programs, services and products to
a large number of students with less capital expenditure than
previously required. Consequently, we may be required to reduce
course fees or increase spending in response to competition in
order to retain or attract students or pursue new market
opportunities, which could result in a decrease in our revenues
and profitability. We will also face increased competition as we
expand our operations. We cannot assure you that we will be able
to compete successfully against current or future competitors.
If we are unable to maintain our competitive position or
otherwise respond to competitive pressure effectively, we may
lose our market share and our profitability may be adversely
affected.
Failure
to effectively and efficiently manage the expansion of our
service network may materially and adversely affect our ability
to capitalize on new business opportunities.
Our business has experienced significant growth in recent years.
The number of our learning centers increased from 30 as of
February 29, 2008 to 109 to date. We plan to continue to
expand our operations in different geographic markets in China.
Establishing new learning centers poses challenges and requires
us to make investments in management, capital expenditures,
marketing expenses and other resources. The expansion has
resulted, and will continue to result, in substantial demands on
our management and staff as well as our financial, operational,
technological and other resources. Our planned expansion will
also place significant pressure on us to maintain the teaching
quality and uniform standards, controls and policies to ensure
that our brand does not suffer as a result of any decrease,
whether actual or perceived, in the quality of our programs. To
manage and support our expansion, we must improve our existing
operational, administrative and technological systems and our
financial and management controls, and recruit, train and retain
additional qualified teachers and management personnel as well
as other administrative and marketing personnel. We cannot
assure you that we will be able to effectively and efficiently
manage the growth of our operations, maintain or accelerate our
current growth rate, recruit and retain qualified teachers and
management personnel, successfully integrate new learning
centers into our operations and otherwise effectively manage our
growth. Our failure to effectively and efficiently manage our
expansion may materially and adversely affect our ability to
capitalize on new business opportunities, which in turn may have
a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results
of operations.
14
If we
fail to successfully execute our growth strategies, our business
and prospects may be materially and adversely
affected.
Our growth strategies include further penetrating our existing
markets, extending the geographic scope of our network into
attractive markets, expanding personalized premium services and
further developing our online course offerings. We may not
succeed in executing our growth strategies due to a number of
factors, including, without limitation, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
we may fail to identify new cities with sufficient growth
potential into which to expand our network;
|
|
|
|
it may be difficult to increase the number of learning centers
in more developed cities;
|
|
|
|
we may fail to effectively market our services in new markets or
promote new courses in existing markets;
|
|
|
|
we may not be able to replicate our successful growth model in
Beijing and Shanghai to other geographic markets;
|
|
|
|
our analysis for selecting suitable new locations may not be
accurate and the demand for our services at such new locations
may not materialize or increase as rapidly as we expect;
|
|
|
|
we may fail to obtain the requisite licenses and permits
necessary to open learning centers at our desired locations from
local authorities;
|
|
|
|
we may not be able to continue to enhance our online course
offerings, generate profits from online courses, or adapt online
courses to changing student needs and technological
advances; and
|
|
|
|
we may fail to achieve the benefits we expect from our expansion.
|
If we fail to successfully execute our growth strategies, we may
not be able to maintain our growth rate and our business and
prospects may be materially and adversely affected as a result.
At
present, we derive a majority of our revenues from Beijing and
Shanghai. Any event negatively affecting the private education
market in Beijing or Shanghai could have a material adverse
effect on our overall business and results of
operations.
Our services in Beijing and Shanghai currently contribute to
most of our revenues. We derived approximately 98% and 97% of
our total net revenues for the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010 and the six months ended August 31,
2010, respectively, from these two cities and we expect our
services in Beijing and Shanghai to continue to represent the
main sources of our income. If either city experiences an event
negatively affecting its private education market, such as a
serious economic downturn, natural disaster or outbreak of
contagious disease, or if either city adopts regulations
relating to private education that place additional restrictions
or burdens on us, our overall business and results of operations
may be materially and adversely affected.
If we
fail to expand our personalized premium services efficiently and
cost-effectively, our business and prospects could be
harmed.
One of our growth strategies is to further expand our
personalized premium services in Beijing and replicate that
model in other geographic regions in China. The expansion may
entail significant investment of human capital, financial
resources and management time and attention as such
one-on-one
tutoring services impose a different set of requirements on our
teachers and many other aspects of our operations than small
classes, which currently constitute the main format of our
service offerings. If we fail to manage our expansion in
personalized premium services efficiently and cost-effectively,
it could have an adverse effect on our business and prospects.
15
Accidents
or injuries suffered by our students or other people on our
premises may adversely affect our reputation, subject us to
liability and cause us to incur substantial costs.
Even though we carry certain liability insurance for our
students and their parents, in the event of accidents or
injuries or other harm to students or other people on our
premises, including those caused by or otherwise arising from
the actions of our employees or contractors on our premises, our
facilities may be perceived to be unsafe, which may discourage
prospective students from attending our classes. We could also
face claims alleging that we were negligent, provided inadequate
supervision to our employees or contractors and therefore should
be held jointly liable for harm caused by them or are otherwise
liable for injuries suffered by our students or other people on
our premises. For instance, in 2009, a student was injured while
attending our classes in a learning center in Beijing and
claimed that we were negligent and thus liable for the injury.
Although that incident was resolved without any material damages
to our reputation or business, there may be similar incidents in
the future. A liability claim against us or any of our teachers
or independent contractors could adversely affect our
reputation, enrollment and revenues. Even if unsuccessful, such
a claim could create unfavorable publicity, cause us to incur
substantial expenses and divert the time and attention of our
management.
Failure
to adequately and promptly respond to changes in examination
systems, admission standards and technologies in China could
render our courses and services less attractive to
students.
Under Chinas education system, school admissions rely
heavily on examination results. College and high school entrance
examinations in most cases are mandatory for graduating seniors
in high schools and middle schools in order to gain admission to
colleges and high schools, respectively, and therefore, a
students performance in those examinations is critical to
his or her education career and future employment prospects.
Although examinations are not required for entering middle
schools, many key middle schools administer their own assessment
tests to disqualify prospective students. It is therefore common
for students to take after-school tutoring classes to improve
test performance, and the success of our business to a large
extent depends on the continued use of assessment tests by
schools and colleges in their admissions. However, such heavy
emphasis on examination scores may decline or fall out of favor
with educational institutions or education authorities in China.
For example, education authorities in Yunnan Province stopped
administering provincial-level middle school entrance
examinations in 2010. Instead, high schools in Yunnan will start
to admit students based on a combination of middle school
examination results that have replaced raw scores with letter
grades and comprehensive evaluations of students aptitude
and performance by their middle schools. Yunnan Province also
prohibits subject competitions in primary and middle schools.
Although we do not offer after-school tutoring services in the
Yunnan Province, nor do we expect to do so in the near future,
it is possible that the local governments in the areas where we
have operations may adopt similar measures. Furthermore,
approximately 80 universities in China have been allowed to
recruit generally no more than 5% of their students through
independently administered examinations and admission procedures
in recent years. Candidates for admission to those universities
are still required to take college entrance examinations and
meet certain threshold requirements for minimum scores, but
their college entrance exam scores are no longer the sole
determining factor in the admission processes of those
universities. If we fail to adjust our services to respond to
any such material changes, our business may be materially and
adversely affected. In addition, admission and assessment tests
in China constantly undergo changes and development in terms of
subject and skill focus, question type, examination format and
the manner in which tests are administered. We therefore must
continually update and improve our course materials and our
teaching methods. A failure to track and respond to any such
changes in a timely and cost-effective manner could make our
courses and services less attractive to students, which may
materially and adversely affect our reputation and ability to
continue to attract students and in turn have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Our new
courses and services may compete with our existing
offerings.
We are constantly developing new courses and services to meet
changes in student demands, testing materials, admission
standards, market trends and technologies. While some of the
courses and services that
16
we develop will expand our current offerings and increase
student enrollment, others may compete with or render obsolete
our existing offerings without increasing our total student
enrollment. For example, our online courses might attract
students away from our classroom-based courses. If we are unable
to increase our total student enrollment and profitability as we
expand our course and service offerings, our business and growth
may be adversely affected.
If we are
not able to continually enhance our online courses and services
and adapt to rapid changes in technological demands and student
needs, we may lose market share and our business could be
adversely affected.
Widespread use of the Internet for educational purposes is a
relatively recent occurrence, and the market for Internet-based
courses and services is characterized by rapid technological
changes and innovations, as well as unpredictable product life
cycles and user preferences. We have limited experience with
generating revenues from online courses and services, and their
results are largely uncertain. We must be able to adapt quickly
to changing student needs and preferences, technological
advances and evolving Internet practices in order to compete
successfully in online education. Ongoing enhancement of our
online offerings and technologies may entail significant
expenses and technological risks. We may not be able to use new
technologies effectively or may fail to adapt to changes in the
online education market on a timely and cost-effective basis.
Revenues generated from our online course offerings have been
insignificant, accounting for less than 1.5% of our total net
revenues since we began offering online courses in 2010. We
expect that revenues from our online course offerings will
increase. However, if improvements to our online offerings and
technologies are delayed, result in systems interruptions or are
not aligned with market expectations or preferences, we may not
gain market share and our growth prospects could be adversely
affected.
Our
success depends on the continuing efforts of our senior
management team and other key personnel and our business may be
harmed if we lose their services.
Our future success depends heavily upon the continuing services
of the members of our senior management team, which includes
Bangxin Zhang, our chairman and chief executive officer, Yundong
Cao, our director and president, Yachao Liu, our vice president,
Yunfeng Bai, our vice president and Joseph Kauffman, our chief
financial officer. If any member of our senior management team
leaves us and we fail to effectively manage a transition to new
personnel, or if we fail to attract and retain qualified and
experienced professionals on acceptable terms, our business,
financial conditions and results of operations could be
adversely affected. Competition for experienced management
personnel in the education industry is intense, and we may not
be able to retain the services of our senior executives or key
personnel, or to attract and retain high quality senior
executives or key personnel in the future.
Our success also depends on our having highly trained financial,
technical, human resource, sales and marketing staff, management
personnel and qualified teachers for local markets. We will need
to continue to hire additional personnel as our business grows.
A shortage in the supply of personnel with requisite skills or
our failure to recruit them could impede our ability to increase
revenues from our existing courses and services, to launch new
course and service offerings and to expand our operations, and
would have an adverse effect on our business and financial
results.
Failure
to control rental costs, obtain leases at desired locations at
reasonable prices or protect our leasehold interests could
materially and adversely affect our business.
All of our offices and service and learning centers are
presently located on leased premises. At the end of each lease
term, which generally ranges from two to five years, we must
negotiate an extension of the lease and if we are not able to
negotiate an extension on terms acceptable to us, we will be
forced to move to a different location, or the rent may increase
significantly. This could disrupt our operations and adversely
affect our profitability. All of our leases are subject to
renewal at market prices, which could result in a substantial
rent increase at each time of renewal. We compete with many
other businesses for sites in certain highly desirable locations
and some landlords may have entered into long-term leases with
our competitors for prime locations. As a result, we may not be
able to obtain new leases at desirable locations or renew our
existing
17
leases on acceptable terms or at all, which could adversely
affect our business. In addition, we have not been able to
receive from our lessors copies of title certificates or proof
of authorization to lease the properties to us for five of our
leased properties of approximately 26,000 square feet in total
involving aggregate annual rentals of approximately
RMB2.3 million. Operations on these five leased properties
contributed approximately 3.2% and 2.8% of our total net
revenues for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010 and
the six months ended August 31, 2010, respectively. As of
the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of any actions,
claims or investigations threatened against us or our lessors
with respect to the defects in our leasehold interests. However,
if any of our leases are terminated as a result of challenges by
third parties or governmental authorities for lack of title
certificates or proof of authorization to lease, we do not
expect to be subject to any fines or penalties but we may be
forced to relocate the affected learning centers and incur
additional expenses relating to such relocation. If we fail to
find suitable replacement sites in a timely manner or on terms
acceptable to us, our business and results of operations could
be materially and adversely affected. We were aware of the
defects when we entered into those leases. In many cases, we
entered into leases upon promises from the lessors that relevant
certificates and authorizations would be delivered at a later
time, which did not eventually materialize. Our business and
legal teams followed an internal guideline to identify and
assess risks in connection with leasing the properties, and a
final business decision was made after our analysis of the
likely impact of the defects on the leasehold interests and the
value of the properties to our expansion plan. However, there is
no assurance that our decision would always lead to the
favorable outcome we expected to achieve.
Capacity
constraints of our teaching facilities could cause us to lose
students to our competitors.
The teaching facilities of our physical network are limited in
size and number of classrooms. We may not be able to admit all
students who would like to enroll in our courses due to the
capacity constraints of our teaching facilities. This would
deprive us of the opportunity to serve them and to potentially
develop a long-term relationship with them for continued
services. If we fail to expand our physical capacity as quickly
as the demand for our classroom-based services grows, we could
lose potential students to our competitors, and our results of
operations and business prospects could suffer as a result.
If we
fail to protect our intellectual property rights, our brand and
business may suffer.
We consider our copyrights, trademarks, trade names and Internet
domain names invaluable to our ability to continue to develop
and enhance our brand recognition. Unauthorized use of our
copyrights, trademarks, trade names and domain names may damage
our reputation and brand. Our major brand names and logos are
registered trademarks in China. Our proprietary curricula and
course materials are protected by copyrights. However,
preventing copyright, trademark and trade name infringement or
misuse could be difficult, costly and time-consuming,
particularly in China. The measures we take to protect our
copyrights, trademarks and other intellectual property rights
are currently based upon a combination of trademark and
copyright laws in China and may not be adequate to prevent
unauthorized uses. Furthermore, application of laws governing
intellectual property rights in China is uncertain and evolving,
and could involve substantial risks to us. There had been
several incidents in the past where third parties used our brand
Xueersi without our authorization and we had to
resort to litigation to protect our intellectual property
rights. These proceedings were all resolved in our favor and our
brand and business were not materially harmed. However, if we
are unable to adequately protect our trademarks, copyrights and
other intellectual property rights in the future, we may lose
these rights, our brand name may be harmed, and our business may
suffer materially. Furthermore, our managements attention
may be diverted by violations of our intellectual property
rights, and we may be required to enter into costly litigation
to protect our proprietary rights against any infringement or
violation.
We may
encounter disputes from time to time relating to our use of the
intellectual property of third parties.
We cannot assure you that our course materials, online platform
or other intellectual property developed or used by us do not or
will not infringe upon valid copyrights or other intellectual
property rights held by third parties. We may encounter disputes
from time to time over rights and obligations concerning
intellectual
18
property, and we may not prevail in those disputes. Our teachers
may, against our policies, use third-party copyrighted materials
without proper authorization in our classes or our students may
post unauthorized third-party content on our websites. We may
incur liability for unauthorized duplication or distribution of
materials posted on our websites or used in our classes. Third
parties may bring claims against us alleging our infringement of
their intellectual property rights. Any such intellectual
property infringement claim could result in costly litigation
and divert our management attention and resources.
If we
fail to integrate or negotiate successfully any future
acquisitions, our business and operating results could be
adversely affected.
We may acquire complementary businesses in the future. If we are
unable to successfully integrate the acquired businesses, it
could harm our business and operating results. In addition, we
may revalue or write down the value of goodwill and other
intangible assets in connection with future acquisitions which
would harm our operating results. For example, we recognized an
impairment loss on goodwill of $1.2 million in the fiscal
year ended February 28, 2009 in connection with some of our
acquisitions. In order to remain competitive or to expand our
business, we may find it necessary or desirable to acquire other
businesses and we may be unable to identify appropriate
acquisition targets. If we identify an appropriate acquisition
target, we may not be able to negotiate the terms of the
acquisition successfully, finance the acquisition or integrate
the acquired businesses into our existing business and
operations. Furthermore, completing a potential acquisition and
integrating an acquired business may strain our resources and
require significant management time.
Seasonal
and other fluctuations in our results of operations could
adversely affect the trading price of the ADSs.
Our revenues and operating results may fluctuate as a result of
seasonal variations in our business, principally due to changes
in student enrollments. The fluctuations may result in
volatility or have an adverse effect on the market price of the
ADSs. In addition, comparisons of our operating results between
different periods within a single financial year, or between the
same periods in different financial years, may not be meaningful
and should not be relied upon as good indicators of our
performance.
We have
limited liability insurance coverage and do not carry business
disruption insurance.
We have limited liability insurance coverage for our students
and their parents in our major learning centers. A successful
liability claim against us due to injuries suffered by our
students or other people on our premises could materially and
adversely affect our financial conditions, results of operations
and reputation. Even if unsuccessful, such a claim could cause
adverse publicity to us, require substantial cost to defend and
divert the time and attention of our management. In addition, we
do not have any business disruption insurance. Any business
disruption event could result in substantial cost to us and
diversion of our resources.
System
disruptions to our websites or computer systems or a leak of
student data could damage our reputation and limit our ability
to retain students and increase student enrollment.
The performance and reliability of our websites and computer
systems is critical to our reputation and ability to retain
students and increase student enrollment. Any system error or
failure, or a sudden and significant increase in online traffic,
could disrupt or slow access to our websites. We cannot assure
you that we will be able to expand our online infrastructure in
a timely and cost-effective manner to meet the increasing
demands of our students and their parents. In addition, our
computer systems store and process important information
including, without limitation, class schedules, registration
information and student data and could be vulnerable to
interruptions or malfunctions due to events beyond our control,
such as natural disasters and technology failures. For instance,
we have in the past experienced interruptions to our operations
due to temporary computer system failures. Although we have a
daily backup system that runs on different servers for our
operating data, we may still lose important student data or
suffer disruption to our operations if there is a failure of the
database system or the backup system. Moreover, we would suffer
economic and reputational damages if a technical failure of our
systems causes a leak of student data, including
19
identification or contact information, although there has not
been any such leak in the past. Any disruption to our computer
systems could therefore have a material adverse effect on our
on-site
operations and ability to retain students and increase student
enrollments.
We face
risks related to natural disasters, health epidemics and other
outbreaks, which could significantly disrupt our
operations.
Our business could be materially and adversely affected by
natural disasters or widespread epidemics. On May 12, 2008
and April 14, 2010, severe earthquakes affected parts of
Sichuan province in southeastern China and parts of Qinghai
province in western China, respectively, resulting in
significant numbers of casualties and property damages. While we
did not suffer any loss or experience any significant increase
in costs as a result of the earthquakes, if a similar disaster
were to occur in the future affecting any of the cities in which
we have major operations, our business could be materially and
adversely affected. In April 2009, a new strain of influenza A
virus subtype H1N1, commonly known as swine flu, was
first discovered in North America and quickly spread to other
parts of the world, including China. In early June 2009, the
World Health Organization declared the outbreak to be a
pandemic. Any outbreak of similar epidemics in China, including
severe acute respiratory syndrome, could require temporary
closure of our learning centers and have a material and adverse
effect on our business operations.
In the
course of preparing our consolidated financial statements, a
material weakness in our internal control over financial
reporting was identified. If we fail to maintain an effective
system of internal control over financial reporting, we may be
unable to accurately report our financial results or prevent
fraud, and investor confidence and the market price of our ADSs
may be adversely affected.
Our reporting obligations as a public company will place a
significant strain on our management, operational and financial
resources and systems for the foreseeable future. Prior to this
offering, we have been a private company and have had limited
accounting personnel and other resources with which to address
our internal control over financial reporting. We and our
independent registered public accounting firm, in connection
with the preparation and external audit of our consolidated
financial statements as of and for the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010, identified a material weakness in our
internal control over financial reporting. The material weakness
identified related to insufficient accounting personnel with
appropriate U.S. GAAP knowledge. We have not undertaken a
comprehensive assessment and our independent registered public
accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal
control over financial reporting. Had we performed a formal
assessment of our internal control over financial reporting or
had our independent registered public accounting firm performed
an audit of our internal control over financial reporting,
additional material weakness and deficiencies may have been
identified. A material weakness is a deficiency, or
a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over
financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility
that a material misstatement of the companys annual or
interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected
on a timely basis.
We have taken measures and plan to continue to take measures to
remedy these deficiencies. However, the implementation of these
measures may not fully address the control deficiencies in our
internal control over financial reporting. Our failure to
address any control deficiency could result in inaccuracies in
our financial statements and could also impair our ability to
comply with applicable financial reporting requirements and
related regulatory filings on a timely basis. Moreover,
effective internal control over financial reporting is important
to prevent fraud. As a result, our business, financial
condition, results of operations and prospects, as well as the
trading price of our ADSs, may be materially and adversely
affected.
Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we include a report from
management on the effectiveness of our internal control over
financial reporting in our annual report on
Form 20-F
beginning with our annual report for the fiscal year ending
February 29, 2012. In addition, beginning at the same time,
our independent registered public accounting firm must report on
the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting. Our management and our independent registered public
accounting firm may conclude that our internal control over
financial reporting is not effective. This could adversely
impact the market price of
20
our ADSs due to a loss of investor confidence in the reliability
of our reporting processes. We will need to incur significant
costs and use significant management and other resources in
order to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
Implementation
of the new labor laws in China may adversely affect our business
operations.
On June 29, 2007, the Chinese government promulgated a new
labor contract law which became effective on January 1,
2008, and subsequently issued the implementation rules of the
new labor contract law. Pursuant to the new law, employers are
subject to stricter requirements in terms of signing labor
contracts, fixing compensation levels, setting lengths of
employees probation periods and unilaterally terminating
labor contracts. The new law and the related implementation
rules impose greater liabilities on employers and may
significantly increase the costs to an employer if it decides to
reduce its workforce. In the event we decide to significantly
reduce our workforce, the new labor contract law could adversely
affect our ability to downsize based on business needs or to do
so in a timely and cost-effective manner, which in turn may
materially and adversely affect our financial condition and
results of operations.
We may be
classified as a passive foreign investment company under US tax
law, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax
consequences to U.S. holders of our ADSs.
Depending upon the value of our assets based on the market value
of our common shares and ADSs and the nature of our assets and
income over time, we could be classified as a passive foreign
investment company or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. Based on our current income and assets and projections
as to the value of our common shares and ADSs pursuant to this
offering, we do not expect to be classified as a PFIC for the
current taxable year. While we do not anticipate becoming a PFIC
for the current taxable year, fluctuations in the market price
of our ADSs or common shares may cause us to become a PFIC for
the current or any subsequent taxable year. We will make a
separate determination for each taxable year as to whether we
are a PFIC (after the close of each taxable year) and disclose
such determination in our annual reports on
Form 20-F
to be filed with the SEC.
We will be classified as a PFIC for any taxable year if either
(i) at least 75% of our gross income for the taxable year
is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of the value of our
assets (determined on the basis of a quarterly average) is
attributable to assets that produce or are held for the
production of passive income. Although the law in this regard is
unclear, we treat Xueersi Education, Xueersi Network and their
respective subsidiaries as being owned by us for United States
federal income tax purposes, not only because we control their
management decisions but also because we are entitled to
substantially all of the economic benefits associated with these
entities, and, as a result, we consolidate these entities
operating results in our consolidated U.S. GAAP financial
statements. If it were determined, however, that we are not the
owner of Xueersi Education, Xueersi Network and their respective
subsidiaries for United States federal income tax purposes, we
would likely be treated as a PFIC for our taxable year ending on
February 28, 2011 and any subsequent taxable year. Because
of the uncertainties in the application of the relevant rules
and because PFIC status is a factual determination made annually
after the close of each taxable year on the basis of the
composition of our income and the value of our active versus
passive assets, there can be no assurance that we will not be a
PFIC for the taxable year ending on February 28, 2011 or
any future taxable year. The overall level of our passive assets
will also be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend our
liquid assets and the cash raised in this offering. Under
circumstances where we determine not to deploy significant
amounts of cash for active purposes, our risk of becoming
classified as a PFIC may substantially increase.
If we were to be or become classified as a PFIC, a
U.S. Holder (as defined in TaxationMaterial
United States Federal Income Tax
ConsiderationsGeneral) may be subject to reporting
requirements and may incur significantly increased United States
income tax on gain recognized on the sale or other disposition
of the ADSs or common shares and on the receipt of distributions
on the ADSs or common shares to the extent such gain or
distribution is treated as an excess distribution
under the United States federal income tax rules. Further, if we
were a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder held
our ADSs or common shares, we generally would continue to be
treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which such
U.S. Holder held our ADSs or common shares. You are urged
to consult your tax advisor concerning the
21
United States federal income tax consequences of acquiring,
holding, and disposing of ADSs or common shares if we are or
become classified as a PFIC. For more information see
TaxationMaterial United States Federal Income Tax
ConsiderationsPFIC Considerations.
We have
granted and will continue to grant restricted shares, share
options and other share-based awards in the future, which may
materially reduce our net income.
We adopted a share incentive plan in 2010 that permits granting
of options to purchase our Class A common shares,
restricted shares and restricted share units under the plan. The
maximum aggregate number of Class A common shares that may
be issued pursuant to all awards under our share incentive plan
is 18,750,000. As of the date of this prospectus, we have
granted 5,419,500 restricted shares under our share incentive
plan to our employees. As a result of these grants and potential
future grants under the plan, we have incurred and will continue
to incur share-based compensation expenses. We had share-based
compensation expenses of $0.9 million for the six months
ended August 31, 2010. As of August 31, 2010, the
unrecognized compensation expenses related to the non-vested
restricted shares amounted to $18.3 million, which will be
recognized over vesting periods up to 4 years. Expenses
associated with share-based compensation awards granted under
our share incentive plan may materially reduce our future net
income. However, if we limit the size of grants under our share
incentive plan to minimize share-based compensation expenses, we
may not be able to attract or retain key personnel.
Risks
Related to Our Corporate Structure
If the
PRC government determines that the agreements that establish the
structure for operating our business in China are not in
compliance with applicable PRC laws and regulations, we could be
subject to severe penalties.
PRC laws and regulations currently require any foreign entity
that invests in the education business in China to be an
educational institution with relevant experience in providing
education services outside China. Our Cayman Islands holding
company is not an educational institution and does not provide
education services. We conduct our education business in China
through contractual arrangements with Xueersi Education and
Xueersi Network and their respective subsidiaries, schools and
shareholders. Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network are directly
owned by four of our directors or officers who are citizens of
the PRC. To comply with PRC laws and regulations, we rely on a
series of contractual arrangements entered into among TAL
Beijing, Xueersi Network, Xueersi Education and their respective
shareholders, subsidiaries and schools to conduct most of our
tutoring services in China. We have been and are expected to
continue to be dependent on our affiliated entities in China to
operate our education business until we qualify for direct
ownership of educational businesses in China. Pursuant to our
contractual arrangements with our affiliated entities, we,
through our wholly owned subsidiaries in China, provide
exclusive teaching support, technical service support and other
services to our affiliated entities in exchange for payments
from them. In addition, we have entered into agreements with
Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network, and each of their
respective shareholders, which provide us with the ability to
effectively control Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network and
their respective existing and future subsidiaries and schools.
If the corporate structure and contractual arrangements through
which we conduct our business in China are found to be in
violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations, or
if we fail to obtain or maintain any of the required permits or
approvals, we would be subject to potential actions by the
relevant PRC regulatory authorities with broad discretions,
which actions could include:
|
|
|
|
|
revoking the business and operating licenses of our PRC
subsidiaries and affiliated entities;
|
|
|
|
restricting or prohibiting related party transactions between
our PRC subsidiaries and affiliated entities;
|
|
|
|
imposing fines or other requirements with which we or our PRC
subsidiaries and affiliated entities may find difficult or
impossible to comply;
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
requiring us or our PRC subsidiaries and affiliated entities to
restructure the relevant ownership structure or
operations; and
|
|
|
|
restricting or prohibiting the use of any proceeds from our
additional public offering to finance our business and
operations in China.
|
The imposition of any of these penalties could result in a
material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.
We rely
on contractual arrangements with our affiliated entities for our
China operations, which may not be as effective in providing
operational control as direct ownership.
We have relied and expect to continue to rely on contractual
arrangements with our affiliated entities to operate our
education business. For a description of these contractual
arrangements, see Our Corporate History and
StructureContractual Arrangements with Our Consolidated
Affiliated Entities. These contractual arrangements may
not be as effective in providing us with control over these
affiliated entities as direct ownership. If we had direct
ownership of Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network, we would be
able to exercise our rights as a shareholder to effect changes
in the board of directors of Xueersi Network or Xueersi
Education, which in turn could effect changes, subject to any
applicable fiduciary obligations, at the management level.
However, under the current contractual arrangements, we rely on
the performance by our affiliated entities and their respective
shareholders of their obligations under the contracts to
exercise control over our affiliated entities. In addition, we
may not be able to renew these contracts with Xueersi Network,
Xueersi Education and their respective subsidiaries or
shareholders if the beneficial owners of Xueersi Network or
Xueersi Education do not act in the best interests of our
company when conflicts of interest arise. Therefore, our
contractual arrangements with our affiliated entities may not be
as effective in ensuring our control over our China operations
as direct ownership would be.
Any
failure by our affiliated entities or their respective
shareholders to perform their obligations under our contractual
arrangements with them would have a material adverse effect on
our business and financial condition.
If Xueersi Network, Xueersi Education or any of their respective
subsidiaries or schools or any of their respective shareholders
fails to perform its obligations under the contractual
arrangements, we may have to incur substantial costs and
resources to enforce our rights under the contracts, and rely on
legal remedies under the PRC law, including seeking specific
performance or injunctive relief and claiming damages, which may
not be effective. For example, if the shareholders of Xueersi
Network or Xueersi Education were to refuse to transfer their
equity interest in Xueersi Network or Xueersi Education to us or
our designee when we exercise the call option pursuant to these
contractual arrangements, or if they were otherwise to act in
bad faith toward us, then we may have to take legal actions to
compel them to perform their contractual obligations.
All the material agreements under our contractual arrangements
are governed by the PRC law and provide for the resolution of
disputes under the agreements through arbitration in Beijing.
Accordingly, these contracts would be interpreted in accordance
with the PRC law and any disputes would be resolved in
accordance with PRC legal procedures. The legal system in the
PRC is not as developed as some other jurisdictions, such as the
United States. As a result, uncertainties in the PRC legal
system could limit our ability to enforce these contractual
arrangements. Under PRC law, rulings by arbitrators are final,
parties cannot appeal the arbitration results in courts, and the
prevailing parties may only enforce the arbitration awards in
PRC courts through arbitration award recognition proceedings,
which would incur additional expenses and delay. In the event we
are unable to enforce these contractual arrangements, we may not
be able to exert effective control over our affiliated entities,
and our ability to conduct our business may be negatively
affected.
23
The
beneficial owners of Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network may
have potential conflicts of interest with us, which may
materially and adversely affect our business and financial
condition.
The four beneficial owners of Xueersi Education and Xueersi
Network are also beneficial owners, directors or officers of TAL
Group. Among them, Mr. Bangxin Zhang and Mr. Yundong
Cao are directors of TAL Group and also directors of Xueersi
Education and Xueersi Network. Currently, these four individuals
beneficially own an aggregate of 76% of the outstanding share
capital of TAL Group on an as-converted basis. Upon the
completion of this offering, these four shareholders will
beneficially own an aggregate of 63.8% of the outstanding share
capital of TAL Group, representing 74.6% of our total voting
power, assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option granted
to the underwriters. As such, the beneficial owners of Xueersi
Education and Xueersi Network may have potential conflicts of
interest with us. We cannot assure you that when conflicts of
interest arise, any or all of these individuals will act in the
best interests of our company or such conflicts will be resolved
in our favor. In addition, these individuals may breach, or
cause our affiliated entities to breach, or refuse to renew, the
existing contractual arrangements we have with them and our
affiliated entities. Currently, we do not have any arrangements
to address potential conflicts of interest between these
individuals and our company. We rely on these individuals to
abide by the laws of the Cayman Islands and China, which provide
that directors owe a fiduciary duty to the company that requires
them to act in good faith and in the best interests of the
company and not to use their positions for personal gains. If we
cannot resolve any conflict of interest or dispute between us
and the beneficial owners of Xueersi Network or Xueersi
Education, we would have to rely on legal proceedings, which
could result in disruption of our business and subject us to
substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal
proceedings.
Our
affiliated entities may be subject to significant limitations on
their ability to operate private schools or make payments to
related parties, or otherwise be materially and adversely
affected by changes in PRC laws governing private education
providers.
The principal regulations governing private education in China
are The Law for Promoting Private Education (2003) and The
Implementation Rules for The Law for Promoting Private Education
(2004). Under these regulations, a private school may elect to
be a school that does not require reasonable returns or a school
that requires reasonable returns. At the end of each fiscal
year, every private school is required to allocate a certain
amount to its development fund for the construction or
maintenance of the school or procurement or upgrade of
educational equipment. In the case of a private school that
requires reasonable returns, this amount shall be no less than
25% of annual net balance of the school, while in the case of a
private school that does not require reasonable returns, this
amount shall be equivalent to no less than 25% of the annual
increase in the net assets of the school, if any. A private
school that requires reasonable returns must publicly disclose
such election and additional information required under the
regulations. A private school shall consider factors such as the
schools tuition, ratio of the funds used for
education-related activities to the course fees collected,
admission standards and educational quality when determining the
percentage of the schools net income that would be
distributed to the investors as reasonable returns. However,
none of the current PRC laws and regulations provides a formula
or guidelines for determining reasonable returns. In
addition, none of the current PRC laws and regulations sets
forth clear requirements or restrictions on a private
schools ability to operate its education business based on
such schools status as a school that requires reasonable
returns or a school that does not require reasonable returns.
Our schools are registered as schools that require reasonable
returns in some cities and as schools that do not require
reasonable returns in others. Unlike typical schools in
Chinas K-12 system which grant diplomas to students upon
graduation, we provide after-school tutoring services and do not
grant any diploma or certification to our students. However, the
current PRC laws and regulations governing private education may
be amended or replaced by new laws and regulations that
(i) impose significant limitations on the ability of our
schools to operate their business, charge course fees or make
payments to related parties for services, (ii) specify the
formula for calculating reasonable returns, or
(iii) change the preferential tax treatment policies
applicable to private schools. We cannot predict the timing and
effects of any such amendments or new laws and regulations.
Changes in PRC laws and regulations governing private education
could materially and adversely affect our business prospects and
results of operations.
24
Contractual
arrangements our subsidiaries have entered into with our
affiliated entities may be subject to scrutiny by the PRC tax
authorities and a finding that we or our affiliated entities owe
additional taxes could substantially reduce our consolidated net
income and the value of your investment.
Under PRC laws and regulations, arrangements and transactions
among related parties may be subject to audit or challenge by
the PRC tax authorities within ten years after the taxable year
when the transactions are conducted. We could face material and
adverse tax consequences if the PRC tax authorities determine
that the contractual arrangements between our wholly owned
subsidiaries in China and our affiliated entities do not
represent an arms-length price and consequently adjust our
affiliated entities income in the form of a transfer
pricing adjustment. A transfer pricing adjustment could, among
other things, result in a reduction, for PRC tax purposes, of
expense deductions recorded by our affiliated entities, which
could in turn increase their tax liabilities. In addition, the
PRC tax authorities may impose late payment fees and other
penalties to our affiliated entities for unpaid taxes. Our
consolidated net income may be materially and adversely affected
if our affiliated entities tax liabilities increase or if
they are subject to late payment fees or other penalties.
If any of
our PRC subsidiaries, affiliated entities and their subsidiaries
becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or liquidation proceeding,
we may lose the ability to use and enjoy certain important
assets, which could reduce the size of our operations and
materially and adversely affect our business, ability to
generate revenue and the market price of our ADSs.
We currently conduct our operations in China through contractual
arrangements with our affiliated entities. As part of these
arrangements, our affiliated entities hold operating permits and
licenses and some of the assets that are important to the
operation of our business. If any of these entities goes
bankrupt and all or part of their assets become subject to liens
or rights of third-party creditors, we may be unable to continue
some or all of our business activities, which could materially
and adversely affect our business, financial condition and
results of operations. If any of our affiliated entities
undergoes a voluntary or involuntary liquidation proceeding, its
shareholders or unrelated third-party creditors may claim rights
to some or all of these assets, thereby hindering our ability to
operate our business, which could materially and adversely
affect our business, our ability to generate revenue and the
market price of our ADSs.
Risks
Related to Doing Business in China
Uncertainties
with respect to the PRC legal system could have a material
adverse effect on us.
The PRC legal system is a civil law system based on written
statutes. Unlike the common law system, prior court decisions in
a civil law system may be cited for reference but have limited
precedential value. Since 1979, PRC legislation and regulations
have significantly enhanced the protections afforded to various
forms of foreign investments in China. However, since these laws
and regulations are relatively new and the PRC legal system
continues to rapidly evolve, the interpretations of many laws,
regulations and rules are not always consistent, and enforcement
of these laws, regulations and rules involve uncertainties,
which may limit the available legal protections. In addition,
the PRC administrative and court authorities have significant
discretion in interpreting and implementing or enforcing
statutory rules and contractual terms, and it may be more
difficult to predict the outcome of administrative and court
proceedings and the level of legal protection we may enjoy in
the PRC than under some more developed legal systems. These
uncertainties may affect our judgment on the relevance of legal
requirements and our decisions on the measures and actions to be
taken to fully comply therewith and may affect our ability to
enforce our contractual or tort rights. In addition, the
regulatory uncertainties may be exploited through unmerited
legal actions or threats in an attempt to extract payments or
benefits from us. Such uncertainties may therefore increase our
operating expenses and costs, and materially and adversely
affect our business and results of operations.
Uncertainties
with respect to PRC regulatory restrictions on after-school
services could have a material adverse effect on us.
In 2009, the Ministry of Education, together with a few other
PRC government agencies, issued implementation rules on
administration of education-related fee collection, which
provide, among other things,
25
that schools that are part of the compulsory education system
are not allowed to charge students additional fees for any type
of after-school tutoring classes, and that public schools and
their teachers, whether or not in cooperation with private
schools, are prohibited from offering any type of after-school
tutoring or training classes for a fee outside the school.
Private schools, which are not part of the compulsory education
system, generally are permitted to offer after-school tutoring
services pursuant to their private school operating permits
issued by the relevant PRC governmental authorities pursuant to
the Law for Promoting Private Education and implementation rules
promulgated thereunder. However, several provincial government
agencies issued notices or rules applicable in their respective
provinces expressly prohibiting even private schools from
offering after-school tutoring classes to primary and secondary
school students. Among the areas where we offer after-school
tutoring services, local governments in Shanghai and Tianjin
issued notices in 2004 and 2005, respectively, prohibiting
private schools from offering after-school tutoring services to
primary and secondary school students. Nevertheless, we are not
aware of any instances in Shanghai or Tianjin where the
governmental authorities took actions enforcing the
aforementioned notices; nor have we received any notices,
warnings or inquiries from these governmental authorities with
respect to our tutoring services. Net revenues attributable to
tutoring services in Shanghai and Tianjin accounted for less
than 10% of our total net revenues for the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010 and the six months ended August 31,
2010. The aforementioned notices do not provide any monetary
penalties for violations and thus we are not able to quantify
the penalties that we may be subject to if we are deemed not to
be in compliance with these notices. We are not aware of any
imminent risks in connection with the aforementioned notices.
However, since PRC regulatory authorities have significant
discretion in interpreting and implementing rules and
regulations and that regulatory enforcements can be
inconsistent, we cannot assure you that we will not in the
future be subject to the above mentioned regulations, fined or
otherwise penalized by government authorities for offering such
classes, in which case our business and operations could be
materially and adversely affected.
We are
required to obtain various operating licenses and permits and to
make registrations and filings for our after-school tutoring
services in China; failure to comply with these requirements may
materially adversely affect our business operations.
We are required to obtain and maintain various licenses and
permits and fulfill registration and filing requirements in
order to conduct and operate our after-school tutoring business.
For instance, to establish and operate a school to provide
after-school tutoring services, we are required to obtain a
private school operating permit and to make necessary filings
for each learning center with the Ministry of Education and the
Ministry of Civil Affairs or their local bureaus. As of the date
of this prospectus, 26 of our 109 centers in operation may be
subject to fines or other penalties due to their failure to
obtain the requisite operating permits from, or make requisite
filings with, the relevant governmental authorities. These 26
learning centers in the aggregate accounted for 15.3% of our
total net revenues for the fiscal year ended February 28,
2010. We were unable to obtain certain requisite permits or make
certain filings in some districts in Beijing because the local
authorities discontinued granting permits or accepting filings
for administrative reasons for a period of time. Some of these
local authorities have recently begun to accept applications and
filings, and we are in the process of preparing filings and
applying for permits for these learning centers and expect to
complete and obtain most filings and permits in the near future.
In a few other cases, we were not able to obtain certain permits
because we have not yet met all the detailed requirements set
forth by the local authorities for granting the permits, and we
are taking steps to meet these requirements. We intend to ensure
compliance with applicable rules and regulations in establishing
new learning centers. Our business and legal teams are required
to follow an internal guideline to obtain all requisite permits
and make necessary filings on a timely basis for our new
learning centers. However, there is no assurance that our
efforts will result in full compliance given the significant
amount of discretion the PRC authorities have in interpreting,
implementing or enforcing rules and regulations and due to other
factors beyond our control. Although we have not been subject to
any material fines or other penalties in relation to any
non-compliance of licensing requirements in the past, if we fail
to cure any non-compliance in a timely manner, we may be subject
to fines, confiscation of the gains derived from our
noncompliant operations or the suspension of our noncompliant
operations, which may materially and adversely affect our
business and results of operations.
26
If the
relevant PRC regulatory authorities subsequently determine that
personalized premium services must be operated through
registered schools or non-foreign-invested PRC companies, our
personalized premium services business may be exposed to
increased risks associated with the contractual
arrangements.
We currently offer our personalized premium tutoring services in
Beijing through Huanqiu Zhikang, our wholly owned subsidiary,
which is a foreign-invested company under PRC laws and
regulations. Huanqiu Zhikangs sole business is offering
personalized premium tutoring services in Beijing, which
contributed less than 1% of our total net revenues for the
fiscal year ended February 28, 2010. In Shanghai, our
personalized premium tutoring services are offered through our
affiliated schools pursuant to the local legal requirements. We
offer the personalized premium tutoring services in Beijing
through Huanqiu Zhikang, as opposed to through our PRC
affiliated entities, primarily because we believe that
one-on-one
tutoring services fall within the scope of for-profit
training activities and are not educational
activities under the jurisdiction of the Beijing Municipal
Education Commission, based on telephone inquiries we and our
PRC counsel made to the Beijing Municipal Education Commission,
which is the local bureau of the Ministry of Education in
Beijing. In addition, Huanqiu Zhikang has obtained a business
license from Beijing Administration of Industry and Commerce,
expressly permitting Huanqiu Zhikang to conduct
educational consulting services, which we believe
covers our personalized premium services in Beijing. We also
believe that providing personalized premium services through
Huanqiu Zhikang, a wholly owned subsidiary, enhances our
effective control over such business and improves management
efficiency. To the extent we view that the benefits resulting
from our current structure is greater than the risks associated
with the legal uncertainties, we intend to continue to offer
personalized premium services through Huanqiu Zhikang in Beijing
in our future expansion plan for these services.
However, the differences between educational
activities, on the one hand, and for-profit training
activities and educational consulting
services, on the other hand, remain unclear under the PRC
laws and regulations. The Law for Promoting Private Education
provides that educational activities, which are
required to be conducted through schools or educational
institutions, shall be regulated by the Ministry of Education
whereas for-profit training activities shall be
regulated by the Administration of Industry and Commerce in
accordance with separate regulations to be issued by the State
Council. To date, the State Council has not promulgated any
regulations with respect to for-profit training
activities and in practice, regulators in different local
jurisdictions may have different views and administrative
policies on
one-on-one
tutoring activities. Therefore, we cannot be certain that the
relevant government authorities will reach the same conclusion
in the future as we have regarding
one-on-one
personalized premium tutoring services.
If the relevant PRC regulatory authorities subsequently
determine that personalized premium services must be operated
through registered schools or non-foreign-invested PRC
companies, we may be required to restructure our operations to
offer personalized premium services through our affiliated
schools, which may expose our personalized premium services
business to increased risks associated with the contractual
arrangements with affiliated entities. See Risks
Related to Our Corporate Structure. If we fail to cure our
non-compliance in a timely manner, we may be subject to fines of
up to RMB100,000, suspension of such operations or other
penalties, which may materially and adversely affect our
business and results of operations.
Adverse
changes in political and economic policies of the PRC government
could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic
growth of China, which could reduce the demand for our products
and services and materially and adversely affect our competitive
position.
All of our business operations are conducted in China and all of
our sales are made in China. Accordingly, our business,
financial condition, results of operations and prospects are
affected significantly by economic, political and legal
developments in China. The economy in China differs from the
economies of most developed countries in many respects,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
degree of government involvement;
|
|
|
|
level of development;
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
rate of economic growth;
|
|
|
|
control of foreign exchange rates and currency conversion;
|
|
|
|
access to financing; and
|
|
|
|
allocation of resources.
|
Although China has been transitioning from a planned economy to
a more market-oriented economy since the 1970s, the PRC
government continues to exercise significant control over
Chinas economy through resource allocation, foreign
exchange control, monetary policies and administrative
regulations of certain industries and entities. In recent years,
the PRC government has implemented measures emphasizing the
reliance on market forces to promote economic reform, reduce
state ownership of productive assets and establish corporate
governance structures in business enterprises. Nevertheless, a
substantial portion of the productive assets in China are still
owned by the PRC government. The continued control of these
assets and other aspects of the national economy by the
government could materially and adversely affect our business.
While the Chinese economy has grown significantly in the past
30 years, the growth has been uneven geographically among
various sectors of the economy, and during different periods. We
cannot assure you that the Chinese economy will continue to
grow, or that if there is growth, such growth will be steady and
uniform, or that if there is a slowdown, such slowdown will not
have a negative effect on our business.
We may
rely on dividends paid by our subsidiaries for our cash needs,
and any limitation on the ability of our subsidiaries to make
payments to us could limit our ability to pay dividends to
holders of our ADSs and common shares.
We are a holding company and conduct substantially all of our
business through our operating subsidiaries and consolidated
affiliated entities, which are limited liability companies
established in China. We may rely on dividends paid by our
subsidiaries for our cash needs, including the funds necessary
to pay dividends and other cash distributions to our
shareholders, to service any debt we may incur and to pay our
operating expenses. The payment of dividends by entities
organized in China is subject to limitations. In particular,
regulations in China currently permit payment of dividends only
out of accumulated profits as determined in accordance with PRC
accounting standards and regulations. PRC companies are also
required to set aside at least 10% of their after-tax profit
based on PRC accounting standards each year to their general
reserves until the accumulative amount of such reserves reaches
50% of their registered capital. These reserves are not
distributable as cash dividends. In addition, PRC companies may
allocate a portion of their after-tax profit to their staff
welfare and bonus fund at the discretion of their boards of
directors. Our PRC subsidiaries and VIEs historically have not
allocated any of their after-tax profits to staff welfare and
bonus funds, since there is no legal requirement to do so, but
they may nevertheless decide to set aside such funds in the
future. There is no maximum amount of after-tax profit that a
company may contribute to such funds. Moreover, each of our
affiliated schools is required to allocate certain amount of
profits to its development fund for the construction or
maintenance of school facilities or procurement or upgrade of
educational equipment at the end of each fiscal year. See
RegulationRegulation on Private EducationThe
Law for Promoting Private Education (2003) and the
Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education
(2004) for a discussion on the requirements for private
schools to make allocations to school development funds. Any
direct or indirect limitation on the ability of our PRC
subsidiaries to distribute dividends and other distributions to
us could materially and adversely limit our ability to make
investments or acquisitions at the holding company level, pay
dividends or otherwise fund and conduct our business.
PRC
regulation of loans and direct investment by offshore holding
companies to PRC entities may limit the use of the proceeds we
receive from this offering for our expansion or
operations.
In utilizing the proceeds we receive from this offering in the
manner described in Use of Proceeds, as an offshore
holding company with PRC subsidiaries, we may (i) make
additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries,
(ii) establish new PRC subsidiaries and make capital
contributions to these new PRC subsidiaries, (iii) make
loans to our PRC subsidiaries or our VIEs, or (iv) acquire
offshore entities with
28
business operations in China in an offshore transaction.
However, most of these uses are subject to PRC regulations and
approvals. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
capital contributions to our subsidiaries in China, whether
existing ones or newly established ones, must be approved by the
PRC Ministry of Commerce or its local bureaus;
|
|
|
|
loans by us to our subsidiaries in China, each of which is a
foreign-invested enterprise, to finance their activities cannot
exceed statutory limits and must be registered with the PRC
State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, or its local
bureaus;
|
|
|
|
loans by us to our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries, which
are domestic PRC entities, must be approved by the National
Development and Reform Commission and must also be registered
with SAFE or its local bureaus.
|
In addition, on August 29, 2008, SAFE promulgated
Circular 142, a notice regulating the conversion by a
foreign-invested company of its capital contribution in foreign
currency into Renminbi. It requires that Renminbi converted from
foreign currency-denominated capital of a foreign-invested
enterprise may only be used for purposes within the business
scope approved by the relevant government authority and may not
be used to make equity investments in China, unless specifically
provided otherwise. Moreover, the approved use of such Renminbi
funds may not be changed without approval from SAFE. Renminbi
funds converted from foreign exchange may not be used to repay
loans in Renminbi if the proceeds of such loans have not yet
been used. Any violation of Circular 142 may result in
severe penalties, including substantial fines. We expect that if
we convert the net proceeds from this offering into Renminbi
pursuant to Circular 142, our use of Renminbi funds will be
for purposes within the approved business scope of our PRC
subsidiaries. However, we may not be able to use such Renminbi
funds to make equity investments in the PRC through our PRC
subsidiaries.
We expect that the PRC regulations of loans and direct
investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may
continue to limit our use of proceeds of this offering. There
are no costs associated with registering loans or capital
contributions with relevant PRC governmental authorities, other
than nominal processing charges. Under PRC laws and regulations,
the PRC governmental authorities are required to process such
approvals or registrations or deny our application within a
prescribed period which is usually less than 90 days. The
actual time taken, however, may be longer due to administrative
delay. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these
government registrations or approvals on a timely basis, if at
all, with respect to our future plans to use the
U.S. dollar proceeds we receive from this offering for our
expansion and operations in China. If we fail to receive such
registrations or approvals, our ability to use the proceeds of
this offering and to capitalize our PRC operations may be
negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect
our liquidity and ability to fund and expand our business.
PRC
regulations relating to the establishment of offshore special
purpose companies by PRC residents may subject our PRC resident
beneficial owners to personal liability and limit our ability to
acquire PRC companies or to inject capital into our PRC
subsidiary, limit our PRC subsidiarys ability to
distribute profits to us, or otherwise materially and adversely
affect us.
The State Administration of Foreign Exchange issued Circular 75,
requiring PRC residents, including both legal persons and
natural persons, to register with the relevant local branch of
the State Administration of Foreign Exchange before establishing
or controlling any company outside of China, referred to as an
offshore special purpose company, for the purpose of
raising funds from overseas to acquire assets of, or equity
interest in, PRC companies. In addition, any PRC resident that
is the beneficial owner of an offshore special purpose company
is required to amend his or her registration with the local
branch of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, with
respect to that offshore special purpose company in connection
with any increase or decrease in its capital, transfer of
shares, merger, division, equity investment or creation of any
security interest over any assets located in China. Any failure
to comply with the above registration requirements could result
in PRC subsidiaries being prohibited from distributing their
profits and proceeds from any reduction in capital, share
transfer or liquidation to their offshore parent companies,
offshore parent companies being restricted in their ability to
contribute additional capital into their PRC subsidiaries, and
other liabilities under PRC laws for evasion of foreign exchange
restrictions.
29
We believe that all of our shareholders who are PRC citizens or
residents have completed their required registrations with SAFE,
or are otherwise in the process of registering with SAFE.
However, we may not at all times be fully aware or informed of
the identities of all of our beneficial owners who are PRC
citizens or residents, and we may not always be able to compel
our beneficial owners to comply with Circular 75; nor can we
ensure you that their registrations, if they choose to apply,
will be successful. The failure or inability of our PRC resident
beneficial owners to make any required registrations or comply
with these requirements may subject such beneficial owners to
fines and legal sanctions and may also limit our ability to
contribute additional capital into or provide loans (including
using the proceeds from this offering) to our China operations,
limit our PRC subsidiarys ability to pay dividends or
otherwise distribute profits to us, or otherwise materially and
adversely affect us.
Any
requirement to obtain prior approval from the China Securities
Regulatory Commission, or the CSRC, could delay this offering
and a failure to obtain this approval, if required, could have a
material adverse effect on our business, operating results,
reputation and trading price of our ADSs.
On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, namely, the
Ministry of Commerce, the State Assets Supervision and
Administration Commission, the State Administration for
Taxation, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce,
the CSRC, and SAFE, jointly adopted the Regulations on Mergers
and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors,
or the M&A Rule, which became effective on
September 8, 2006. The M&A Rule purports to require,
among other things, offshore special purpose vehicles, or SPVs,
formed for the purpose of acquiring PRC domestic companies and
controlled by PRC companies or individuals, to obtain the
approval of the CSRC prior to publicly listing their securities
on an overseas stock exchange. While the application of the
M&A Rule remains unclear, we believe, based on the advice
of our PRC counsel, Tian Yuan Law Firm, that CSRC approval is
not required in the context of this offering as we are not a
special purpose vehicle formed for the purpose of acquiring
domestic companies that are controlled by PRC individual
shareholders, as we acquired contractual control of, rather than
equity interest in, our domestic affiliated entities. However,
we cannot assure you that the relevant PRC government agency,
including the CSRC, would reach the same conclusion as our PRC
counsel. If the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agency subsequently
determines that we need to obtain the CSRCs approval for
this offering, we may face sanctions by the CSRC or other PRC
regulatory agencies. In such event, these regulatory agencies
may impose fines and penalties on our operations in the PRC,
limit our operating privileges in the PRC, delay or restrict the
repatriation of the proceeds from this offering into the PRC, or
take other actions that could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition, results of operations, and
prospects, as well as the trading price of our ADSs. The CSRC or
other PRC regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us
to halt this offering before settlement and delivery of the ADSs
offered by this prospectus.
The
discontinuation of any of the preferential tax treatments
currently available to us in China could adversely affect our
overall results of operations.
Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the EIT Law, which
became effective on January 1, 2008, the statutory
enterprise income tax rate is 25%, except where a special
preferential rate applies.
Our affiliated entity, Xueersi Education, was qualified as a
High and New Technology Enterprise, under the EIT
Law effective January 1, 2008 and therefore was qualified
for a preferential tax rate of 15%. In addition, since Xueersi
Education is located in a high and new technology industrial
zone in Beijing and qualified as a High and New Technology
Enterprise, it was entitled to a three-year exemption from the
enterprise income tax from calendar year 2006 to 2008 and a
further tax reduction to a rate of 7.5% from calendar year 2009
to 2011. Our wholly owned subsidiary, TAL Beijing, was qualified
as a Newly Established Software Enterprise under the
EIT Law and therefore entitled to a two-year exemption from the
enterprise income tax from calendar year 2009 to 2010 and a
further tax reduction to 50% of the applicable rate from
calendar year 2011 to 2013. Our affiliated entities, Xueersi
Network and Beijing Haidian District Xueersi Training School,
were entitled to a one-year tax exemption in calendar year 2007
as newly established companies in that year.
30
On April 21, 2010, the State Administration of Taxation
issued Circular 157, Further Clarification on Implementation
of Preferential EIT Rate during Transition Periods, or
Circular 157. Circular 157 seeks to provide additional guidance
on the interaction of certain preferential tax rates under the
transitional rules of the EIT Law. Prior to Circular 157, we
interpreted the law to mean that if a high and new
technology enterprise strongly supported by the state or
High and New Technology Enterprise was in a tax
holiday period that provides for
2-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate or
5-year
exemption plus
5-year half
rate or other tax exemptions and reductions, where it was
entitled to a 50% reduction in the tax rate and was also
entitled to a 15% rate of tax due to its High and New Technology
Enterprise status under the EIT Law, then it was entitled to pay
tax at the rate of 7.5%. Circular 157 appears to have the effect
that such an entity is entitled to pay tax at the lower of 15%
and 50% of the standard PRC tax rate, which is currently 25%. It
is unclear whether Circular 157 would apply retrospectively
but we understand that the State Administration of Taxation has
recently taken the position that Circular 157 applies only
to tax years commencing from January 1, 2010.
Based on the interpretation of Circular 157 from the
relevant local tax authority, we believe that entities that are
qualified for
3-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate tax holiday as High and New Technology Enterprises
and are registered in the Zhongguancun High and New Technology
Industrial Zone of Beijing will continue to pay income tax at a
rate of 7.5%. Since Xueersi Education enjoys
3-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate and is a High and New Technology Enterprise
registered in the Zhongguancun High and New Technology
Industrial Zone of Beijing, we believe that Xueersi Education
will continue to pay income tax at the rate of 7.5%. We cannot
assure you, however, that the tax authorities will not in the
future change their position on our preferential tax treatments.
The discontinuation of our preferential tax treatments may
materially increase our future tax liabilities.
Under the
EIT Law, we may be classified as a resident
enterprise of China. Such classification could result in
unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC
shareholders.
Under the EIT Law, an enterprise established outside of China
with de facto management body within China is
considered a resident enterprise, meaning that it
can be treated in a manner similar to a Chinese enterprise for
enterprise income tax purposes, although the dividends paid to
one resident enterprise from another may qualify as
tax-exempt income. The implementing rules of the EIT
Law define de facto management as substantial and overall
management and control over the production and operations,
personnel, accounting, and properties of the enterprise. A
circular issued by the State Administration of Taxation on
April 22, 2009 provides that a foreign enterprise
controlled by a PRC company or a PRC company group will be
classified as a resident enterprise with its
de facto management body located within China if all
of the following requirements are satisfied: (i) the senior
management and core management departments in charge of its
daily operations function are mainly in the PRC; (ii) its
financial and human resources decisions are subject to
determination or approval by persons or bodies in the PRC;
(iii) its major assets, accounting books, company seals,
and minutes and files of its board and shareholders
meetings are located or kept in the PRC; and (iv) at least
half of the enterprises directors with voting right or
senior management reside in the PRC.
We do not believe that either TAL Group or our Hong Kong
subsidiary, Xueersi Hong Kong, meets all of the conditions
above. Each of TAL Group and Xueersi Hong Kong is a company
incorporated outside the PRC. As holding companies, these two
entities key assets and records, including resolutions of
its board of directors and resolutions of its shareholders, are
located and maintained outside of the PRC. In addition, we are
not aware of any offshore holding companies with a similar
corporate structure as ours ever having been deemed to be PRC
resident enterprises by the PRC tax authorities.
Therefore, we believe that neither TAL Group nor Xueersi Hong
Kong should be treated as a resident enterprise for
PRC tax purposes. However, as the tax resident status of an
enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax
authorities, there are uncertainties and risks associated with
this issue. If the PRC tax authorities determine that TAL Group
and Xueersi Hong Kong are resident enterprises for
PRC enterprise income tax purposes, a number of unfavorable PRC
tax consequences could follow. First, we may be subject to
enterprise income tax at a rate of 25% on our worldwide taxable
income, as well as PRC enterprise income tax reporting
obligations. Second,
31
although under the EIT Law and its implementing rules, dividend
income between qualified resident enterprises is a
tax-exempt income, we cannot guarantee that
dividends paid to TAL Group from our PRC subsidiaries through
Xueersi Hong Kong would qualify as tax-exempt income
and will not be subject to withholding tax, as the PRC foreign
exchange control authorities, which enforce the withholding tax,
have not yet issued guidance with respect to the processing of
outbound remittances to entities that are treated as
resident enterprises for PRC enterprise income tax
purposes. Finally, the new resident enterprise
classification could result in a situation in which a 10%
withholding tax is imposed on dividends we pay to our non-PRC
enterprise shareholders and with respect to gains derived by our
non-PRC enterprise shareholders from transferring our shares or
ADSs, if such income is considered PRC-sourced income by the
relevant PRC authorities. This could have the effect of
increasing our and our shareholders effective income tax
rates and may require us to deduct withholding tax from any
dividends we pay to our non-PRC shareholders. In addition to the
uncertainties regarding how the new resident
enterprise classification may apply, it is also possible
that the rules may change in the future, possibly with
retroactive effect.
Moreover, pursuant to the Arrangement between the PRC and Hong
Kong Special Administrative Region on the Avoidance of Double
Taxation and Prevention of Fiscal Evasion, dividends declared
after January 1, 2008 and distributed to our Hong Kong
subsidiary by our PRC subsidiaries are subject to withholding
tax at a rate of 5%, provided that our Hong Kong subsidiary is
deemed by the relevant PRC tax authorities to be a
non-resident enterprise under the EIT Law and holds
at least 25% of the equity interest of our PRC subsidiaries. The
State Administration for Taxation promulgated the Notice on How
to Understand and Determine the Beneficial Owners in Tax
Agreement on October 27, 2009, or SAT Circular 601,
which provides guidance for determining whether a resident of a
jurisdiction with tax treaties with the PRC is the
beneficial owner of an item of income under PRC tax
treaties and tax arrangements. According to SAT
Circular 601, a beneficial owner generally must engage in
substantive business activities. An agent or conduit company
will not be regarded as a beneficial owner and, therefore, will
not qualify for treaty benefits. A conduit company normally
refers to a company that is set up for the purpose of avoiding
or reducing taxes or transferring or accumulating profits.
Although we may use Xueersi Hong Kong as a platform to expand
our business in the future, Xueersi Hong Kong currently does not
engage in any substantive business activities and thus it is
possible that Xueersi Hong Kong may not be regarded as a
beneficial owner for the purposes of SAT
Circular 601 and the dividends it receives from our PRC
subsidiaries would be subject to withholding tax at a rate of
10%.
We face
uncertainties with respect to application of the Circular on
Strengthening the Administration of Enterprise Income Tax for
Share Transfer of Non-PRC Resident Enterprises.
Pursuant to the Notice on Strengthening Administration of
Enterprise Income Tax for Share Transfers by Non-PRC Resident
Enterprises, or Circular 698, issued by the State Administration
of Taxation on December 10, 2009, where a foreign investor
transfers the equity interests of a PRC resident enterprise
indirectly via disposition of the equity interests of an
overseas holding company, or an Indirect Transfer,
and such overseas holding company is located in a tax
jurisdiction that (i) has an effective tax rate less than
12.5% or (ii) does not tax foreign income of its residents,
the foreign investor shall report the Indirect Transfer to the
competent tax authority. The PRC tax authority will examine the
true nature of the Indirect Transfer, and if the tax authority
considers that the foreign investor has adopted an abusive
arrangement in order to avoid PRC tax, it may disregard
the existence of the overseas holding company and
re-characterize the Indirect Transfer and as a result, gains
derived from such Indirect Transfer may be subject to PRC
withholding tax at a rate of up to 10%. Circular 698 also
provides that, where a non-PRC resident enterprise transfers its
equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise to its related
parties at a price lower than the fair market value, the
competent tax authority has the power to make a reasonable
adjustment to the taxable income of the transaction. Circular
698 is retroactively effective from January 1, 2008. The
relevant PRC authority has not yet promulgated any formal
provisions or formally declared or stated how to calculate the
effective tax in a foreign jurisdiction and how a foreign
investor shall report to the competent tax authority an Indirect
Transfer. Since Circular 698 was newly promulgated, there are
uncertainties as to its application. It is possible that we or
our non-resident investors may become at risk of being taxed
under Circular 698 and may be required to expend valuable
resources to comply with Circular 698 or to establish that we or
our non-resident investors
32
should not be taxed under Circular 698, which may have an
adverse effect on our financial condition and results of
operations or such non-resident investors investment in us.
We face
risks and uncertainties with respect to the licensing
requirement for Internet audio-video programs.
On December 20, 2007, the State Administration of Radio,
Film and Television, or SARFT, and the Ministry of Industry and
Information Technology, or MII, issued the Administrative
Measures Regarding Internet Audio-Video Program Services, or
the Internet Audio-Video Program Measures, which became
effective on January 31, 2008. Among other things, the
Internet Audio-Video Program Measures stipulate that no entities
or individuals may provide Internet audio-video program services
without a License for Disseminating Audio-Video Programs
through Information Network issued by SARFT or its local
bureaus or completing the relevant registration with SARFT or
its local bureaus, and only entities wholly owned or controlled
by the PRC government may engage in the production, editing,
integration or consolidation, and transmission to the public
through the Internet, of audio-video programs, or the provision
of audio-video program uploading and transmission services. On
February 3, 2008, SARFT and MII jointly held a press
conference in response to inquiries related to the Internet
Audio-Video Program Measures, during which SARFT and MII
officials indicated that providers of audio-video program
services established prior to the promulgation date of the
Internet Audio-Video Program Measures that do not have any
regulatory non-compliance records can re-register with the
relevant government authorities to continue their current
business operations. After the conference, the two authorities
published a press release that confirmed the above guidelines.
There are still significant uncertainties relating to the
interpretation and implementation of the Internet Audio-Video
Program Measures, in particular, the scope of Internet
Audio-Video Programs.
Furthermore, on April 1, 2010, SARFT promulgated the Test
Implementation of the Tentative Categories of Internet
Audio-Visual Program Services, or the Categories, which
clarified the scope of Internet audio-video programs services.
According to the Categories, there are four categories of
Internet audio-visual program services which are further divided
into seventeen
sub-categories.
The third
sub-category
to the second category covers the making and editing of certain
specialized audio-video programs concerning, among other things,
educational content, and broadcasting such content to the
general public online.
Since we began offering online courses in 2010, revenues derived
from audio-video program services that may be subject to the
Audio-Video Program Measures were less than 1.5% of our net
revenue. In the course of offering online tutoring services, we
transmit our audio-video educational courses and programs
through the Internet only to enrolled course participants, not
to the general public. The limited scope of our audience
distinguishes us from general online audio-video broadcasting
companies, such as companies operating user-generated content
websites. In addition, we do not provide audio-video program
uploading and transmission services. As a result, we believe
that we are not subject to the Internet Audio-Video Program
Measures. However, there is no further official or publicly
available interpretation of these definitions, especially the
scope of Internet audio-video program service. If
the governmental authorities determine that our provision of
online tutoring services falls within the Internet Audio-Video
Program Measures, we may not be able to obtain the License for
Disseminating Audio-Video Programs through Information Network.
If this occurs, we may become subject to significant penalties,
fines, legal sanctions or an order to suspend our use of
audio-video content.
Fluctuation
in the value of the Renminbi may have a material adverse effect
on your investment.
The value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other
currencies is affected by, among other things, changes in
Chinas political and economic conditions and Chinas
foreign exchange policies. The conversion of the Renminbi into
foreign currencies, including the U.S. dollar, has been based on
exchange rates set by the Peoples Bank of China. On
July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old
policy of pegging the value of the Renminbi solely to the U.S.
dollar. Under this revised policy, the Renminbi is permitted to
fluctuate within a narrow and managed band against a basket of
certain foreign currencies. Following the removal of the U.S.
dollar peg, the Renminbi appreciated approximately 21.5% against
the U.S. dollar over the following three years. Since July 2008,
however, the Renminbi has traded within a narrow range against
the
33
U.S. dollar, remaining within 1% of its July 2008 high. As a
consequence, the Renminbi has fluctuated significantly since
July 2008 against other freely traded currencies, in tandem with
the U.S. dollar. On June 20, 2010, the Peoples Bank
of China announced that the PRC government will further reform
the Renminbi exchange rate regime and enhance the Renminbi
exchange rate flexibility. It is difficult to predict how this
new policy may impact the Renminbi exchange rate going forward.
Significant revaluation of the Renminbi may have a material
adverse effect on your investment. For example, to the extent
that we need to convert U.S. dollars we receive from this
initial public offering into Renminbi for our operations,
appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar would
have an adverse effect on the Renminbi amount we would receive
from the conversion. Conversely, if we decide to convert our
Renminbi into U.S. dollars for the purpose of making
payments for dividends on our common shares or ADSs or for other
business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against
the Renminbi would have a negative effect on the
U.S. dollar amount available to us.
Governmental
control of currency conversion may affect the value of your
investment.
The PRC government imposes controls on the convertibility of the
Renminbi into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the
remittance of currency out of China. Under our current corporate
structure, our income will be primarily derived from a share of
the earnings from our PRC subsidiaries. Revenues of our PRC
subsidiaries are all denominated in Renminbi. Shortages in the
availability of foreign currency may restrict the ability of our
PRC subsidiaries to remit sufficient foreign currency to pay
dividends or other payments to us, or otherwise satisfy their
foreign currency-denominated obligations. Under existing PRC
foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items,
including profit distributions, interest payments and
expenditures from trade-related transactions, can be made in
foreign currencies without prior approval from SAFE by complying
with certain procedural requirements. However, for any PRC
company, dividends can be declared and paid only out of the
retained earnings of that company under PRC law. Furthermore,
approval from SAFE or its local branch is required where
Renminbi is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted
out of China to pay capital expenses, such as the repayment of
loans denominated in foreign currencies. Specifically, under the
existing exchange restrictions, without a prior approval of
SAFE, cash generated from the operations of our subsidiaries in
China may be used to pay dividends by our PRC subsidiaries to
TAL Group through Xueersi Hong Kong and pay employees of our PRC
subsidiaries who are located outside China in a currency other
than the Renminbi. With a prior approval from SAFE, cash
generated from the operations of our PRC subsidiaries and
affiliated entities may be used to pay off debt in a currency
other than the Renminbi owed by our subsidiaries and affiliated
entities to entities outside China, and make other capital
expenditures outside China in a currency other than the
Renminbi. The PRC government may also at its discretion restrict
access in the future to foreign currencies for current account
transactions. If the foreign exchange control system prevents us
from obtaining sufficient foreign currency to satisfy our
currency demands, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign
currencies to our shareholders, including holders of our ADSs.
Risks
Related to Our ADSs and This Offering
There has
been no public market for our common shares or ADSs prior to
this offering, and you may not be able to resell our ADSs at or
above the price you paid, or at all.
Prior to this initial public offering, there has been no public
market for our common shares or ADSs. Our ADSs have been
approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, but our
ADSs or common shares will not be listed on any exchange or
quoted for trading on any
over-the-counter
trading system. If an active trading market for our ADSs does
not develop after this offering, the market price and liquidity
of our ADSs will be materially and adversely affected.
The initial public offering price for our ADSs was determined by
negotiations between us and the underwriters and may bear no
relationship to the market price for our ADSs after this initial
public offering.
34
We cannot assure you that an active trading market for our ADSs
will develop or that the market price of our ADSs will not
decline below the initial public offering price.
The
market price for our ADSs may be volatile.
The market price for our ADSs is likely to be highly volatile
and subject to wide fluctuations in response to factors such as:
|
|
|
|
|
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results,
|
|
|
|
changes in financial estimates by securities research analysts,
|
|
|
|
changes in the economic performance or market valuation of other
education companies,
|
|
|
|
announcements by us or our competitors of material acquisitions,
|
|
|
|
strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments,
|
|
|
|
addition or departure of our executive officers and key
personnel,
|
|
|
|
intellectual property litigation,
|
|
|
|
release or expiration of
lock-up or
other transfer restrictions on our outstanding Class B
common shares or ADSs, and
|
|
|
|
economic, regulatory or political conditions in China.
|
In addition, the performance, and fluctuation in market prices,
of other companies with business operations mainly located in
China that have listed their securities in the United States may
affect the volatility in the price and trading volume of our
ADSs. Furthermore, the securities market has from time to time
experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that are
not related to the operating performance of particular
companies. These market fluctuations may also have a material
adverse effect on the market price of our ADSs.
Our
dual-class voting structure will limit your ability to influence
corporate matters and could discourage others from pursuing any
change of control transactions that holders of our Class A
common shares and ADSs may view as beneficial.
Our common shares are divided into Class A common shares
and Class B common shares. Holders of Class A common
shares are entitled to one vote per share, while holders of
Class B common shares are entitled to ten votes per share.
We will issue Class A common shares represented by our ADSs
in this offering. All of our existing shareholders as of
September 29, 2010, including our founders, hold our
Class B common shares, and our outstanding preferred shares
will be automatically converted into Class B common shares
immediately prior to the completion of this offering. We intend
to maintain the dual-class voting structure after the completion
of this offering. Each Class B common share is convertible
into one Class A common share at any time by the holder
thereof. Class A common shares are not convertible into
Class B common shares under any circumstances. Upon any
transfer of Class B common shares by a holder thereof to
any person or entity which is not an affiliate of such holder,
such Class B common shares shall be automatically and
immediately converted into the equal number of Class A
common shares. In addition, if at any time Mr. Bangxin
Zhang, Mr. Yundong Cao, Mr. Yachao Liu,
Mr. Yunfeng Bai, Tiger Global Five China Holdings and KTB
China Optimum Fund and their respective affiliates collectively
own less than 5% of the total number of the issued and
outstanding Class B common shares (taking into account all
of the issued and outstanding preferred shares on an
as-converted basis), each issued and outstanding Class B
common share shall be automatically and immediately converted
into one share of Class A common share, and we shall not
issue any Class B common shares thereafter. Due to the
disparate voting powers attached to these two classes, we
anticipate that our existing shareholders will collectively own
approximately 98.1% of the voting power of our outstanding
shares immediately after this offering and will have
considerable influence over matters requiring shareholder
approval, including election of directors and significant
corporate transactions, such as a merger or sale of our company
or our assets. In particular, our founders and senior
management, Mr. Bangxin
35
Zhang, Mr. Yundong Cao, Mr. Yachao Liu and
Mr. Yunfeng Bai and their respective affiliates, will
beneficially own approximately 63.8% of our total outstanding
shares, representing 74.6% of our total voting power immediately
after this offering. This concentrated control will limit your
ability to influence corporate matters and could discourage
others from pursuing any potential merger, takeover or other
change of control transactions that holders of Class A
common shares and ADSs may view as beneficial.
Our
corporate actions are substantially controlled by our officers,
directors, principal shareholders and their affiliated
entities.
After this offering, our executive officers, directors and their
affiliated entities will beneficially own approximately 63.8% of
our total outstanding shares, representing 74.6% of our total
voting power. These shareholders, if they acted together, could
exert substantial influence over matters requiring approval by
our shareholders, including electing directors and approving
mergers or other business combination transactions and they may
not act in the best interests of other minority shareholders.
This concentration of ownership may also discourage, delay or
prevent a change in control of our company, which could deprive
our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for
their shares as part of a sale of our company and might reduce
the price of our ADSs. These actions may be taken even if they
are opposed by our other shareholders, including those who
purchase ADSs in this offering.
If
securities or industry analysts publish negative reports about
our business, the price and trading volume of our securities
could decline.
The trading market for our securities depends, in part, on the
research reports and ratings that securities or industry
analysts or ratings agencies publish about us, our business and
the K-12 after-school tutoring market in China in general. We do
not have any control over these analysts or agencies. If one or
more of the analysts or agencies who cover us downgrades us or
our securities, the price of our securities may decline. If one
or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail
to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in
the financial markets, which could cause the price of our
securities or trading volume to decline.
Because
the initial public offering price is substantially higher than
our net tangible book value per share, you will incur immediate
and substantial dilution.
If you purchase ADSs in this offering, you will pay more for
your ADSs than the amount paid by our existing shareholders for
their common shares on a per ADS basis. As a result, you will
experience immediate and substantial dilution of approximately
$8.38 per ADS (assuming no exercise by the underwriters of
their option to acquire additional ADSs), representing the
difference between our net tangible book value per ADS as of
August 31, 2010 after giving effect to the conversion of
our Series A preferred shares into Class B shares and
accrual of $30.0 million cash dividend and this offering at
an initial public offering price of $10.00 per ADS. In
addition, you may experience further dilution to the extent that
our restricted shares are vested. See Dilution for a
more complete description of how the value of your investment in
our ADSs will be diluted upon completion of this offering.
Substantial
future sales or the expectation of substantial sales of our ADSs
in the public market could cause the price of our ADSs to
decline.
Sales of our ADSs or Class A common shares in the public
market after this offering, or the perception that these sales
could occur, could cause the market price of our ADSs to
decline. Upon completion of this offering, we will have
Class A and Class B common shares outstanding,
including Class A common shares represented by ADSs. All
ADSs sold in this offering will be freely transferable without
restriction or additional registration under the
U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities
Act. The remaining common shares outstanding after this offering
will be available for sale upon the expiration of the
180-day
lock-up
period beginning from the date of this prospectus and, in the
case of the Class B common shares and Class A common
shares that certain option holders will receive when they
exercise their share options, subject to volume and other
restrictions as applicable under Rule 144 and Rule 701
under the Securities Act. Any or
36
all of these shares (other than those held by certain option
holders) may be released prior to expiration of the
lock-up
period at the discretion of the underwriters. To the extent
shares are released before the expiration of the
lock-up
period and these shares are sold into the market, the market
price of our ADSs could decline.
In addition, several of our shareholders have the right to cause
us to register the sale of their shares under the Securities Act
upon the occurrence of certain circumstances. See
Description of Share CapitalShareholders
Agreement and Registration Rights. Registration of these
shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares
becoming freely tradable without restriction under the
Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the
registration of these shares. Sales of these registered shares
in the public market could cause the price of our ADSs to
decline.
Our
post-offering articles of association contain anti-takeover
provisions that could discourage a third party from acquiring
us, which could limit our shareholders opportunity to sell
their shares, including Class A common shares represented
by our ADSs, at a premium.
Our articles of association that will become effective
immediately upon the completion of this offering contain
provisions that limit the ability of others to acquire control
of our company or cause us to engage in
change-of-control
transactions. These provisions could have the effect of
depriving our shareholders of an opportunity to sell their
shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by
discouraging third parties from seeking to obtain control of our
company in a tender offer or similar transaction. For example,
our board of directors has the authority, without further action
by our shareholders, to issue preferred shares. These preferred
shares may have better voting rights than our Class A
common shares, in the form of ADSs or otherwise, and could be
issued quickly with terms calculated to delay or prevent a
change in control of our company or make removal of management
more difficult. If our board of directors decides to issue
preferred shares, the price of our ADSs may fall and the voting
rights of the holders of our common shares and ADSs may be
diluted.
Certain actions require the approval of a supermajority of at
least two-thirds of our board of directors which, among other
things, would allow our non-independent directors to block a
variety of actions or transactions, such as a merger or asset
sale, even if all of our independent directors unanimously voted
in favor of such action, thereby further depriving our
shareholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a
premium. See Description of Share CapitalCommon
SharesVoting Rights.
Holders
of ADSs have fewer rights than shareholders and must act through
the depositary to exercise those rights.
Holders of ADSs do not have the same rights of our shareholders
and may only exercise the voting rights with respect to the
underlying Class A common shares in accordance with the
provisions of the deposit agreement. Under our post-offering
memorandum and articles of association, the minimum notice
period required to convene a general meeting is 10 days.
When a general meeting is convened, you may not receive
sufficient notice of a shareholders meeting to permit you
to withdraw your common shares to allow you to cast your vote
with respect to any specific matter. In addition, the depositary
and its agents may not be able to send voting instructions to
you or carry out your voting instructions in a timely manner. We
will make all reasonable efforts to cause the depositary to
extend voting rights to you in a timely manner, but we cannot
assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to
ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your ADSs.
Furthermore, the depositary and its agents will not be
responsible for any failure to carry out any instructions to
vote, for the manner in which any vote is cast or for the effect
of any such vote. As a result, you may not be able to exercise
your right to vote and you may lack recourse if your ADSs are
not voted as you requested. In addition, in your capacity as an
ADS holder, you will not be able to call a shareholders
meeting.
37
You may
not receive distributions on our common shares or any value for
them if such distribution is illegal or if any required
government approval cannot be obtained in order to make such
distribution available to you.
The depositary of our ADSs has agreed to pay to you the cash
dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on
common shares or other deposited securities underlying our ADSs,
after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these
distributions in proportion to the number of Class A common
shares your ADSs represent. However, the depositary is not
responsible if it decides that it is unlawful, inequitable or
impractical to make a distribution available to any holders of
ADSs. For example, it would be unlawful to make a distribution
to a holder of ADSs if it consists of securities that require
registration under the Securities Act but that are not properly
registered or distributed under an applicable exemption from
registration. The depositary may also determine that it is not
feasible to distribute certain property through the mail.
Additionally, the value of certain distributions may be less
than the cost of mailing them. In these cases, the depositary
may determine not to distribute such property. We have no
obligation to register under U.S. securities laws any ADSs,
common shares, rights or other securities received through such
distributions. We also have no obligation to take any other
action to permit the distribution of ADSs, common shares, rights
or anything else to holders of ADSs. This means that you may not
receive distributions we make on our common shares or any value
for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them
available to you. These restrictions may cause a material
decline in the value of our ADSs.
You may
be subject to limitations on transfers of your ADSs.
Your ADSs are transferable on the books of the depositary.
However, the depositary may close its transfer books at any time
or from time to time when it deems expedient in connection with
the performance of its duties. In addition, the depositary may
refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of ADSs
generally when our books or the books of the depositary are
closed, or at any time if we or the depositary deem it advisable
to do so because of any requirement of law or of any government
or governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit
agreement, or for any other reason.
Your
right to participate in any future rights offerings may be
limited, which may cause dilution to your holdings.
We may from time to time distribute rights to our shareholders,
including rights to acquire our securities. However, we cannot
make rights available to you in the United States unless we
register the rights and the securities to which the rights
relate under the Securities Act or an exemption from the
registration requirements is available. Also, under the deposit
agreement, the depositary will not make rights available to you
unless the distribution to ADS holders of both the rights and
any related securities are either registered under the
Securities Act, or exempted from registration under the
Securities Act. We are under no obligation to file a
registration statement with respect to any such rights or
securities or to endeavor to cause such a registration statement
to be declared effective. Moreover, we may not be able to
establish an exemption from registration under the Securities
Act. Accordingly, you may be unable to participate in our rights
offerings and may experience dilution in your holdings.
We are a
Cayman Islands company and, because judicial precedent regarding
the rights of shareholders is more limited under Cayman Islands
law than that under U.S. law, you may have less protection for
your shareholder rights than you would under U.S. law.
Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and
articles of association, as amended and restated from time to
time, the Cayman Islands Companies Law (as amended) and the
common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to
take action against the directors, actions by minority
shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors
to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by
the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the
Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited
judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as that from
English common law, which has persuasive, but not binding,
authority on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our
shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors
under Cayman Islands law are not
38
as clearly established as they would be under statutes or
judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States.
In particular, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of
securities laws than the United States. In addition, some
U.S. states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed
and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law than the
Cayman Islands.
As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have
more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of
actions taken by management, members of the board of directors
or controlling shareholders than they would as shareholders of a
U.S. public company.
You may
experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process,
enforcing foreign judgments or bringing original actions in
China against us, our management or the experts named in this
prospectus.
We are a Cayman Islands company and substantially all of our
assets are located outside of the United States. All of our
current operations are conducted in the PRC. In addition, most
of our directors and officers are nationals and residents of the
PRC. As a result, it may be difficult for you to effect service
of process within the United States or elsewhere outside China
upon these persons. It may also be difficult for you to enforce
in U.S. courts judgments obtained in U.S. courts based
on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal
securities laws against us and our officers and directors, most
of whom are not residents in the United States and the
substantial majority of whose assets are located outside of the
United States. In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether
the courts of the Cayman Islands or the PRC would recognize or
enforce judgments of U.S. courts against us or such persons
predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities
laws of the United States or any state and it is uncertain
whether such Cayman Islands or PRC courts would be competent to
hear original actions brought in the Cayman Islands or the PRC
against us or such persons predicated upon the securities laws
of the United States or any state. In addition, since we are
incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands and our
corporate affairs are governed by the laws of the Cayman
Islands, it is difficult for you to bring an action against us
based upon PRC laws in the event that you believe that your
rights as a shareholder have been infringed. See
Enforceability of Civil Liabilities.
We have
not determined any specific use for a portion of the net
proceeds to us from this offering and we may use such portion of
the net proceeds in ways with which you may not agree.
We have not allocated a portion of the net proceeds from this
offering to any specific purpose. Rather, our management will
have considerable discretion in the application of such portion
of the net proceeds. See Use of Proceeds. You will
not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision,
to assess whether such proceeds are being used appropriately.
You must rely on the judgment of our management regarding the
application of such proceeds we receive from this offering. Such
proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not improve
our profitability or increase our ADS price. Such proceeds we
receive from this offering may also be placed in investments
that do not produce income or that may lose value.
39
SPECIAL
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that reflect
our current expectations and views of future events. The forward
looking statements are contained principally in the sections
entitled Summary, Risk Factors,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, Market
Opportunity and Business. You can identify
some of these forward-looking statements by words or phrases
such as may, will, expect,
anticipate, aim, estimate,
intend, plan, believe,
is/are likely to, potential,
continue, seek, should,
predict, anticipate or negative versions
of these words or other similar expressions, although not all
forward-looking statement contain these words.
Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to,
statements relating to:
|
|
|
|
|
our anticipated growth strategies;
|
|
|
|
competition in the K-12 after-school tutoring market;
|
|
|
|
our future business development, results of operations and
financial condition;
|
|
|
|
expected changes in our revenues and certain cost and expense
items;
|
|
|
|
our ability to increase student enrollments and course fees and
expand course offerings;
|
|
|
|
risks associated with the expansion of our geographic reach;
|
|
|
|
the expected increase in spending on private education in
China; and
|
|
|
|
PRC laws, regulations and policies relating to private education
and providers of after-school tutoring services.
|
We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our
current expectations and projections about future events and
financial trends that we believe may affect our financial
condition, results of operations, business strategy and
financial needs. Although we believe that our expectations
expressed in these forward-looking statements are reasonable,
our expectations may later be found to be incorrect. Our actual
results could be materially different from our expectations.
Known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors,
including those important risks and factors that could cause our
actual results to be materially different from our expectations
are generally set forth in SummaryOur
Challenges, Risk Factors,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, Business,
Regulation and other sections in this prospectus.
You should read thoroughly this prospectus and the documents
that we refer to with the understanding that our actual future
results may be materially different from and worse than what we
expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements with
these cautionary statements. Other sections of this prospectus
include additional factors which could adversely impact our
business and financial performance.
This prospectus contains statistical data that we obtained from
various government and private publications. Statistical data in
these publications also include projections based on a number of
assumptions. The market for K-12 after-school tutoring services
in China may not grow at the rate projected by market data, or
at all. The failure of this market to grow at the projected rate
may have a material adverse effect on our business and the
market price of our ADSs. Furthermore, if any one or more of the
assumptions underlying the market data is later found to be
incorrect, actual results may differ from the projections based
on these assumptions. You should not place undue reliance on
these forward-looking statements.
The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate
only to events or information as of the date on which the
statements are made in this prospectus. Except as required by
law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any
forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new
information, future events or otherwise, after the date on which
the statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of
unanticipated events. You should read this prospectus and the
documents that we refer to in this prospectus and have filed as
exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus
is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual
future results may be materially different from what we expect.
40
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering
of approximately $110.9 million, or approximately
$127.6 million if the underwriters exercise their option to
purchase additional ADSs in full, after deducting underwriting
discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses
payable by us.
The primary purposes of this offering are to create a public
market for our shares for the benefit of all shareholders,
retain talented employees by providing them with equity
incentives, and obtain additional capital. We plan to use the
net proceeds from the offering as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
approximately $30.0 million to expand our network of
learning centers and service centers;
|
|
|
|
approximately $15.0 million to build a national training
center;
|
|
|
|
$30.0 million to pay a declared dividend conditional upon
the completion of this offering (see Dividend
Policy);
|
|
|
|
approximately $10.0 million to improve our existing
facilities; and
|
|
|
|
the balance for general corporate purposes, including strategic
investments in and acquisitions of complementary businesses,
although we have not identified any near-term investment or
acquisition targets.
|
The foregoing represents our current intentions based upon our
present plans and business conditions to use and allocate the
net proceeds of this offering. Our management, however, will
have significant flexibility and discretion to apply the net
proceeds of this offering. If an unforeseen event occurs or
business conditions change, we may use the proceeds of this
offering differently than as described in this prospectus. To
the extent that a certain portion or all of the net proceeds we
receive from this offering are not immediately applied for the
above purposes, we plan to invest the net proceeds in short-term
interest-bearing debt instruments or bank deposits.
In using the proceeds of this offering, as an offshore holding
company, we are permitted, under the PRC laws and regulations,
to provide funding to our PRC subsidiaries only through loans or
capital contributions and to our PRC affiliated entities only
through loans, subject to satisfaction of applicable government
registration and approval requirements. There are no costs
associated with registering loans or capital contributions with
relevant PRC authorities, other than nominal processing charges.
Under PRC laws and regulations, the PRC governmental authorities
are required to process such approvals or registrations or deny
our application within a prescribed period which is usually less
than 90 days. The actual time taken, however, may be longer due
to administrative delay. We cannot assure you that we will be
able to obtain these government registrations or approvals on a
timely basis, if at all. See Risk FactorsRisks
Related to Doing Business in ChinaPRC regulation of loans
and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC
entities may limit the use of the proceeds we receive from this
offering for our expansion or operations.
41
DIVIDEND
POLICY
On September 29, 2010, we declared a $30.0 million
cash dividend payable to our shareholders of record as of that
date, subject to the completion of this offering. However, we do
not have any present plan to pay any other cash dividends on our
common shares in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to
retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future
earnings to operate and expand our business.
Our board of directors has complete discretion whether to
declare dividends. Even if our board of directors decides to
declare dividends, their form, frequency and amount will depend
upon our future operations and earnings, capital requirements
and surplus, general financial condition, contractual
restrictions and other factors that the board of directors may
deem relevant.
Holders of our ADSs will be entitled to receive dividends, if
any, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, to the same
extent as the holders of our Class A common shares. Cash
dividends will be paid to the depositary of our ADSs in
U.S. dollars, which will distribute them to the holders of
ADSs according to the terms of the deposit agreement. Other
distributions, if any, will be paid by the depositary to the
holders of ADSs in any means it deems legal, fair and practical.
See Description of American Depositary Shares.
We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. We
may rely on dividends from our subsidiaries in China for our
cash needs. To pay dividends to us, our subsidiaries in China
shall comply with the current PRC regulations. See Risk
FactorsRisks Related to Doing Business in ChinaWe
may rely on dividends paid by our subsidiaries for our cash
needs, and any limitation on the ability of our subsidiaries to
make payments to us could limit our ability to pay dividends to
holders of our ADSs and common shares.
42
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of
August 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
on an actual basis;
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma basis to reflect (i) the automatic
conversion of all of our Series A preferred shares into
5,000,000 Class B common shares immediately upon the
completion of this offering and (ii) the accrual of a
$30.0 million cash dividend declared to our existing
shareholders as of September 29, 2010 and payable upon the
completion of this offering; and
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect (i) the pro
forma adjustments above and (ii) the sale of 24,000,000
Class A common shares in the form of ADSs by us in this
offering at $10.00 per ADS, after deducting the
underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated
offering expenses payable by us.
|
You should read this table together with our consolidated
financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in
this prospectus and the information under
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of August 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma as
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
adjusted
|
|
Dividend proposed
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
30,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Series A preferred shares ($0.001 par value,
5,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding)
|
|
|
9,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A common shares ($0.001 par value,
500,000,000 shares authorized and nil issued and
outstanding, actual; 500,000,000 shares authorized, nil
issued and outstanding, pro forma; 500,000,000 shares
authorized, 24,000,000 shares issued and outstanding, pro
forma as
adjusted)(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,000
|
|
Class B common shares ($0.001 par value,
495,000,000 shares authorized, 120,000,000 shares
issued and outstanding, and 125,000,000 shares issued and
outstanding on a pro forma
basis)(1)
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
1,699,503
|
|
|
|
(19,305,497
|
)
|
|
|
91,559,364
|
|
Retained
earnings(2)
|
|
|
30,173,018
|
|
|
|
30,173,018
|
|
|
|
30,173,018
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
288,226
|
|
|
|
288,226
|
|
|
|
288,226
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
32,280,747
|
|
|
|
11,280,747
|
|
|
|
122,169,608
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
41,280,747
|
|
|
$
|
41,280,747
|
|
|
$
|
122,169,608
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes:
|
|
(1)
|
|
Effective September 29, 2010,
our share capital was re-designated into Class A and
Class B common shares under our third amended and restated
memorandum and articles of association.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Includes $4.9 million in
statutory reserves that are not available for distribution
pursuant to PRC laws.
|
43
DILUTION
If you invest in our ADSs, your interest will be diluted to the
extent of the difference between the initial public offering
price per ADS and our net tangible book value per ADS after this
offering. Dilution results from the conversion of our
Series A preferred shares and the fact that the initial
public offering price per ADS is substantially in excess of the
book value per common share attributable to the existing
shareholders for our presently outstanding common shares.
Our net tangible book value as of August 31, 2010 was
approximately $30.5 million, or $0.25 per common share
and $0.51 per ADS as of that date. Net tangible book value
represents the amount of our total consolidated tangible assets
less the amount of our total consolidated liabilities and our
Series A preferred convertible redeemable shares. Pro forma
dilution is determined by subtracting net tangible book value
per common share, after giving effect to the conversion of all
outstanding Series A preferred shares into Class B
common shares upon the completion of this offering, the accrual
of a $30.0 million cash dividend declared to our then
existing shareholders and payable upon the completion of this
offering and the additional proceeds we will receive from this
offering at $10.00 per ADS, and after deducting
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by us.
Without taking into account any other changes in net tangible
book value after August 31, 2010, other than to give effect
to (i) the conversion of all outstanding Series A
preferred shares into Class B common shares upon the
completion of this offering, (ii) our sale of the ADSs
offered in this offering at the initial public offering price of
$10.00 per ADS, after deduction of the underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses
payable by us and (iii) the payment of a $30.0 million
cash dividend previously declared to our then existing
shareholders and payable upon the closing of this offering, our
pro forma net tangible book value as of August 31, 2010
would have been $120.4 million, or $0.81 per
outstanding common share and $1.62 per ADS. This represents
an immediate increase in net tangible book value of
$0.73 per common share and $1.46 per ADS to the
existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible
book value of $4.19 per common share and $8.38 per ADS
to investors purchasing ADSs in this offering. The following
table illustrates such dilution:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Common
|
|
|
|
|
Share
|
|
Per ADS
|
|
Initial public offering price
|
|
$
|
5.00
|
|
|
$
|
10.00
|
|
Net tangible book value per share as of August 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
0.25
|
|
|
$
|
0.51
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect
to the conversion of our Series A preferred shares and
accrual of $30.0 million cash dividend
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect
to the conversion of our Series A preferred shares and
accrual of $30.0 million cash dividend and this offering
|
|
$
|
0.81
|
|
|
$
|
1.62
|
|
Amount of dilution in net tangible book value per share to new
investors in the offering
|
|
$
|
4.19
|
|
|
$
|
8.38
|
|
44
The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of
August 31, 2010, the differences between existing
shareholders, including holders of our Series A preferred
shares that will be automatically converted into Class B
common shares immediately prior to the completion of this
offering, and the new investors with respect to the number of
Class A common shares (in the form of ADSs or shares)
purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average
price per Class A common share/ADS paid before deducting
the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses. The total number of common shares does not
include Class A common shares underlying the ADSs issuable
upon the exercise of the over-allotment option granted to the
underwriters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price Per
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Common shares
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Price Per
|
|
|
|
Purchased
|
|
|
Consideration
|
|
|
Share
|
|
|
ADS
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Existing shareholders
|
|
|
125,000,000
|
|
|
|
84
|
%
|
|
$
|
9,899,641
|
|
|
|
7.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
24,000,000
|
|
|
|
16
|
%
|
|
$
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
92.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
5.00
|
|
|
$
|
10.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
149,000,000
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
129,899,641
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The discussion and tables above also assume no vesting of any
outstanding restricted shares. As of the date of this
prospectus, there are 5,419,500 restricted shares granted to our
directors, executive officers and employees that are outstanding
and will be vested in accordance with vesting schedules ranging
from one to four years. To the extent that any of these
restricted shares are vested, there will be further dilution to
new investors.
45
EXCHANGE
RATE INFORMATION
Substantially all of our operations are conducted in China and
substantially all of our revenues and expenses are denominated
in RMB. This prospectus contains translations of RMB amounts
into U.S. dollars at specific rates solely for the
convenience of the reader. Unless otherwise noted, all
translations from RMB to U.S. dollars and from
U.S. dollars to RMB in this prospectus were made at a rate
of RMB6.8069 to $1.00, the exchange rate set forth in the
Federal Reserve Statistical Release on August 31, 2010. We
make no representation that any RMB or U.S. dollar amounts
could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars
or RMB, as the case may be, at any particular rate, the rates
stated herein, or at all. The PRC government imposes control
over its foreign currency reserves in part through direct
regulation of the conversion of RMB into foreign currencies and
through restrictions on international trade. On October 15,
2010, the certified exchange rate was RMB6.6397 to $1.00.
The following table sets forth information concerning exchange
rates between RMB and the U.S. dollar for the periods
indicated. These rates are provided solely for your convenience
and are not necessarily the exchange rates that we used in this
prospectus or will use in the preparation of our periodic
reports or any other information to be provided to you.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange Rate
|
Period
|
|
Period End
|
|
Average(1)
|
|
Low
|
|
High
|
|
|
(RMB per $1.00)
|
|
2005
|
|
|
8.0702
|
|
|
|
8.1826
|
|
|
|
8.2765
|
|
|
|
8.0702
|
|
2006
|
|
|
7.8041
|
|
|
|
7.9579
|
|
|
|
8.0702
|
|
|
|
7.8041
|
|
2007
|
|
|
7.2946
|
|
|
|
7.5806
|
|
|
|
7.8127
|
|
|
|
7.2946
|
|
2008
|
|
|
6.8225
|
|
|
|
6.9193
|
|
|
|
7.2946
|
|
|
|
6.7800
|
|
2009
|
|
|
6.8259
|
|
|
|
6.8295
|
|
|
|
6.8470
|
|
|
|
6.8176
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April
|
|
|
6.8247
|
|
|
|
6.8256
|
|
|
|
6.8275
|
|
|
|
6.8229
|
|
May
|
|
|
6.8305
|
|
|
|
6.8275
|
|
|
|
6.8310
|
|
|
|
6.8245
|
|
June
|
|
|
6.7815
|
|
|
|
6.8184
|
|
|
|
6.8323
|
|
|
|
6.7815
|
|
July
|
|
|
6.7735
|
|
|
|
6.7762
|
|
|
|
6.7807
|
|
|
|
6.7709
|
|
August
|
|
|
6.8069
|
|
|
|
6.7873
|
|
|
|
6.8069
|
|
|
|
6.7670
|
|
September
|
|
|
6.6905
|
|
|
|
6.7396
|
|
|
|
6.8102
|
|
|
|
6.6869
|
|
October (through October 15, 2010)
|
|
|
6.6397
|
|
|
|
6.6749
|
|
|
|
6.6912
|
|
|
|
6.6397
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Source: Federal Reserve
Statistical Release |
|
(1)
|
|
Annual averages were calculated by
using the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each
month during the relevant year. Monthly averages are calculated
by using the average of the daily rates during the relevant
month.
|
46
ENFORCEABILITY
OF CIVIL LIABILITIES
We were incorporated in the Cayman Islands in order to enjoy
certain benefits, such as political and economic stability, an
effective judicial system, a favorable tax system, the absence
of exchange control or currency restrictions, and the
availability of professional and support services. However,
certain disadvantages accompany incorporation in the Cayman
Islands. These disadvantages include a less developed body of
Cayman Islands securities laws that provide significantly less
protection to investors as compared to the laws of the United
States, and the potential lack of standing by Cayman Islands
companies to sue before the federal courts of the United States.
Our organizational documents do not contain provisions requiring
that disputes, including those arising under the securities laws
of the United States, between us, our officers, directors and
shareholders, be arbitrated.
Substantially all of our operations are conducted in China, and
substantially all of our assets are located in China. A majority
of our officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions
other than the United States and a substantial portion of their
assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it
may be difficult for a shareholder to effect service of process
within the United States upon these persons, or to enforce
against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts,
including judgments predicated upon the civil liability
provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any
state in the United States.
We have appointed Law Debenture Corporate Services Inc., as our
agent upon whom process may be served in any action brought
against us under the securities laws of the United States.
Maples and Calder, our counsel as to Cayman Islands law, and
Tian Yuan Law Firm, our counsel as to PRC law, have respectively
advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of
the Cayman Islands and China would:
|
|
|
|
|
recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained
against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the
civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United
States or any state in the United States; or
|
|
|
|
entertain original actions brought in each respective
jurisdiction against us or our directors or officers predicated
upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in
the United States.
|
Maples and Calder has further advised us that a final and
conclusive judgment in a federal or state court of the United
States under which a sum of money is payable, other than a sum
payable in respect of taxes, fines, penalties or similar
charges, and which was neither obtained in a manner nor is of a
kind enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the
public policy of the Cayman Islands, may be subject to
enforcement proceedings as a debt in the courts of the Cayman
Islands under the common law without any re-examination of the
merits of the underlying dispute. However, the Cayman Islands
courts are unlikely to enforce a punitive judgment of a United
States court predicated upon the liabilities provision of the
federal securities laws in the United States without retrial on
the merits if such judgment gives rise to obligations to make
payments that may be regarded as fines, penalties or similar
charges.
Tian Yuan Law Firm has further advised us that the recognition
and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the
PRC Civil Procedures Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce
foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC
Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between China and
the country where the judgment is made or on principles of
reciprocity between jurisdictions. China does not have any
treaties or other form of reciprocity with the United States or
the Cayman Islands that provide for the reciprocal recognition
and enforcement of foreign judgments. In addition, according to
the PRC Civil Procedures Law, courts in the PRC will not enforce
a foreign judgment against us or our directors and officers if
they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of
PRC law or national sovereignty, security or public interest. As
a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court
would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United
States or the Cayman Islands.
47
In addition, it will be difficult for U.S. shareholders to
originate actions against us in China based upon Cayman Islands
laws, U.S. law or PRC laws, because we are incorporated
under the laws of the Cayman Islands and it is difficult for
U.S. shareholders, by virtue only of holding our ADSs or common
shares, to establish a connection to the PRC as required by the
PRC Civil Procedures Law in order for a PRC court to have
jurisdiction. U.S. shareholders may be able to originate
actions against us in the Cayman Islands based upon Cayman
Islands laws. However, we do not have any substantial assets
other than certain corporate documents and records in the Cayman
Islands and it may be difficult for a shareholder to enforce a
judgment obtained in a Cayman Islands court in China, where all
of our operations are conducted.
48
OUR
CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE
Our
Corporate History
Our founders, Mr. Bangxin Zhang and Mr. Yundong Cao,
offered our first after-school mathematics tutoring class in
August 2003 when they were still attending graduate schools in
Peking University. Two other members of our senior management,
Dr. Yachao Liu and Mr. Yunfeng Bai, joined us as
teachers in 2003 and 2005, respectively, and have risen to
senior management positions due to their outstanding
performance. In 2005, our founders established Xueersi
Education, a domestic company in China. In order to facilitate
foreign investment in our company, we incorporated TAL Group to
become our offshore holding company under the laws of the Cayman
Islands on January 10, 2008. TAL Group established Xueersi
Hong Kong in Hong Kong in March 2008 as our intermediary holding
company. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of
OperationsTaxationPRC for a discussion of tax
implications of having Xueersi Hong Kong as our intermediary
holding company. Xueersi Hong Kong subsequently established
three wholly owned subsidiaries in China: TAL Beijing in May
2008, Huanqiu Zhikang in September 2009 and Yidu Huida in
November 2009.
Although we have expanded our business operations primarily
through organic growth, we made five small business acquisitions
in selected new geographic markets in 2008 to take advantage of
the targets existing student base and operating licenses.
The five acquisitions were: (i) the purchase of assets and
related business of a school in Tianjin in March 2008 for
consideration of $0.2 million; (ii) the acquisition of
a school in Jianli, Hubei Province in July 2008 for
consideration of $0.2 million; (iii) the acquisition
of a school in Qianjiang, Hubei Province in July 2008 for
consideration of $0.2 million; (iv) the acquisition of
a school in Wuhan, Hubei Province in July 2008 for consideration
of $1.6 million; and (v) the acquisition of Shanghai
Leihai and its 100% owned subsidiaries in Shanghai in August
2008 for total consideration of $1.0 million.
49
The following diagram illustrates our current corporate
structure:
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Each person is an ultimate
beneficial owner and also a director or executive officer of TAL
Group.
|
Due to the PRC legal restrictions on foreign ownership and
investment in the education business in China, we rely on a
series of contractual arrangements among TAL Beijing, Xueersi
Education, Xueersi Network and their respective shareholders,
subsidiaries and schools to conduct most of our tutoring
services in China, while our personalized premium services in
Beijing are offered through our subsidiary, Huanqiu Zhikang.
These contractual arrangements enable us to:
|
|
|
|
|
exercise effective control over Xueersi Education, Xueersi
Network and their respective subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
receive substantially all of the economic benefits of Xueersi
Education, Xueersi Network and their respective subsidiaries in
consideration for the services provided by us; and
|
|
|
|
have an exclusive option to purchase all of the equity interests
in Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network when and to the extent
permitted under PRC law.
|
We do not have equity interests in Xueersi Education and Xueersi
Network; however, as a result of these contractual arrangements,
we are the primary beneficiary of Xueersi Network and Xueersi
Education and treat them as our variable interest entities under
U.S. GAAP. Accordingly, we refer to Xueersi Education and
Xueersi Network collectively as our VIEs. We refer to our VIEs
and the VIEs direct and indirect subsidiaries
50
and schools collectively as affiliated entities.
Moreover, in the contractual arrangements, the shareholders of
the VIEs, in exchange for giving up effective control over the
VIEs, received pro rata equity interests in TAL Group, which
serves to align their interests with ours in performing those
contracts. For a more detailed discussion of the risk of
potential conflicts of interest associated with our corporate
structure, see Risk FactorsRisks Related to Our
Corporate StructureThe shareholders of Xueersi Education
and Xueersi Network may have potential conflicts of interest
with us, which may materially and adversely affect our business
and financial condition.
We have consolidated the financial results of our VIEs and their
subsidiaries in our consolidated financial statements in
accordance with U.S. GAAP. For the three fiscal years ended
February 29, 2008 and February 28, 2009 and 2010,
respectively, $8.9 million, $37.5 million and
$68.9 million, or 100%, 100% and 99.0% of our total net
revenues are attributable to our affiliated entities.
We currently offer our personalized premium tutoring services in
Beijing through Huanqiu Zhikang, our wholly owned subsidiary,
which is a foreign-invested company under PRC laws. Except for
our personalized premium services in Beijing, none of our
existing business is conducted directly by our subsidiaries.
Yidu Huida was formed as part of our corporate strategic
planning and has yet to conduct any significant business
operations. Yidu Huida may in the future provide information
technology support to our other subsidiaries and affiliated
entities, which is within the business scope of Yidu Huida. For
a description of the risks associated with our offering
personalized premium tutoring services in Beijing through
Huanqiu Zhikang, see Risk FactorsRisks Related to
Doing Business in ChinaIf the relevant PRC regulatory
authorities determine that personalized premium services must be
operated through registered schools or non-foreign-invested PRC
companies, our personalized premium services business may be
exposed to increased risks associated with the contractual
arrangements.
The services provided or expected to be provided by TAL Beijing,
Huanqiu Zhikang and Yidu Huida are within their respective
business scopes as set forth in their business licenses. In
particular, the business scope of TAL Beijing includes research,
development and production of computer hardware and software,
system integration, sale of self-produced goods, technological
services, technology transfer, technology consulting and
management consulting; the business scope of Huanqiu Zhikang
includes education consulting, investment consulting, business
consulting and management consulting; and the business scope of
Yidu Huida includes (i) research, development and
production of computer hardware and software, information
technology and system integration, (ii) technology
consulting and training, technology transfer and technological
services, (iii) management consulting and (iv) sale of
self-produced goods.
Contractual
Arrangements with Our Consolidated Affiliated Entities
The following is a summary of the material provisions of the
agreements between TAL Beijing, our wholly owned subsidiary, and
our affiliated entities and the respective shareholders of
Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network. For more complete
information you should read these agreements in their entirety.
Directions on how to obtain copies of these agreements are
provided in this prospectus under Additional
Information.
Agreements
that Transfer Economic Benefits to Us
Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement. Pursuant
to the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement entered into by
and among TAL Beijing, the shareholders of Xueersi Education and
Xueersi Network and each of our affiliated entities entered into
in June 2010, which supersedes all agreements among parties with
respect to subject matters thereof, TAL Beijing has the
exclusive right to provide each of our affiliated entities
comprehensive technical and business support services. Such
services include educational software and course materials
research and development, employee training, technology
development, transfer and consulting services, public relation
services, market survey, research and consulting services,
market development and planning services, human resource and
internal information management, network development, upgrade
and ordinary maintenance services, sales of proprietary
products, and software and trademark licensing and other
additional services as the parties may mutually agree from time
to time. Without the prior written consent of
51
TAL Beijing, none of the affiliated entities may accept services
covered by the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement provided
by any third party. TAL Beijing owns the exclusive intellectual
property rights created as a result of the performance of this
agreement. Our affiliated entities agree to pay annual service
fees to TAL Beijing and adjust the service fee rates from time
to time at TAL Beijings discretion. The agreement will not
expire unless terminated pursuant by a mutual agreement of
parties. The Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement entitles
TAL Beijing to charge our affiliated entities annual service
fees that amount to substantially all of the net income of the
affiliated entities. TAL Beijing recognized service fees in the
total amount of RMB183.3 million ($26.9 million),
representing 100% of the net income before the service fees of
the affiliated entities, as of August 31, 2010 in
consideration for services provided to our affiliated entities;
of this amount, which have been eliminated upon consolidation,
RMB127.2 million ($18.7 million) has been paid. The
payment of the annual service fees is determined by TAL Beijing
based on our cash flow management. Under our current payment
schedule, the unpaid balance of service fees is expected to be
paid within next 12 to 24 months.
Call Option Agreement. Pursuant to a call option
agreement, dated February 12, 2009, by and among TAL
Beijing, Xueersi Education, Xueersi Network and the respective
shareholders of Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network, the
respective shareholders of Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network
unconditionally and irrevocably granted TAL Beijing or its
designated third party an exclusive option to purchase from the
shareholders part or all of the equity interests in Xueersi
Education and Xueersi Network, as the case may be, for the
minimum amount of consideration permitted by the applicable PRC
laws and regulations under the circumstances where TAL Beijing
or its designated third party is permitted under PRC laws and
regulations to own all or part of the equity interests of
Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network or where we otherwise deem
it necessary or appropriate to exercise the option. TAL Beijing
has sole discretion to decide when to exercise the option, and
whether to exercise the option in part or in full. The key
factor for us to decide whether to exercise the option is
whether the current regulatory restrictions on foreign
investment in the educational service business will be removed
in the future, the likelihood of which we are not in a position
to know or comment on.
Agreements
that Provide Effective Control over Our Consolidated Affiliated
Entities
Power of Attorney. Each of the shareholders of
Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network have executed an
irrevocable power of attorney appointing TAL Beijing, or any
person designated by TAL Beijing as their attorney-in-fact to
vote on their behalf on all matters of Xueersi Education and
Xueersi Network requiring shareholder approval under PRC laws
and regulations and the articles of association of each of
Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network. The power of attorney
remains effective as long as the relevant person remains a
shareholder of Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network.
The articles of association of Xueersi Education and Xueersi
Network state that the major rights of the shareholders in a
shareholders meeting include the power to approve the
operating strategy and investment plan, elect the members of
board of directors and approve their compensation and review and
approve the annual budget and earning distribution plan.
Therefore, through the irrevocable power of attorney
arrangement, TAL Beijing has the ability to exercise effective
control over Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network through
shareholder votes and, through such votes, to also control the
composition of the board of directors. In addition, the senior
management team of Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network is the
same as that of TAL Beijing. As a result of these contractual
rights, we have the power to direct the activities of the VIEs
that most significantly impact their economic performance.
Equity Pledge Agreement. Pursuant to an equity
pledge agreement, dated February 12, 2009, by and among TAL
Beijing, Xueersi Education, Xueersi Network and the respective
shareholders of Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network, the
respective shareholders of Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network
unconditionally and irrevocably pledged all of their equity
interests in Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network to TAL
Beijing to guarantee performance of the obligations of Xueersi
Education and Xueersi Network and their respective subsidiaries
and schools under the technology support and service agreements
with TAL Beijing. The shareholders of Xueersi Education and
Xueersi Network agree that, without the prior written
52
consent of TAL Beijing, they will not transfer or dispose the
pledged equity interests or create or allow any encumbrance on
the pledged equity interests that would prejudice TAL
Beijings interest.
In the opinion of Tian Yuan Law Firm, our PRC legal counsel:
|
|
|
|
|
the ownership structures of our affiliated entities and wholly
owned subsidiaries in China, both currently and after giving
effect to this offering, are in compliance with existing PRC
laws and regulations; and
|
|
|
|
the contractual arrangements among our wholly owned subsidiaries
in China, our affiliated entities, the shareholders of Xueersi
Education and the shareholders of Xueersi Network are valid,
binding and enforceable under, and will not result in any
violation of, PRC laws or regulations currently in effect.
|
We have been advised by our PRC legal counsel, however, that
there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation
and application of current and future PRC laws and regulations.
Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the PRC regulatory
authorities will not in the future take a view that is contrary
to the above opinion of our PRC legal counsel. We have been
further advised by our PRC counsel that if the PRC government
finds that the agreements that establish the structure for
operating our PRC education business do not comply with PRC
government restrictions on foreign investment in the education
business, we could be subject to severe penalties, which could
include:
|
|
|
|
|
revoking the business and operating licenses of our PRC
subsidiaries and affiliated entities;
|
|
|
|
restricting or prohibiting related party transactions between
our PRC subsidiaries and affiliated entities;
|
|
|
|
imposing fines or other requirements with which we or our PRC
subsidiaries and affiliated entities may find difficult or
impossible to comply;
|
|
|
|
requiring us or our PRC subsidiaries and affiliated entities to
restructure the relevant ownership structure or
operations; and
|
|
|
|
restricting or prohibiting the use of any proceeds from our
additional public offering to finance our business and
operations in China.
|
The imposition of any of these penalties could result in a
material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.
See Risk FactorsRisks Related to Our Corporate
StructureIf the PRC government determines that the
agreements that establish the structure for operating our
business in China are not in compliance with applicable PRC laws
and regulations, we could be subject to severe penalties
and Risk FactorsRisks Related to Doing Business in
ChinaUncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system
could have a material adverse effect on us.
PRC
Regulation of Loans and Direct Investment by Offshore Holding
Companies
In utilizing the proceeds we receive from this offering in the
manner described in Use of Proceeds, as an offshore
holding company with PRC subsidiaries, we may (i) make
additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries,
(ii) establish new PRC subsidiaries and make capital
contributions to these new PRC subsidiaries, (iii) make
loans to our PRC subsidiaries or our affiliated entities, or
(iv) acquire offshore entities with business operations in
China in an offshore transaction. However, most of these uses
are subject to PRC regulations and approvals. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
capital contributions to our subsidiaries in China, whether
existing ones or newly established ones, must be approved by the
PRC Ministry of Commerce or its local bureaus;
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
loans by us to our subsidiaries in China, each of which is a
foreign-invested enterprise, to finance their activities cannot
exceed statutory limits and must be registered with the PRC
State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, or its local
bureaus; and
|
|
|
|
loans by us to our affiliated entities, which are domestic PRC
entities, must be approved by the relevant government
authorities and must also be registered with SAFE or its local
bureaus.
|
In addition, on August 29, 2008, SAFE promulgated Circular
142, a notice regulating the conversion by a foreign-invested
company of its capital contribution in foreign currency into
Renminbi. It requires that Renminbi converted from foreign
currency-denominated capital of a foreign-invested enterprise
may only be used for purposes within the business scope approved
by the relevant government authority and may not be used to make
equity investments in China, unless specifically provided
otherwise. Moreover, the approved use of such Renminbi funds may
not be changed without approval from SAFE. Renminbi funds
converted from foreign exchange may not be used to repay loans
in Renminbi if the proceeds of such loans have not yet been
used. Any violation of Circular 142 may result in severe
penalties, including substantial fines. We expect that if we
convert the net proceeds from this offering into Renminbi
pursuant to Circular 142, our use of Renminbi funds will be
for purposes within the business approved scope of our PRC
subsidiaries. However, we may not be able to use such Renminbi
funds to make equity investments in the PRC through our PRC
subsidiaries.
We expect that the PRC regulation of loans and direct investment
by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may continue to
limit our use of proceeds of this offering. There are no costs
associated with registering loans or capital contributions with
relevant PRC governmental authorities, other than nominal
processing charges. Under PRC laws and regulations, the PRC
governmental authorities are required to process such approvals
or registrations or deny our application within a prescribed
period which is usually less than 90 days. The actual time
taken, however, may be longer due to administrative delay. We
cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these
government registrations or approvals on a timely basis, if at
all, with respect to our future plans to use the
U.S. dollar proceeds we receive from this offering for our
operations and expansion in China. If we fail to receive such
registrations or approvals, our ability to use the proceeds of
this offering and to capitalize our PRC operations may be
negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect
our liquidity and ability to fund and expand our business.
We expect that the PRC regulations of loans and direct
investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may
continue to limit our use of proceeds of this offering. We
cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these
government registrations or approvals on a timely basis, if at
all, with respect to our future plans to use the
U.S. dollar proceeds we receive from this offering for our
expansion and operations in China. If we fail to receive such
registrations or approvals, our ability to use the proceeds of
this offering and to capitalize our PRC operations may be
negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect
our liquidity and ability to fund and expand our business.
54
SELECTED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
You should read the following information concerning us in
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and
related notes and Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The following selected consolidated statements of operations
data for our company for the three fiscal years ended
February 29, 2008 and February 28, 2009 and 2010 and
the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of
February 28, 2009 and 2010 are derived from our audited
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus. The consolidated balance sheet data as of
February 29, 2008 are derived from our audited financial
statements, which are not included in this prospectus. Our
audited consolidated financial statements are prepared in
accordance with U.S. GAAP and have been audited by Deloitte
Touche Tohmatsu CPA Ltd., an independent registered public
accounting firm. The selected consolidated statements of
operations data for the six months ended August 31, 2009
and 2010 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of
August 31, 2010 have been derived from our unaudited
interim condensed consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited
interim condensed consolidated financial information on the same
basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. The
unaudited financial information includes all adjustments,
consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, that we
consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial
position and operating results for the periods presented. You
should read the summary consolidated financial information in
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and
related notes and Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results
are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any
future period.
We have not included financial information for the fiscal years
ended February 28, 2006 and 2007, as such information is
not available without unreasonable effort or expense.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended February 29/28,
|
|
|
For the Six Months Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands of $, except for shares, per share and per ADS
data)
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
8,882
|
|
|
$
|
37,476
|
|
|
$
|
69,594
|
|
|
$
|
32,983
|
|
|
$
|
53,022
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues
|
|
|
(4,367
|
)
|
|
|
(18,554
|
)
|
|
|
(37,649
|
)
|
|
|
(16,068
|
)
|
|
|
(26,255
|
)(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
4,515
|
|
|
|
18,922
|
|
|
|
31,945
|
|
|
|
16,915
|
|
|
|
26,767
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing
|
|
|
(370
|
)
|
|
|
(2,353
|
)
|
|
|
(5,608
|
)
|
|
|
(1,958
|
)
|
|
|
(4,184
|
)(2)
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
(2,478
|
)
|
|
|
(5,890
|
)
|
|
|
(10,872
|
)
|
|
|
(4,602
|
)
|
|
|
(7,808
|
)(3)
|
Impairment losses on intangible assets and goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,615
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
(2,848
|
)
|
|
|
(9,858
|
)
|
|
|
(16,480
|
)
|
|
|
(6,560
|
)
|
|
|
(11,992
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
1,667
|
|
|
|
9,064
|
|
|
|
15,465
|
|
|
|
10,355
|
|
|
|
14,775
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
283
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
162
|
|
Other expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
(124
|
)
|
|
|
(119
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
Impairment loss on
available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(363
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended February 29/28,
|
|
|
For the Six Months Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands of $, except for shares, per share and per ADS
data)
|
|
|
Gain from sales of available-for-sale securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Gain on extinguishment of liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income tax provision
|
|
|
1,678
|
|
|
|
9,299
|
|
|
|
15,624
|
|
|
|
10,339
|
|
|
|
14,916
|
|
Provision for income tax
|
|
|
(165
|
)
|
|
|
(2,018
|
)
|
|
|
(1,379
|
)
|
|
|
(912
|
)
|
|
|
(1,670
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
1,513
|
|
|
$
|
7,281
|
|
|
$
|
14,245
|
|
|
$
|
9,427
|
|
|
$
|
13,246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed dividends on Series A convertible redeemable
preferred shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,113
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common shareholders
|
|
$
|
1,513
|
|
|
$
|
3,168
|
|
|
$
|
14,245
|
|
|
$
|
9,427
|
|
|
$
|
13,246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Net income per Series A convertible redeemable preferred
share-basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.69
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Net income per
ADS(5):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.23
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.23
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
Weighted average shares used in calculating net income per
common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
125,000,000
|
|
|
|
125,000,000
|
|
|
|
125,193,360
|
|
Pro forma net income per common
share(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
Pro forma net income per
ADS(4)(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
Weighted average shares used in calculating pro forma net income
per common
share(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
123,151,008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
123,350,832
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
128,151,008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
128,350,832
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes:
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $110 thousand.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $163 thousand.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $647 thousand.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Unaudited pro forma net income per
common share is computed by dividing net income attributable to
common shareholders by the sum of (i) the weighted average
number of common shares outstanding and (ii) the number of
common shares whose proceeds, calculated using the initial
public offering price of $10.00 per ADS, or $5.00 per
common share, would be necessary to pay the amount by which the
conditional $30.0 million cash dividend exceeds our
earnings for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Each ADS represents two
Class A common shares.
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of February 29/28,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
As of August 31, 2010
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
Actual
|
|
Actual
|
|
Actual
|
|
Pro
Forma(1)
|
|
|
(in thousands of $)
|
|
Selected Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
5,704
|
|
|
$
|
29,693
|
|
|
$
|
50,752
|
|
|
$
|
81,495
|
|
|
|
81,495
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
8,131
|
|
|
|
38,553
|
|
|
|
65,504
|
|
|
|
97,515
|
|
|
|
97,515
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
5,714
|
|
|
|
18,023
|
|
|
|
29,408
|
|
|
|
42,101
|
|
|
|
42,101
|
|
Convertible loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
7,012
|
|
|
|
26,198
|
|
|
|
38,578
|
|
|
|
56,234
|
|
|
|
86,234
|
|
Net assets
|
|
|
1,119
|
|
|
|
12,355
|
|
|
|
26,926
|
|
|
|
41,281
|
|
|
|
11,281
|
|
Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,000
|
|
|
|
9,000
|
|
|
|
9,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
1,119
|
|
|
|
3,355
|
|
|
|
17,926
|
|
|
|
32,281
|
|
|
|
11,281
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note:
|
|
(1)
|
|
Reflects the automatic conversion
of all of our Series A preferred shares into 5,000,000
Class B common shares immediately prior to the completion
of this offering and the accrual of a $30.0 million cash
dividend declared to our shareholders of record as of the
dividend declaration date and payable upon the completion of
this offering.
|
57
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our
financial condition and results of operations in conjunction
with the section entitled Selected Consolidated Financial
Data and our consolidated financial statements and the
related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This
discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve
risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of
selected events could differ materially from those anticipated
in these forward-looking statements as a result of various
factors, including those set forth under Risk
Factors and elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
We are the largest K-12 after-school tutoring service provider
in China as measured by income from operations in 2009,
according to iResearch. In terms of revenues in 2009, we are one
of the largest K-12 after-school tutoring service providers in
China, according to iResearch. We offer comprehensive tutoring
services to K-12 students, covering core academic subjects,
including mathematics, English, Chinese, physics, chemistry and
biology. The K-12 after-school tutoring service market in China
is highly fragmented. In 2009, we had a 0.26% market share in
China and a 4.5% market share in Beijing, in each case as
measured by revenues for the year according to iResearch.
We deliver our tutoring services through small classes,
personalized premium services (i.e.,
one-on-one
tutoring) and online course offerings. Our extensive network
consists of 109 learning centers and 87 service
centers in Beijing, Shanghai Shenzhen, Guangzhou, Tianjin, and
Wuhan, as well as our online platform. Our student enrollments
increased from 67,996 in the fiscal year ended February 29,
2008 to 382,505 in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010,
representing a CAGR of 137.2%. Our student enrollment growth has
been predominantly driven by new students.
We have experienced significant growth in our business in recent
years. Our total net revenues increased from $8.9 million
in the fiscal year ended February 29, 2008 to
$69.6 million in the fiscal year ended February 28,
2010, representing a CAGR of 179.9%. Our net income increased
from $1.5 million in the fiscal year ended
February 29, 2008 to $14.2 million in the fiscal year
ended February 28, 2010, representing a CAGR of 206.9%. Our
total net revenues and net income was $53.0 million and
$13.2 million, respectively, for the six months ended
August 31, 2010.
Factors
Affecting Our Results of Operations
We have benefited significantly from the overall economic
growth, the increase in household disposable income, the rising
household spending on private education and the intense
competition for quality education in China. We anticipate that
the demand for K-12 after-school tutoring services will continue
to grow. According to iResearch, the K-12 after-school tutoring
market in China grew from RMB123.8 billion in 2007 to
RMB189.7 billion ($27.8 billion) in 2009, representing
a CAGR of 23.8%, and is projected to grow to
RMB447.2 billion ($65.5 billion) in 2014, representing
a CAGR of 18.7% from 2009. However, any adverse changes in the
economic conditions in China that adversely affect the K-12
after-school tutoring service market in China may harm our
business and results of operations.
Our results of operations are also affected by the education
system or policies relating to after-school tutoring service
market in China. Due to the PRC legal restrictions on foreign
ownership and investment in education business in China, we rely
on a series of contractual arrangements among TAL Beijing,
Xueersi Education, Xueersi Network and their respective
shareholders, subsidiaries and schools to conduct most of our
tutoring services in China, while our personalized premium
services in Beijing are offered through Huanqiu Zhikang. We do
not have equity interests in Xueersi Education and Xueersi
Network; however, as a result of these contractual arrangements,
we are the primary beneficiary of Xueersi Education and Xueersi
Network and treat them as our variable interest entities under
U.S. GAAP. In the opinion of Tian Yuan Law Firm, our PRC
legal counsel, the ownership structures of our affiliated
entities and wholly owned subsidiaries in China, both currently
and after giving effect to this offering, are in compliance with
existing PRC laws and regulations. We have been advised by our
PRC legal counsel, however, that there are substantial
uncertainties regarding the
58
interpretation and application of current and future PRC laws
and regulations. See Risk FactorsRisks Related to
Our Corporate StructureIf the PRC government determines
that the agreements that establish the structure for operating
our business in China are not in compliance with applicable PRC
laws and regulations, we could be subject to severe
penalties and Risk FactorsRisks Related to
Doing Business in ChinaUncertainties with respect to the
PRC legal system could have a material adverse effect on
us.
While our business is influenced by factors affecting the
private education industry in China generally and by conditions
in each of the geographic markets covered by our service
network, we believe that our results of operations are more
directly affected by company-specific factors, including the
number of student enrollments, the pricing of our tutoring
services and the amount of our costs and expenses.
Number
of Student Enrollments
Our revenue growth is primarily driven by the increase in the
number of student enrollments, which is directly affected by the
number of our learning centers, the number and varieties of our
courses and service offerings, our annual retention rate, our
ability to attract new students and the effectiveness of our
cross-selling efforts.
We have, over the past three fiscal years, opened new learning
centers to further penetrate our existing markets and enter new
markets. The number of our learning centers grew from 30 in
Beijing, Shanghai and Wuhan as of February 29, 2008, to 109
in Beijing, Shanghai, Shenzhen, Guangzhou, Tianjin and Wuhan to
date. We plan to open additional learning centers in these six
cities and explore opportunities to open learning centers in
other targeted geographic markets in China in order to continue
to attract new student enrollments.
In addition, we have significantly expanded our course offerings
to cover new subjects and additional grade levels over the past
three fiscal years. In Beijing, we grew from primarily offering
tutoring classes in mathematics to becoming a comprehensive
after-school tutoring service provider, covering all core
subjects in Chinas school curricula at each grade level of
the K-12 system. We initially offered only small-class tutoring
services, and then added personalized premium services in
September 2007 and began offering online courses in January
2010. Our expansion of courses and service offerings allows us
to better attract new students with different needs and provide
us greater cross-selling opportunities with respect to our
existing students.
To date, we have enjoyed a high annual retention rate of over
70%, as a result of our high quality services. A high annual
retention rate coupled with our ability to cross-sell additional
courses and service offerings to existing students has also
contributed to our total student enrollment growth.
We expect our student enrollments will continue to grow and the
tuition fees will remain relatively stable in the near term. We
raised the hourly rates of our courses in the summer of 2010 and
have no immediate plan for further increases. We believe that
the K-12
after-school tutoring service market is not very sensitive to
changes in economic conditions, and we therefore do not expect
the current economic conditions to have any significant impact
on our business.
Pricing
Our results of operations are also affected by the pricing for
our tutoring services. We generally charge students based on the
hourly rates of our courses and the total number of hours for
all the courses taken by each student. We determine hourly rates
for our courses primarily based on the demand for our courses,
cost of our services, the geographic markets where the courses
are offered, and the fees charged by our competitors for the
same or similar courses. Due to our high quality services and
the outstanding performance track record of our students, we
have been able to price above the market rates and increase our
hourly rates in fiscal years 2009 and 2011.
Costs
and Expenses
Our ability to maintain and increase profitability also depends
on our ability to effectively control our costs and expenses. A
significant component of our cost of revenues is compensation to
our teachers. We offer competitive remunerations to our teachers
in order to attract and retain top teaching talent. Salaries and
other
59
compensation to our teachers accounted for approximately 25% of
our net revenues in each of the two most recent fiscal years and
23% of our net revenues for the six months ended August 31,
2010. Another important component of our cost of revenues is
rental expenses for our learning and service centers, which have
remained stable at approximately 14% of our net revenues in each
of the two most recent fiscal years. Our cost of revenues as a
percentage of our total net revenues was 49.2%, 49.5% and 54.1%
for fiscal years 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. This
increase was largely a result of the rapid expansion of our
facilities and network, including our additional investments in
human resources, course materials and leasehold improvements in
anticipation of further student enrollment growth. Our operating
expenses include two key components, selling and marketing
expenses and general and administrative expenses. From fiscal
year 2008 to fiscal year 2010, our total operating expenses as a
percentage of our total net revenues decrease from 32.1% to
23.7%. During the same period, our selling and marketing
expenses as a percentage of our total net revenues increased
from 4.2% to 8.1%, mainly due to the expansion of our sales and
marketing personnel in anticipation of future student enrollment
growth. This increase in selling and marketing expenses was
offset by the significant decline of our general and
administrative expenses as a percentage of our total net
revenues from 27.9% in fiscal year 2008 to 15.6% in fiscal year
2010, primarily as a result of our increasing economies of scale
and improved operating efficiency. For the six months ended
August 31, 2010, our cost of revenues as a percentage of
our total net revenues was 49.5%, and each of our total
operating expenses, selling and marketing expenses and general
and administrative expenses as a percentage of our total net
revenues was 22.6%, 7.9% and 14.7%, respectively. Going forward,
we expect that our total costs and expenses will increase due to
the expansion of our services and operations and additional
costs and expenses associated with becoming a public company;
however, such increase is likely to be partially offset by our
increasing economies of scale and improved operating efficiency.
Key
Components of Results of Operations
Net
Revenues
In the fiscal years ended February 29, 2008 and
February 28, 2009 and 2010 and for the six months ended
August 31, 2010, we generated total net revenues of
$8.9 million, $37.5 million, $69.6 million and
$53.0 million, respectively. We derive substantially all of
our revenues from tutoring services, including small classes and
personalized premium services. We also generate a small amount
of revenues from selling educational materials to students at
our learning centers and most recently, from our online course
offerings. Revenues generated from our online course offerings
contributed less than 1.5% of our total net revenues since we
began offering online courses in 2010. Our revenues are
presented net of business tax.
We generally collect course fees in advance, which we initially
record as deferred revenues. We recognize course fees as
revenues proportionately as the tutoring courses are delivered.
We had deferred revenues in the amounts of $18.0 million,
$29.4 million and $42.1 million as of
February 28, 2009 and 2010 and August 31, 2010,
respectively.
For small-class courses consisting of more than seven classes
per course, we offer tuition refunds for any remaining
unattended classes to students who decide to withdraw from a
course, provided that the course is less than two-thirds
completed at the time of withdrawal. For personalized premium
services, a student can withdraw at any time and receive a
refund for the undelivered classes. Refunds are recorded as
deductions to deferred revenues. We have not experienced
significant refunds in the past.
60
Cost
of Revenues and Operating Expenses
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our
cost of revenues and operating expenses, in absolute amounts and
as percentages of the total net revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended February 29/28,
|
|
For the Six Months Ended August 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
$
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
%
|
|
|
(in thousands of $, except percentages)
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
8,882
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
37,476
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
69,594
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
32,983
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
53,022
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues
|
|
|
(4,367
|
)
|
|
|
(49.2
|
)
|
|
|
(18,554
|
)
|
|
|
(49.5
|
)
|
|
|
(37,649
|
)
|
|
|
(54.1
|
)
|
|
|
(16,068
|
)
|
|
|
(48.7
|
)
|
|
|
(26,255
|
)(1)
|
|
|
(49.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing
|
|
|
(370
|
)
|
|
|
(4.2
|
)
|
|
|
(2,353
|
)
|
|
|
(6.3
|
)
|
|
|
(5,608
|
)
|
|
|
(8.1
|
)
|
|
|
(1,958
|
)
|
|
|
(5.9
|
)
|
|
|
(4,184
|
)(2)
|
|
|
(7.9
|
)
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
(2,478
|
)
|
|
|
(27.9
|
)
|
|
|
(5,890
|
)
|
|
|
(15.7
|
)
|
|
|
(10,872
|
)
|
|
|
(15.6
|
)
|
|
|
(4,602
|
)
|
|
|
(14.0
|
)
|
|
|
(7,808
|
)(3)
|
|
|
(14.7
|
)
|
Impairment losses on intangible assets and goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,615
|
)
|
|
|
(4.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
(2,848
|
)
|
|
|
(32.1
|
)%
|
|
|
(9,858
|
)
|
|
|
(26.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(16,480
|
)
|
|
|
(23.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(6,560
|
)
|
|
|
(19.9
|
)%
|
|
|
(11,992
|
)
|
|
|
(22.6
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes:
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $110 thousand.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $163 thousand.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $647 thousand.
|
Cost of
Revenues
Our cost of revenues primarily consists of compensation to our
teachers and rental payments for all of our learning centers and
service centers, compensation to personnel providing educational
service support, and to a lesser extent, depreciation and
amortization of property and equipment used in the provision of
educational services and costs of course materials. We expect
our cost of revenues to increase as we further expand our
network and operations by opening new learning centers and
service centers and hiring additional teachers.
Operating
Expenses
Our operating expenses consist primarily of selling and
marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses.
Our selling and marketing expenses primarily consist of
compensation and benefits to our personnel involved in sales and
marketing, as well as expenses relating to our marketing and
branding promotion activities. Our selling and marketing
expenses also include expenses associated with the development
and maintenance of our online platform, www.eduu.com, which is a
key component of our marketing strategy to increase student
loyalty and stickiness, and enhance our brand awareness. As
word-of-mouth
referrals and our online communities have contributed
significantly to student recruitment, we have not incurred
significant advertising expenses in the past. In anticipation of
future growth, we increased the number of personnel in our
selling and marketing functions in fiscal years 2009 and 2010,
resulting in an increase in selling and marketing expenses as a
percentage of net revenues from 4.2% in the fiscal year ended
February 29, 2008 to 8.1% in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010. Our selling and marketing expenses as a
percentage of net revenues was 7.9% for the six months ended
August 31, 2010. We do not expect that our selling and
marketing expenses will significantly increase as a percentage
of net revenues in the near future.
Our general and administrative expenses primarily consist of
compensation and benefits paid to our management and
administrative personnel, costs of third-party professional
services, rental and utilities expenses relating to office and
administrative functions and, to a lesser extent, depreciation
and amortization of property and equipment used in our
administrative activities. Our general and administrative
expenses as a percentage of our total net revenues decreased
from 27.9% in fiscal year 2008, to 15.7% in fiscal year 2009 and
15.6% in fiscal year 2010, primarily as a result of our
increasing economies of scale and improved operating efficiency.
For the six months ended August 31, 2010, our general and
administrative expenses as a
61
percentage of our total net revenues was 14.7%. We expect that
our general and administrative expenses will increase in the
near term as we hire additional personnel and incur additional
expenses in connection with the expansion of our business
operations, with becoming a publicly traded company, enhancing
our internal controls and providing share-based compensation to
our employees.
Taxation
Cayman
Islands
We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands. Under the current law
of the Cayman Islands, we are not subject to income or capital
gains tax. In addition, dividend payments are not subject to
withholding tax in the Cayman Islands.
Hong
Kong
Our wholly owned subsidiary in Hong Kong, Xueersi Hong Kong, is
subject to Hong Kong profits tax on its activities conducted in
Hong Kong. No provision for Hong Kong Profits tax has been made
in the consolidated financial statements as Xueersi Hong Kong
has no assessable income for the years ended February 28,
2009 and February 28, 2010.
PRC
Our subsidiaries in China are companies incorporated under PRC
law and, as such, are subject to PRC enterprise income tax on
their taxable income in accordance with the relevant PRC income
tax laws.
Pursuant to the EIT Law, which became effective on
January 1, 2008, a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate
is generally applicable to both foreign-invested enterprises and
domestic enterprises, except where a special preferential rate
applies.
Our affiliated entity, Xueersi Education, was qualified as a
High and New Technology Enterprise, under the EIT
Law effective January 1, 2008 and therefore was qualified
for a preferential tax rate of 15%. In addition, since Xueersi
Education is located in a high and new technology industrial
zone in Beijing and qualified as a High and New Technology
Enterprise, it was entitled to a three-year exemption from the
enterprise income tax from calendar year 2006 to 2008 and a
further tax reduction to a rate of 7.5% from calendar year 2009
to 2011. Our wholly owned subsidiary, TAL Beijing, was qualified
as a Newly Established Software Enterprise under the
EIT Law and therefore entitled to a two-year exemption from the
enterprise income tax from calendar year 2009 to 2010 and a
further tax reduction to 50% of the applicable rate from
calendar year 2011 to 2013. Our affiliated entities, Xueersi
Network and Beijing Haidian District Xueersi Training School,
were entitled to a one-year tax exemption in calendar year 2007
as newly established companies in that year.
On April 21, 2010, the State Administration of Taxation
issued Circular 157, Further Clarification on Implementation
of Preferential EIT Rate during Transition Periods, or
Circular 157. Circular 157 seeks to provide additional guidance
on the interaction of certain preferential tax rates under the
transitional rules of the EIT Law. Prior to Circular 157, we
interpreted the law to mean that if a high and new
technology enterprise strongly supported by the state or
High and New Technology Enterprise was in a tax
holiday period that provides for
2-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate or
5-year
exemption plus
5-year half
rate or other tax exemptions and reductions, where it was
entitled to a 50% reduction in the tax rate and was also
entitled to a 15% rate of tax due to its High and New Technology
Enterprise status under the EIT Law, then it was entitled to pay
tax at the rate of 7.5%. Circular 157 appears to have the effect
that such an entity is entitled to pay tax at the lower of 15%
and 50% of the standard PRC tax rate, which is currently 25%. It
is unclear whether Circular 157 would apply retrospectively
but we understand that the State Administration of Taxation has
recently taken the position that Circular 157 applies only
to tax years commencing from January 1, 2010.
Based on the interpretation of Circular 157 from the
relevant local tax authority, we believe that entities that are
qualified for
3-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate tax holiday as High and New Technology
62
Enterprises and are registered in the Zhongguancun High and New
Technology Industrial Zone of Beijing will continue to pay
income tax at a rate of 7.5%. Since Xueersi Education enjoys
3-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate and is a High and New Technology Enterprise
registered in the Zhongguancun High and New Technology
Industrial Zone of Beijing, we do not believe that
Circular 157 has any effect on our tax position.
Preferential tax treatments granted to our affiliated entities
in the PRC by local governmental authorities are subject to
review and may be adjusted or revoked at any time. In addition,
if the government regulations or authorities were to phase out
preferential tax benefits currently granted to a High and
New Technology Enterprise, Xueersi Education would be
subject to the standard statutory tax rate, which currently is
25%. The discontinuation of any preferential tax treatments
currently available to us, will cause our effective tax rate to
increase, which could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations.
As a Cayman Islands holding company, substantially all of our
income is derived from dividends we receive from our PRC
operating subsidiaries through Xueersi Hong Kong. The EIT Law
and its implementing rules provide that dividends paid by a PRC
entity to a non-resident enterprise for income tax purposes is
subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of 10%, subject to
reduction by an applicable tax treaty with the PRC. According to
the Arrangement between Mainland China and the Hong Kong Special
Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and
Prevention of Fiscal Evasion, dividends paid to shareholders
residing in Hong Kong are subject to a reduced 5% rate of tax
withholding provided the Hong Kong residents equity
interests in the mainland dividend issuer is above 25%. However,
the State Administration for Taxation promulgated SAT Circular
601 on October 27, 2009, which provides guidance for
determining whether a resident of a contracting state is the
beneficial owner of an item of income under
Chinas tax treaties and tax arrangements. According to SAT
Circular 601, a beneficial owner generally must engage in
substantive business activities. An agent or conduit company
will not be regarded as a beneficial owner and, therefore, will
not qualify for treaty benefits. A conduit company normally
refers to a company that is set up for the purpose of avoiding
or reducing taxes or transferring or accumulating profits.
Although we may use Xueersi Hong Kong as a platform to expand
our business in the future, Xueersi Hong Kong currently does not
engage in any substantive business activities and thus it is
possible that Xueersi Hong Kong may not be regarded as a
beneficial owner for the purposes of SAT
Circular 601 and the dividends it receives from our PRC
subsidiaries would be subject to withholding tax at a rate of
10%. In addition, Xueersi Hong Kong may be considered a PRC
resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes if the
relevant PRC tax authorities determine that Xueersi Hong
Kongs de facto management bodies are within
the PRC, in which case dividends received by it from our PRC
subsidiaries would be exempt from PRC withholding tax because
such income is exempted under the EIT Law for a PRC resident
enterprise recipient. As there remains uncertainties regarding
the interpretation and implementation of the EIT Law and its
implementation rules, it is uncertain whether, if we are deemed
a PRC resident enterprise, any dividends to be distributed by us
to our non-PRC shareholders and ADS holders would be subject to
any PRC withholding tax. For a detailed discussion of PRC tax
issues related to resident enterprise status, see Risk
FactorsRisks Related to Doing Business in ChinaUnder
the EIT Law, we may be classified as a resident
enterprise of China. Such classification could result in
unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC
shareholders.
Internal
Control over Financial Reporting
In the course of preparing our consolidated financial
statements, we and our independent registered public accounting
firm identified a material weakness as defined in the U.S.
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Standard AU
Section 325, Communicating Internal Control Related Matters
Identified in an Audit, or AU325, in our internal control over
financial reporting as of February 28, 2010. As defined in
AU325, a material weakness is a deficiency, or a
combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial
reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a
material misstatement of the companys annual or interim
financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a
timely basis. The material weakness identified related to
insufficient accounting personnel with appropriate
U.S. GAAP knowledge. Following the
63
identification of the material weakness, we hired a chief
financial officer with publicly listed company and securities
regulation experience in June 2010.
Neither we nor our independent registered public accounting firm
undertook a comprehensive assessment of our internal control for
purposes of identifying and reporting material weakness and
other control deficiencies in our internal control over
financial reporting as we and they will be required to do once
we become a public company. It is possible that, had we
performed a formal assessment of our internal control over
financial reporting or had our independent registered public
accounting firm performed an audit of our internal control over
financial reporting, additional control deficiencies may have
been identified.
We plan to take additional measures to improve our internal
control over financial reporting in 2011 and 2012, including
(1) hiring additional accounting personnel with extensive
experience in U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting requirements and
strong analytical skills; (2) providing regular training on
an ongoing basis to our accounting personnel that cover a broad
range of accounting and financial reporting topics; and
(3) developing a more comprehensive manual with detailed
step by step guidance on accounting policies and procedures and
continuing to update the manual as needed. We are not able to
estimate with reasonable certainty the costs that we will need
to incur to implement these and other measures designed to
improve our internal control over financial reporting. See
Risk FactorsRisks Related to Our BusinessIn
the course of preparing our consolidated financial statements, a
material weakness in our internal control over financial
reporting was identified. If we fail to maintain an effective
system of internal control over financial reporting, we may be
unable to accurately report our financial results or prevent
fraud, and investor confidence and the market price of our ADSs
may be adversely affected.
Acquisitions
Although we have expanded our business operations primarily
through organic growth, we made five small business acquisitions
in selected new geographic markets in 2008 to take advantage of
the targets existing student base and operating licenses.
The five acquisitions were: (i) the purchase of assets and
related business of a school in Tianjin in March 2008 for
consideration of $0.2 million; (ii) the acquisition of
a school in Jianli, Hubei Province in July 2008 for
consideration $0.2 million; (iii) the acquisition of a
school in Qianjiang, Hubei Province in July 2008 for
consideration $0.2 million; (iv) the acquisition of a
school in Wuhan, Hubei Province in July 2008 for consideration
$1.6 million; and (v) the acquisition of Shanghai
Lehai and its 100% owned subsidiaries in Shanghai in August 2008
for total consideration of $1.0 million.
Critical
Accounting Policies
We prepare our financial statements in accordance with
U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make estimates and
assumptions that affect our reporting of, among other things,
assets and liabilities, contingent assets and liabilities and
net revenues and expenses. We continually evaluate these
estimates and assumptions based on the most recently available
information, our own historical experiences and other factors
that we believe to be relevant under the circumstances. Our
management has discussed the development, selection and
disclosure of these estimates with our board of directors. Since
our financial reporting process inherently relies on the use of
estimates and assumptions, actual results may differ from these
estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
An accounting policy is considered to be critical if it requires
an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about
matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is
made, and if different estimates that could reasonably have been
used, or changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably
likely to occur periodically, could materially impact the
consolidated financial statements. We consider the policies
discussed below to be critical to an understanding of our
audited consolidated financial statements because they involve
the greatest reliance on our managements judgment. You
should read the following descriptions of critical accounting
policies, judgments and estimates in conjunction with our
consolidated financial statements and other disclosures included
with this prospectus.
64
Revenue
recognition
We derive substantially all of our revenues from tutoring
services, including small classes, personalized premium services
and online education services.
A student subscribes for a course containing a fixed number of
classes. A typical course consists of 15 to 16 classes during
each of the school semesters and 7 to 12 classes during each of
the summer and winter breaks. Tuition revenue is generally
collected in advance and is initially recorded as deferred
revenue. Tuition revenue is then recognized proportionately as
the tutoring classes are delivered.
For small-class courses consisting of more than seven classes
per course, we offer refunds for any remaining classes to
students who decide to withdraw from a course, provided the
course is less than two-thirds completed at the time of
withdrawal. After two-thirds of a course is delivered, no refund
is allowed. For small-class courses with less than seven
classes, no refund will be provided after the commencement of
the courses. For personalized premium services, a student can
withdraw at any time and receive a refund for the undelivered
classes. We have not experienced significant refunds in the past.
We offer coupons to attract both existing and prospective
students to enroll in our courses. The coupon has a fixed dollar
amount and can only be redeemed against a future course. The
coupon value, when utilized by an enrolling student, is
accounted for as a reduction of revenue when the relevant
revenue is recognized in the consolidated statements of
operations.
We sell educational materials to students at our learning
centers. Revenue is recognized when the educational content or
other educational materials are delivered and collection of the
receivables is reasonably assured.
We began to offer online courses to students in 2010. Students
enroll in online courses through the use of prepaid study cards.
The proceeds collected from the online courses are initially
recorded as deferred revenues. Revenues are recognized on a
straight line basis over the subscription period from the date
when the students activate the courses to the date when the
subscribed courses end. We provide refunds for courses that are
not taken to students who decide to withdraw from the subscribed
courses within the course offer period, which generally ranges
from one month to six months.
Goodwill
and Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the cost of an acquired business in excess
of the fair value of identifiable tangible and intangible net
assets purchased. We generally seek the assistance of
independent valuation firms in determining the fair value of the
identifiable tangible and intangible net assets of the acquired
business. We assign all the assets and liabilities of an
acquired business, including goodwill, to reporting units.
There are several methods that can be used to determine the fair
value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. For intangible
assets, we typically use the income method. This method starts
with a forecast of all of the expected future net cash flows
associated with a particular intangible asset. These cash flows
are then adjusted to present value by applying an appropriate
discount rate that reflects the risk factors associated with the
cash flow streams. Some of the more significant estimates and
assumptions inherent in the income method or other methods
include the amount and timing of projected future cash flows;
the discount rate selected to measure the risks inherent in the
future cash flows; and the assessment of the assets
economic life cycle and the competitive trends impacting the
asset, including consideration of any technical, legal,
regulatory or economic barriers to entry. Determining the useful
life of an intangible asset also requires judgment as different
types of intangible assets will have different useful lives and
certain assets may even be considered to have indefinite useful
lives.
Goodwill is tested for impairment at least once each year on the
last day of February. Impairment is tested using a two-step
process. The first step compares the fair value of each
reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If
the fair value of each reporting unit exceeds its carrying
amount, goodwill is not considered to be impaired and the second
step will not be required. If the carrying amount of a reporting
unit exceeds its fair value, the second step compares the
implied fair value of goodwill to the carrying value of a
reporting units goodwill. The implied fair value of
goodwill is determined in a manner similar to
65
accounting for a business combination with the allocation of the
assessed fair value determined in the first step to the assets
and liabilities of the reporting unit. The excess of the fair
value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to the
assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An
impairment loss is recognized for any excess in the carrying
value of goodwill over the implied fair value of goodwill.
Estimating fair value is performed by utilizing various
valuation techniques, with the primary technique being the
discounted cash flow method.
We currently have 14 reporting units and only five reporting
units carry assigned goodwill: Wuhan Jianghanqu Xiaoxinxing
English Training School (Wuhan School), Hubei
Qianjiang Xiaohafu English Training School (Qianjiang
School), Hubei Jianli Hafu English Training School
(Jianli School), Shanghai Lehai Science and
Technology Information Co., Ltd. (Shanghai Lehai),
and Xueersi Education.
We recorded an impairment of goodwill of approximately
$1.2 million in the year ended February 28, 2009 in
respect of Wuhan School and Qianjiang School because the
post-acquisition performance of these reporting units was not in
line with our expectations at the date of acquisition. We used
the income approach as the primary approach in determining the
impairment of goodwill on these reporting units as of
February 28, 2009, and relied in part on a valuation report
prepared by American Appraisal China Limited based on data we
provided.
The projected cash flow estimate included, among other things,
an analysis of projected revenue growth, gross margins, and
long-term growth rates. The income approach involves applying
appropriate discount rates, based on earnings forecasts, to
estimated cash flows. The key assumptions of our cash flow
forecasts we used in deriving the fair values of these two
reporting units as of February 28, 2009 were consistent
with the assumptions that we used in developing our business
plan, which included:
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues of Wuhan School and Qianjiang School would grow at
a CAGR of 10.4% and 9.4%, respectively, from 2009 to 2014
primarily through an increase in the number of students. The
long-term growth rate of Wuhan School and Qianjiang School after
2014 was assumed to be 3% per year.
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenues mainly consists of teacher salary and welfare,
rent, and tutoring materials. Cost of revenues as a percentage
of revenues of Wuhan School was expected to decrease from 91% in
2009 to 62% of sales in 2014 because staff cost and rental would
not grow as fast as revenues. Cost of revenues as a percentage
of revenues of Qianjiang School was expected to increase from
53% in 2009 to 60% of sales in 2014.
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses as a percentage of revenues were expected to
decrease from 2009 to 2014 as we anticipated that corporate
overhead and administrative expense would not increase as fast
as revenues during the period due to the improvement of
operating efficiency.
|
|
|
|
There would be no material changes in the existing political,
legal, fiscal and economic conditions in China and in our
ability to recruit and retain competent management, key
personnel and technical staff to support our ongoing operations.
|
|
|
|
There was no material deviation in industry trends and market
conditions from economic forecasts.
|
These assumptions are inherently uncertain and subjective. The
discount rates reflect the risks the management perceived as
being associated with achieving the forecasts and are based on
the estimated cost of capital of our reporting units, which was
derived by using the capital asset pricing model, after taking
into account systemic risks and non-systematic risks. The
capital asset pricing model is a model commonly used by market
participants for determining the fair values of assets that adds
an assumed risk premium rate of return to an assumed risk-free
rate of return. Using this method, we determined the discount
rates of 20% and 30% to be appropriate for determining the fair
values of Wuhan School and Qianjiang School. We considered the
selected discount rates to properly reflect the uncertainty
associated with the key assumptions of projected cash flows of
these two reporting units as of February 28, 2009.
We evaluate intangible assets with a finite useful life
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable.
Recoverability of long-lived assets
66
to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying
amount of an asset to the future undiscounted net cash flows
expected to be generated by the asset. If these assets are
considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is
measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the assets
exceeds the fair value of the assets. Estimates of fair value
result from a complex series of judgments about future events
and uncertainties and rely heavily on estimates and assumptions
at a point in time. The judgments made in determining an
estimate of fair value can materially impact our results of
operations. The valuations are based on information available as
of the impairment review date and are based on expectations and
assumptions that have been deemed reasonable by management. Any
changes in key assumptions, including unanticipated events and
circumstances, may affect the accuracy or validity of such
estimates and could potentially result in an impairment charge.
In the year ended February 28, 2009, we tested for
impairment of the intangible and other long-lived assets
recognized primarily in respect of Wuhan School and Qianjiang
School because, as noted above, the performance of these
acquisitions was not in line with our expectations. As a result,
we recognized an impairment loss on intangible assets of
$0.4 million.
Other-Than-Temporary
Impairment of Investment in Available for Sale
Securities
We value available for sale securities at fair value and take
the unrealized changes in fair value to Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income, a component of equity. However, when an
investment has a fair value below its original costs we are
required to determine whether that impairment is
other-than-temporary
and, if so, it is required to be recognized in earnings.
Determination of whether an impairment is
other-than-temporary
involves managements judgment as to the severity and
duration of the decline in fair value. As at February 28,
2009, we had available for sale securities with the carrying
value of $0.7 million and which then had a fair value of
$0.3 million as at February 28, 2010. We determined
that in the market conditions at that time there could be no
assurance as to when and if the fair value would recover and
consequently recognized an impairment loss in earnings of
$0.4 million.
Income
Taxes
As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial
statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each
of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves
us estimating our actual current tax exposure together with
assessing temporary differences resulting from differing
treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These
differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which
are included within our consolidated balance sheet. We must then
assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be
recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we
believe that recovery is not likely, we must establish a
valuation allowance. To the extent we establish a valuation
allowance or increase this allowance in a certain period, we
must include an expense within the tax provision in the
statement of operations.
Significant management judgment is required in determining our
provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and
liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against our net
deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance is based on our
estimates of taxable income by jurisdiction in which we operate
and the period over which our deferred tax assets will be
recoverable. In the event that actual results differ from these
estimates or we adjust these estimates in future periods, we may
need to establish an additional valuation allowance, which could
materially impact our financial position and results of
operations.
The impact of an uncertain income tax position on the income tax
return is recognized at the largest amount that is
more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant
tax authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be
recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being
sustained. Interest and penalties on income taxes will be
classified as a component of the provisions for income taxes.
The Group has concluded that there are no significant uncertain
tax positions requiring recognition in financial statements for
the years ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and 2010. The Group did not incur any interest and penalties
related to potential underpaid income tax expenses and also does
not anticipate any significant increases or decreases in
unrecognized tax benefits in the next 12 months. The Group
has no material
67
unrecognized tax benefits which would favorably affect the
effective income tax rate in future periods. The years 2007 to
2009 remain subject to examination by the PRC tax authorities.
Our affiliated entity, Xueersi Education, was qualified as a
High and New Technology Enterprise, under the EIT
Law effective January 1, 2008 and therefore was qualified
for a preferential tax rate of 15%. In addition, since Xueersi
Education is located in a high and new technology industrial
zone in Beijing and qualified as a High and New Technology
Enterprise, it was entitled to a three-year exemption from the
enterprise income tax from calendar year 2006 to 2008 and a
further tax reduction to a rate of 7.5% from calendar year 2009
to 2011. Our wholly owned subsidiary, TAL Beijing, was qualified
as a Newly Established Software Enterprise under the
EIT Law and therefore entitled to a two-year exemption from the
enterprise income tax from calendar year 2009 to 2010 and a
further tax reduction to 50% of the applicable rate from
calendar year 2011 to 2013. Our affiliated entities, Xueersi
Network and Beijing Haidian District Xueersi Training School,
were entitled to a one-year tax exemption in calendar year 2007
as newly established companies in that year.
On April 21, 2010, the State Administration of Taxation
issued Circular 157, Further Clarification on Implementation
of Preferential EIT Rate during Transition Periods, or
Circular 157. Circular 157 seeks to provide additional guidance
on the interaction of certain preferential tax rates under the
transitional rules of the EIT Law. Prior to Circular 157, we
interpreted the law to mean that if a high and new
technology enterprise strongly supported by the state or
High and New Technology Enterprise was in a tax
holiday period that provides for
2-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate or
5-year
exemption plus
5-year half
rate or other tax exemptions and reductions, where it was
entitled to a 50% reduction in the tax rate and was also
entitled to a 15% rate of tax due to its High and New Technology
Enterprise status under the EIT Law, then it was entitled to pay
tax at the rate of 7.5%. Circular 157 appears to have the effect
that such an entity is entitled to pay tax at the lower of 15%
and 50% of the standard PRC tax rate, which is currently 25%. It
is unclear as to whether Circular 157 would apply
retrospectively but we understand that the State Administration
of Taxation has recently taken the position that
Circular 157 applies only to tax years commencing from
January 1, 2010.
Based on the interpretation of Circular 157 from the
relevant local tax authority, we believe that entities that are
qualified for
3-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate tax holiday as High and New Technology Enterprises
and are registered in the Zhongguancun High and New Technology
Industrial Zone of Beijing will continue to pay income tax at a
rate of 7.5%. Since Xueersi Education enjoys
3-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate and is a High and New Technology Enterprise
registered in the Zhongguancun High and New Technology
Industrial Zone of Beijing, we do not believe that
Circular 157 has any effect on our tax position.
Uncertainties exist with respect to how the EIT Law applies to
our overall operations, and more specifically, with regard to
our tax residency status. The EIT Law includes a provision
specifying that legal entities organized outside of the PRC will
be considered residents for PRC income tax purposes if their
de facto management bodies are within the PRC. The
Implementation Rules define the term de facto management
bodies as establishments that carry out substantial
and overall management and control over the manufacturing and
business operations, personnel, accounting, properties, etc. of
an enterprise. Despite the present uncertainties resulting
from the limited PRC tax guidance on the issue, we do not
believe that our legal entities organized outside of the PRC
should be treated as residents under the EIT Law. Each of TAL
Group and Xueersi Hong Kong is a company incorporated outside
the PRC. As holding companies, these two entities key
assets, which are essentially corporate documents and records,
are located and maintained outside of the PRC. In addition, we
are not aware of any offshore holding companies with a similar
corporate structure as the Companys ever having been
deemed to be PRC resident enterprises by the PRC tax
authorities. Therefore, we believe that neither TAL Group nor
Xueersi Hong Kong should be treated as a resident
enterprise for PRC tax purposes. However, as the tax
resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by
the PRC tax authorities, there are uncertainties and risks
associated with this issue. See Risk FactorsRisks
Related to Doing Business in ChinaUnder the EIT Law, we
may be classified as a resident enterprise of China.
Such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences
to us and our non-PRC shareholders.
68
Fair
Value of Our Common Shares and Share-Based
Compensation
In June 2010, we adopted the 2010 share incentive plan. The
plan permits the grant of options to purchase Class A
common shares, restricted shares, restricted share units,
dividend equivalent rights and other awards as deemed
appropriate by the administrator under the plan. The maximum
aggregate number of Class A common shares that may be
issued pursuant to all awards under the plan is
18,750,000 Class A common shares. On July 26,
2010, we granted 5,419,500 restricted shares under this plan to
some of our directors, executive officers and employees. These
restricted shares will vest in accordance with the vesting
schedule set out in the respective restricted share agreements
with the grantees, which ranges from one to four years.
We recognize share-based compensation expenses based on the fair
value of equity awards on the date of the grant, using a
straight-line method over the requisite service periods of the
awards, which are generally the vesting periods.
Prior to this offering, there have been no quoted market prices
for our Class A common shares. We have therefore had to
make an estimate of the fair value of our Class A common
shares for the purposes of determining the fair value of our
Class A common shares on the date of grant of share-based
compensation awards to our employees.
The estimated fair value of our Class A common shares was
$4.05 per share as of July 26, 2010.
Determining the fair value of our Class A common shares
required us to make subjective judgments regarding our projected
financial and operating results, our unique business risks, the
liquidity of our Class A common shares and our operating
history and prospects at the time the grants were made. The
significant factors we considered include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
our financial and operating results;
|
|
|
|
the assumptions and basis of our financial projections;
|
|
|
|
the nature of our business;
|
|
|
|
the stage of development of our operations;
|
|
|
|
our business plan;
|
|
|
|
our business risks;
|
|
|
|
the nature and prospects of the private education industry in
China;
|
|
|
|
the global economic outlook in general and the specific economic
and competitive elements affecting our business, industry and
market; and
|
|
|
|
the market-derived investment returns of entities engaged in
similar business.
|
We principally used the market approach. We considered the
estimated initial public offering price of $9.00 per ADS (or
$4.50 per Class A common share), the midpoint of the range
shown on the front cover page of our preliminary prospectus
dated October 6, 2010 and applied discount for lack of
marketability, or DLOM, to reflect the fact that there was no
ready public market for our shares as we were a closely held
private company. The DLOM of 10% applied for valuation of our
Class A common shares as of July 26, 2010 was
determined with the assistance of American Appraisal using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model. Under the option-pricing
method, the cost of the put option, which can hedge the price
change before the privately held shares can be sold, was
considered as a basis to determine DLOM.
In addition, we made other assumptions in assessing the fair
value of our Class A common shares, including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
that no material change will occur in the applicable future
periods in the existing political, legal, fiscal or economic
conditions and in the education industry in China;
|
69
|
|
|
|
|
that no material change will occur in the current PRC law
applicable to us and the applicable tax rates will remain
unchanged;
|
|
|
|
that exchange rates and interest rates in the applicable future
periods will not differ materially from the current rates;
|
|
|
|
that our future growth will not be constrained by lack of
funding;
|
|
|
|
that we have the ability to retain competent management and key
personnel to support our ongoing operations; and
|
|
|
|
that industry trends and market conditions for the education and
related industries will not deviate significantly from current
forecasts.
|
We have considered the guidance prescribed by the AICPA Audit
and Accounting Practice Aid in determining the fair value of our
Class A common shares as of July 26, 2010. A detailed
description of the valuation method used in the fair value of
our Class A common shares as of July 26, 2010 is set
out above. Paragraph 113 of the Practice Aid states that
the ultimate IPO price itself also is generally not likely
to be a reasonable estimate of the fair value for pre-IPO equity
transactions of the enterprise. We therefore believe the
ultimate initial public offering price itself is generally not
likely to be a reasonable estimate of the fair value of our
Class A common shares as of July 26, 2010.
Results
of Operations
The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated
results of operations for the periods indicated, both in
absolute amounts and as percentages of our net revenues. This
information should be read together with our consolidated
financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in
this prospectus. The operating results in any period are not
necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for
any future period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended February 29/28,
|
|
|
For the Six Months Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
(in thousands of $, except percentages)
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
8,882
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
37,476
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
69,594
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
32,983
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
53,022
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
(4,367
|
)
|
|
|
(49.2
|
)
|
|
|
(18,554
|
)
|
|
|
(49.5
|
)
|
|
|
(37,649
|
)
|
|
|
(54.1
|
)
|
|
|
(16,068
|
)
|
|
|
(48.7
|
)
|
|
|
(26,255
|
)(1)
|
|
|
(49.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
4,515
|
|
|
|
50.8
|
|
|
|
18,922
|
|
|
|
50.5
|
|
|
|
31,945
|
|
|
|
45.9
|
|
|
|
16,915
|
|
|
|
51.3
|
|
|
|
26,767
|
|
|
|
50.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing
|
|
|
(370
|
)
|
|
|
(4.2
|
)
|
|
|
(2,353
|
)
|
|
|
(6.3
|
)
|
|
|
(5,608
|
)
|
|
|
(8.1
|
)
|
|
|
(1,958
|
)
|
|
|
(5.9
|
)
|
|
|
(4,184
|
)(2)
|
|
|
(7.9
|
)
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
(2,478
|
)
|
|
|
(27.9
|
)
|
|
|
(5,890
|
)
|
|
|
(15.7
|
)
|
|
|
(10,872
|
)
|
|
|
(15.6
|
)
|
|
|
(4,602
|
)
|
|
|
(14.0
|
)
|
|
|
(7,808
|
)(3)
|
|
|
(14.7
|
)
|
Impairment losses on intangible assets and goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,615
|
)
|
|
|
(4.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
(2,848
|
)
|
|
|
(32.1
|
)
|
|
|
(9,858
|
)
|
|
|
(26.3
|
)
|
|
|
(16,480
|
)
|
|
|
(23.7
|
)
|
|
|
(6,560
|
)
|
|
|
(19.9
|
)
|
|
|
(11,992
|
)
|
|
|
(22.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
1,667
|
|
|
|
18.7
|
|
|
|
9,064
|
|
|
|
24.2
|
|
|
|
15,465
|
|
|
|
22.2
|
|
|
|
10,355
|
|
|
|
31.4
|
|
|
|
14,775
|
|
|
|
27.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
283
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
162
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
Other expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
(124
|
)
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
(119
|
)
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
Impairment loss on
available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(363
|
)
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain from sales of available-for-sale securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
Gain on extinguishment of liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
731
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended February 29/28,
|
|
|
For the Six Months Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
(in thousands of $, except percentages)
|
|
|
Income before income tax provision
|
|
|
1,678
|
|
|
|
18.8
|
|
|
|
9,299
|
|
|
|
24.8
|
|
|
|
15,624
|
|
|
|
22.4
|
|
|
|
10,339
|
|
|
|
31.3
|
|
|
|
14,916
|
|
|
|
28.1
|
|
Provision for income tax
|
|
|
(165
|
)
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)
|
|
|
(2,018
|
)
|
|
|
(5.4
|
)
|
|
|
(1,379
|
)
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)
|
|
|
(912
|
)
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
(1,670
|
)
|
|
|
(3.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
1,513
|
|
|
|
17.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
7,281
|
|
|
|
19.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
14,245
|
|
|
|
20.5
|
%
|
|
$
|
9,427
|
|
|
|
28.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
13,246
|
|
|
|
25.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes:
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $110 thousand.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $163 thousand.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $647 thousand.
|
Six
Months Ended August 31, 2010 Compared to Six Months Ended
August 31, 2009
Net
Revenues
Our total net revenues increased by 60.8% from
$33.0 million for the six months ended August 31, 2009
to $53.0 million for the six months ended August 31,
2010. This increase was primarily due to the additional student
enrollments in our newly opened learning centers and increased
student enrollments in our existing learning centers. The number
of total student enrollments grew from 175,638 for the six
months ended August 31, 2009 to 236,919 for the six months
ended August 31, 2010, while the number of learning centers
increased from 83 as of August 31, 2009 to 108 as of
August 31, 2010.
Cost of
Revenues
Our cost of revenues increased by 63.4% from $16.1 million
for the six months ended August 31, 2009 to
$26.3 million for the six months ended August 31,
2010. This increase was primarily due to an increase in our
rental payments as we leased facilities for 108 learning
centers and 86 service centers as of August 31, 2010,
as compared to 83 learning centers and 65 service centers as of
August 31, 2009. Also contributing to the increase of our
cost of revenues included an increase in aggregate compensation
paid to our full-time teachers as the number of full-time
teachers increased from 631 as of August 31, 2009 to 1,067
as of August 31, 2010. This increased compensation to
full-time teachers was partially offset by the decrease of the
number of contract teachers from 2,587 as of August 31,
2009 to 1,455 as August 31, 2010. In addition, compensation
paid to personnel providing educational service support
increased as a result of the increase of such personnel from 730
as of August 31, 2009 to 912 as of August 31, 2010.
The increase in our cost of revenues was also attributable to
share-based compensation expenses and an increase in the cost of
course materials, increased depreciation and amortization of
property and equipment as a result of the expansion of our
learning centers and service centers and our continued efforts
to upgrade our classroom facilities and technology systems. The
amount of share-based compensation expenses included in the cost
of revenues for the six months ended August 31, 2010 was
$110 thousand, compared to nil for the six months ended
August 31, 2009.
Gross
Profit
As a result of the foregoing, our gross profit increased by
58.2% from $16.9 million for the six months ended
August 31, 2009 to $26.8 million for the six months
ended August 31, 2010. Our gross profit margin was 50.5%
for the six months ended August 31, 2010, as compared to
51.3% for the six months ended August 31, 2009.
Operating
Expenses
Our operating expenses increased by 82.8% from $6.6 million
for the six months ended August 31, 2009 to
$12 million for the six months ended August 31, 2010.
This increase resulted from increases in both our
71
selling and marketing expenses and general and administrative
expenses and, in particular, a $0.8 million share-based
compensation charge.
Selling and Marketing Expenses. Our selling
and marketing expenses increased by 113.7% from
$2.0 million for the six months ended August 31, 2009
to $4.2 million for the six months ended August 31,
2010. This increase was primarily due to the related increase in
compensation, office rental expenses and office expenses for an
expanded sales and marketing force and, to a lesser extent, a
share-based compensation charge of $163 thousand.
General and Administrative Expenses. Our
general and administrative expenses increased by 69.7% from
$4.6 million for the six months ended August 31, 2009
to $7.8 million for the six months ended August 31,
2010. This increase was primarily due to an increase of
117 employees for our corporate and administrative
functions to support our expanded operations and, to a lesser
extent, a share-based compensation charge of $647 thousand.
Interest
Income, Net
We had net interest income of $0.2 million for the six months
ended August 31, 2010, compared to $0.1 million for
the six months ended August 31, 2009. Our interest income
in both years consisted of interest earned on our cash and cash
equivalents deposited in commercial banks, which, in the case of
our net interest income for the six months ended August 31,
2010, was partially offset by the interest expenses incurred
with respect to a convertible loan we borrowed in January 2010
and with respect to our acquisition payables.
Other
Expenses, Net
We had other expenses of $27,000 for the six months ended
August 31, 2010, compared to $0.1 million for the six
months ended August 31, 2009. Our expenses in both periods
were primarily attributable to our charitable donations to
promote public education in rural areas.
Gain from
Sales of Available-for-Sale Securities
We recognized a $6,000 gain from sales of available-for-sale
securities for the six months ended August 31, 2010 related
to disposal of certain available-for-sale securities in the open
market, which we bought in December 2009.
Provision
for Income Tax
Our provision for income tax increased by 83.1% from
$0.9 million for the six months ended August 31, 2009
to $1.7 million for the six months ended August 31,
2010, primarily due to the increase in our taxable income and a
higher effective income tax rate for the six months ended
August 31, 2010. Our effective income rate was 11.2% in the
six months ended August 31, 2010, compared to 8.8% in the
six months ended August 31, 2009.
Net
Income
As a result of the foregoing, our net income increased by 40.5%
from $9.4 million for the six months ended August 31,
2009 to $13.2 million for the six months ended
August 31, 2010.
Fiscal
Year Ended February 28, 2010 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended
February 28, 2009
Net
Revenues
Our total net revenues increased by 85.7% from
$37.5 million for the fiscal year ended February 28,
2009 to $69.6 million for the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010. This increase was primarily due to
additional student enrollments in our newly opened learning
centers and increased student enrollments in our existing
learning centers in fiscal year 2010. The number of total
student enrollments grew from 215,080 as of
72
February 28, 2009 to 382,505 as of February 28, 2010,
while the number of learning centers increased from 73 to 98
during the same period.
Cost of
Revenues
Our cost of revenues increased by 102.9% from $18.6 million
for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2009 to
$37.6 million for the fiscal year ended February 28,
2010. This increase was primarily due to an increase in
aggregate compensation paid to teachers as the number of our
full-time teachers increased by 284 and the number of our
contract teachers increased by 406 during the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010, and an increase in our rental payments
as we leased facilities for 98 learning centers and 80 service
centers as of February 28, 2010, as compared to 73 learning
centers and 54 service centers as of February 28, 2009. The
increase was also due to the compensation increase attributable
to our hiring of 303 additional personnel providing
educational service support and the increase in the cost of
course materials for some of our English courses. The increase
was also attributable to the increased depreciation and
amortization of property and equipment, which is a result of the
expansion of our learning centers and services and our continual
efforts to upgrade our classroom facilities technology systems.
Gross
Profit
As a result of the foregoing, our gross profit increased by
68.8% from $18.9 million for the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2009 to $31.9 million for the fiscal year
ended February 28, 2010. Our gross profit margin was 45.9%
for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010, which
decreased from 50.5% for the previous fiscal year. The decrease
in our gross profit margin in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010 was primarily due to the investments we
made during the period in anticipation of further growth in
student enrollments. We generally need to hire and train
educational service support personnel and incur leasehold
improvement and other costs ahead of the expected
ramp-up in
student enrollments at our new or expanded learning centers.
Operating
Expenses
Our operating expenses increased by 67.2% from $9.9 million
in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2009 to
$16.5 million in the fiscal year ended February 28,
2010. This increase resulted from increases in both our selling
and marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses
in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010, partially
offset by the elimination of impairment losses on intangible
assets and goodwill.
Selling and Marketing Expenses. Our selling
and marketing expenses increased by 138.3% from
$2.4 million in the fiscal year ended February 28,
2009 to $5.6 million in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010. This increase was primarily due to an
increase in the number of our sales and marketing personnel by
213 to support our selling and marketing efforts, as well as the
expenses incurred relating to an outdoor advertisement campaign
to promote our personalized premium services.
General and Administrative Expenses. Our
general and administrative expenses increased by 84.6% from
$5.9 million in the fiscal year ended February 28,
2009 to $10.9 million in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010. This increase was primarily due to an
increase in the number of employees for our corporate and
administrative functions by 177 to support our expanded
operations, rental expenses for increased office space for
general corporate and administrative related functions and, to a
lesser degree, professional service fees accrued during fiscal
year 2010.
Impairment Losses on Intangible Assets and
Goodwill. We recognized nil impairment loss on
goodwill in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010. In the
fiscal year ended February 28, 2009, we recognized
impairment losses on intangible assets and goodwill of
$1.6 million relating to our acquisitions of two schools in
the period.
Interest
Income, net
We had an interest income, net of $0.3 million for the
fiscal year ended February 28, 2010, compared to
$0.1 million for the fiscal year ended February 28,
2009. Our interest income, net in both years consisted of
73
interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents deposited in
commercial banks, partially offset by the interest expense
incurred with respect to a convertible loan we borrowed in
January 2010 and the interest expense of our acquisition
payables.
Other
Expenses
We had other expenses of $0.1 million for the fiscal year
ended February 28, 2010, compared to $0.2 million for
the fiscal year ended February 28, 2009. Our other expenses
in fiscal year 2010 were primarily attributable to our charity
donations to promote public education in rural areas. Our other
expenses in fiscal year 2009 were primarily attributable to our
charity donations to Sichuan earthquake relief funds.
Impairment
Loss on
Available-for-Sale
Securities
We recognized a $0.4 million impairment loss on
available-for-sale
securities for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2009 due
to a decline in the fair value other than temporary impairment
of our investment in certain
available-for-sale
securities, as compared to nil for the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010.
Gain on
Extinguishment of Liabilities
We recognized a $0.7 million gain on extinguishment of
liabilities for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2009 as
a result of a renegotiation of the acquisition payable relating
to the Wuhan School from $1.6 million to $0.9 million.
We had nil gain on extinguishment of liabilities for the fiscal
year ended February 28, 2010.
Provision
for Income Tax
Our provision for income tax decreased by 31.7% from
$2.0 million in the fiscal year ended February 28,
2009 to $1.4 million in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010, primarily due to our lower effective
income tax rate of 8.8% in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010, compared to 21.7% in the prior fiscal
year. We had a lower effective income tax rate in the fiscal
year 2010 because of the preferential tax treatments received by
one of wholly owned subsidiaries and one of our consolidated
affiliated entities in China during the period.
Net
Income
As a result of the foregoing, our net income increased by 95.7%
from $7.3 million for the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2009 to $14.2 million for the fiscal year
ended February 28, 2010.
Fiscal
Year Ended February 28, 2009 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended
February 29, 2008
Net
Revenues
Our total net revenues increased by 321.9% from
$8.9 million for the fiscal year ended February 29,
2008 to $37.5 million for the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2009. This increase was primarily attributable
to additional student enrollments at our new learning centers
and increased student enrollments at our existing learning
centers. The number of total student enrollments grew from
67,996 in the fiscal year ended February 29, 2008 to
215,080 in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2009, and the
number of learning centers increased from 30 to 73 during the
same period. The increase in net revenue was also attributable
to the fact that we increased the hourly rates for our courses
during the fiscal year ended February 28, 2009.
Cost of
Revenues
Our cost of revenues increased by 324.9% from $4.4 million
for the fiscal year ended February 29, 2008 to
$18.6 million for the fiscal year ended February 28,
2009. This increase was primarily due to the increase in the
aggregate compensation paid to teachers as the number of our
full-time teachers increased by 287 and the number of our
contract teachers increased by 482 during fiscal year 2009 and
an increase in our rental expenses as we leased facilities for
73 learning centers and 54 service centers as of
February 28, 2009, as compared to 30 learning centers and
26 service centers as of February 29, 2008.
74
Gross
Profit
As a result of the foregoing, our gross profit increased by
319.1% from $4.5 million for the fiscal year ended
February 29, 2008 to $18.9 million for the fiscal year
ended February 28, 2009. Our gross profit margin was 50.5%
for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2009, which was
slightly decreased from 50.8% for the previous fiscal year.
Operating
Expenses
Our operating expenses increased by 246.1% from
$2.8 million in the fiscal year ended February 29,
2008 to $9.9 million in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2009. This increase resulted from increases in
all of our operating expense line items.
Selling and Marketing Expenses. Our selling
and marketing expenses increased by 535.6% from
$0.4 million in the fiscal year ended February 29,
2008 to $2.4 million in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2009. This increase was primarily due to an
increase in the number of our sales and marketing personnel by
141 in connection with the expansion of our selling and
marketing efforts.
General and Administrative Expenses. Our
general and administrative expenses increased by 137.7% from
$2.5 million in the fiscal year ended February 29,
2008 to $5.9 million in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2009. This increase was also due to an
increase in the number of employees for our corporate and
administrative functions by 196 to support our expanded
operations in fiscal year 2009.
Impairment Losses on Intangible Assets and
Goodwill. We recognized nil impairment loss on
goodwill in the fiscal year ended February 29, 2008. In the
fiscal year ended February 28, 2009, we recognized
impairment losses on intangible assets and goodwill of
$1.6 million relating to our acquisitions of two schools
during that fiscal year.
Interest
Income, net
We had interest income, net of $0.1 million for the fiscal
year ended February 28, 2009, compared to $10,000 for the
fiscal year ended February 29, 2008. Our interest income,
net in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2009 consisted of
interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents deposited in
commercial banks, partially offset by the interest expense
incurred for our payable for acquisition. Our interest income,
net in the fiscal year ended February 29, 2008 consisted of
interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents deposited in
commercial banks.
Other
Expenses
We had other expenses of $0.2 million for the fiscal year
ended February 28, 2009, compared to nil for the fiscal
year ended February 29, 2008. Our other expenses in fiscal
year 2008 were primarily attributable to our charity donations
to Sichuan earthquake relief funds.
Impairment
Loss on
Available-for-Sale
Securities
We recognized a $0.4 million impairment loss on
available-for-sale
securities for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2009 due
to a decline in the fair value
other-than-temporary
impairment of our investment in certain
available-for-sale
securities of a mutual fund, as compared to nil for the fiscal
year ended February 29, 2008.
Gain on
Extinguishment of Liabilities
We recognized a $0.7 million gain on extinguishment of
liabilities for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2009 as
a result of renegotiation of the acquisition payable relating to
the Wuhan School, which performed below expectation after the
acquisition, from $1.6 million to $0.9 million. We had
nil gain on extinguishment of liabilities for the fiscal year
ended February 29, 2008.
75
Provision
for Income Tax
Our provision for income tax increased from $0.2 million in
the fiscal year ended February 29, 2008 to
$2.0 million in the fiscal year ended February 28,
2009, due to the higher income taxes incurred in the fiscal year
2009 as a result of our increasing taxable income for the
period, as well as our higher effective income tax rate of 21.7%
in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2009, compared to
9.8% in the fiscal year ended February 29, 2008.
Net
Income
As a result of the above, our net income increased by 381.3%
from $1.5 million for the fiscal year ended
February 29, 2008 to $7.3 million for the fiscal year
ended February 28, 2009.
76
Our
Selected Quarterly Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our unaudited consolidated
selected quarterly results of operations for the eight fiscal
quarters ended August 31, 2010. You should read the
following table in conjunction with our audited financial
statements and related notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated
financial information on the same basis as our audited
consolidated financial statements. The unaudited consolidated
financial information includes all adjustments, consisting only
of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for
a fair presentation of our financial position and operating
results for the quarters presented.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
November 30, 2008
|
|
|
February 28, 2009
|
|
|
May 31, 2009
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
November 30, 2009
|
|
|
February 28, 2010
|
|
|
May 31, 2010
|
|
|
August 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
|
(In thousands of $, except percentages)
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
10,229
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
14,203
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
15,439
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
17,544
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
16,374
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
20,237
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
20,496
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
32,526
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
(5,200
|
)
|
|
|
(50.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(7,057
|
)
|
|
|
(49.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(7,215
|
)
|
|
|
(46.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(8,853
|
)
|
|
|
(50.5
|
)%
|
|
|
(9,133
|
)
|
|
|
(55.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(12,448
|
)
|
|
|
(61.5
|
)%
|
|
|
(12,062
|
)
|
|
|
(58.9
|
)%
|
|
|
(14,193
|
)(1)
|
|
|
(43.6
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
5,029
|
|
|
|
49.2
|
%
|
|
|
7,146
|
|
|
|
50.3
|
%
|
|
|
8,224
|
|
|
|
53.3
|
%
|
|
|
8,691
|
|
|
|
49.5
|
%
|
|
|
7,241
|
|
|
|
44.2
|
%
|
|
|
7,789
|
|
|
|
38.5
|
%
|
|
|
8,434
|
|
|
|
41.1
|
%
|
|
|
18,333
|
|
|
|
56.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing expenses
|
|
|
(567
|
)
|
|
|
(5.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(855
|
)
|
|
|
(6.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(750
|
)
|
|
|
(4.9
|
)%
|
|
|
(1,209
|
)
|
|
|
(6.9
|
)%
|
|
|
(1,654
|
)
|
|
|
(10.1
|
)%
|
|
|
(1,996
|
)
|
|
|
(9.9
|
)%
|
|
|
(1,674
|
)
|
|
|
(8.1
|
)%
|
|
|
(2,510
|
)(2)
|
|
|
(7.7
|
)%
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
|
(1,803
|
)
|
|
|
(17.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(2,022
|
)
|
|
|
(14.2
|
)%
|
|
|
(2,223
|
)
|
|
|
(14.4
|
)%
|
|
|
(2,379
|
)
|
|
|
(13.5
|
)%
|
|
|
(3,075
|
)
|
|
|
(18.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(3,196
|
)
|
|
|
(15.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(3,752
|
)
|
|
|
(18.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(4,056
|
)(3)
|
|
|
(12.5
|
)%
|
Impairment loss on intangible assets and goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,615
|
)
|
|
|
(11.4
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
(2,370
|
)
|
|
|
(23.2
|
)%
|
|
|
(4,492
|
)
|
|
|
(31.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(2,973
|
)
|
|
|
(19.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(3,588
|
)
|
|
|
(20.4
|
)%
|
|
|
(4,729
|
)
|
|
|
(28.9
|
)%
|
|
|
(5,192
|
)
|
|
|
(25.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(5,426
|
)
|
|
|
(26.4
|
)%
|
|
|
(6,566
|
)
|
|
|
(20.2
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
2,659
|
|
|
|
26.0
|
%
|
|
|
2,654
|
|
|
|
18.7
|
%
|
|
|
5,251
|
|
|
|
34.0
|
%
|
|
|
5,103
|
|
|
|
29.1
|
%
|
|
|
2,512
|
|
|
|
15.3
|
%
|
|
|
2,597
|
|
|
|
12.8
|
%
|
|
|
3,008
|
|
|
|
14.7
|
%
|
|
|
11,767
|
|
|
|
36.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
Other expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)%
|
|
|
(80
|
)
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)%
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)%
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(0.0
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)%
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
Impairment loss on
available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(363
|
)
|
|
|
(2.6
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain from sales of
available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income tax provision
|
|
|
2,684
|
|
|
|
26.2
|
%
|
|
|
2,305
|
|
|
|
16.2
|
%
|
|
|
5,236
|
|
|
|
33.9
|
%
|
|
|
5,103
|
|
|
|
29.1
|
%
|
|
|
2,633
|
|
|
|
16.1
|
%
|
|
|
2,651
|
|
|
|
13.1
|
%
|
|
|
3,088
|
|
|
|
15.1
|
%
|
|
|
11,828
|
|
|
|
36.4
|
%
|
Provision for income tax
|
|
|
(583
|
)
|
|
|
(5.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(499
|
)
|
|
|
(3.5
|
)%
|
|
|
(462
|
)
|
|
|
(3.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
|
|
(2.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(232
|
)
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)%
|
|
|
(234
|
)
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)%
|
|
|
(346
|
)
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(1,324
|
)
|
|
|
(4.1
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
2,101
|
|
|
|
20.5
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,806
|
|
|
|
12.7
|
%
|
|
$
|
4,774
|
|
|
|
30.9
|
%
|
|
$
|
4,653
|
|
|
|
26.5
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,401
|
|
|
|
14.7
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,417
|
|
|
|
11.9
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,742
|
|
|
|
13.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
10,504
|
|
|
|
32.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes:
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $110 thousand.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $163 thousand.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $647 thousand.
|
77
Our revenues and operating results typically fluctuate from
quarter to quarter as a result of seasonal characteristics in
our business. Our courses tend to have the largest enrollments
in our second and fourth fiscal quarters each year, largely
because many primary, middle, and high school students have a
greater opportunity to enroll in our courses during their summer
and winter vacations which take place in these two quarters.
From our inception in 2003 through fiscal year 2009, this
seasonality of our business was not apparent as each quarter had
greater revenues than the prior quarter due to the exceptionally
rapid growth we experienced in those years.
Our costs and expenses do not necessarily correspond directly to
changes in our student enrollments and net revenues. We make
expenditures on facility expansion and enhancement, hiring and
training of teachers, student service and support, development
of course materials, and marketing throughout the year. In
particular, we generally make more significant expenditures on
building new learning and service centers in the second half of
our fiscal years in anticipation of future growth. In
conjunction with this investment in our learning and service
centers, we also generally incur greater teacher, sales and
marketing, and general and administrative expenses in the second
half than in the first half of each fiscal year to support our
overall business expansion.
Our quarterly results of operations in the second quarter of
fiscal year 2011 were affected by the allocation of share-based
compensation expenses for restricted shares granted in that
quarter under our 2010 share incentive plan and we will
continue to incur share-based compensation expenses in future
quarters. Also, we generally pay annual bonuses to our teachers
and other employees before the Chinese New Year in our fourth
fiscal quarter, which impacts costs and expenses in this quarter.
We expect our quarterly results to continue to be influenced by
seasonal enrollment trends and our business expansion strategy.
Our quarterly results of operations may also vary in the future
as a result of potentially different student enrollment trends
for new courses, programs and services we may offer and
decisions we may make about the optimal timing for both center
expansion and tuition increases over the course of the year.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Cash
Flows and Working Capital
Our principal sources of liquidity have been cash generated from
operating activities and proceeds from the issuance and sale of
Series A preferred shares. As of August 31, 2010, we
had $81.5 million in cash and cash equivalents and we had
no bank borrowings. Our cash and cash equivalents consist of
cash on hand and bank deposits that are placed with banks and
other financial institutions and which are either unrestricted
as to withdrawal or use or have maturities of three months or
less.
Although we consolidate the results of Xueersi Education and
Xueersi Network and their respective subsidiaries and schools,
our access to cash balances or future earnings of Xueersi
Education and Xueersi Network and their respective subsidiaries
and schools is only through our contractual arrangements with
Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network and their respective
shareholders, subsidiaries and schools. See Our Corporate
History and StructureContractual Arrangements with Our
Consolidated Affiliated Entities. For restrictions and
limitations on liquidity and capital resources as a result of
our corporate structure, see Holding Company
Structure.
We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents and
anticipated cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet
our anticipated cash needs, including our cash needs for working
capital and capital expenditures, for at least the next
12 months.
78
The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for
the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended February 29/28,
|
|
For the Six Months Ended August 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(in thousands of $)
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
6,324
|
|
|
$
|
23,468
|
|
|
$
|
27,175
|
|
|
$
|
16,198
|
|
|
$
|
30,955
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(1,470
|
)
|
|
|
(5,116
|
)
|
|
|
(5,250
|
)
|
|
|
(696
|
)
|
|
|
(214
|
)
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
5,252
|
|
|
|
(903
|
)
|
|
|
(1,622
|
)
|
|
|
(163
|
)
|
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes
|
|
|
315
|
|
|
|
385
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
165
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
5,301
|
|
|
|
23,989
|
|
|
|
21,059
|
|
|
|
13,906
|
|
|
|
30,743
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
|
|
|
403
|
|
|
|
5,704
|
|
|
|
29,693
|
|
|
|
29,693
|
|
|
|
50,752
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period
|
|
|
5,704
|
|
|
|
29,693
|
|
|
|
50,752
|
|
|
|
43,599
|
|
|
|
81,495
|
|
Operating
Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to
$31.0 million for the six months ended August 31,
2010, as compared to $16.2 million for the six months ended
August 31, 2009.
Net cash provided by operating activities for the six months
ended August 31, 2010 reflected net income of
$13.2 million, adjusted by reconciliation items of
$2.4 million, which included depreciation of property and
equipment of $1.1 million, share-based compensation charge
of $0.9 million and amortization of intangible assets of
$0.4 million. Another major factor affecting operating cash
flow for the six months ended August 31, 2010 included an
increase in deferred revenues in the amount of
$12.6 million due to the increased amount of course fees
received during the period for courses that would continue into
the second half of the year.
Net cash provided by operating activities for the six months
ended August 31, 2009 reflected net income of
$9.4 million, adjusted by a non-cash and non-operating
charge of $0.7 million, which included depreciation of
property and equipment of $0.4 million and amortization of
intangible assets of $0.3 million. Additional major factors
affecting operating cash flow for the six months ended
August 31, 2009 included an increase in deferred revenues
in the amount of $5.7 million due to the increased amount
of course fees received during the period, an increase in
accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the amount of
$1.5 million in connection with accrued payroll and bonus
and payable for business acquisitions.
Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to
$27.2 million in the fiscal year ended February 28,
2010, as compared to $23.5 million in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2009 and $6.3 million in the fiscal year
ended February 29, 2008.
Net cash provided by operating activities in the fiscal year
ended February 28, 2010 reflected net income of
$14.2 million, adjusted by a non-cash and non-operating
charge of $2.1 million, which included depreciation of
property and equipment of $1.3 million and amortization of
intangible assets of $0.8 million. Additional major factors
affecting operating cash flow in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010 included an increase in deferred revenues
in the amount of $11.3 million due to the increased amount
of course fees received during the period, an increase in rental
deposits in the amount of $1.2 million as a result of the
additional premises we rented for our offices, learning centers
and other services, an increase in accrued expenses and other
current liabilities in the amount of $3.2 million in
connection with accrued payroll and bonus and other taxes
payables, and the decrease in our income tax payable in the
amount of $2.1 million.
Net cash provided by operating activities in the fiscal year
ended February 28, 2009 reflected net income of
$7.3 million, adjusted by a non-cash and non-operating
charge of $2.3 million, which primarily included impairment
of intangible assets and goodwill of $1.6 million in
connection with two acquisitions we made during the period,
amortization of intangible assets in the amount of
$0.6 million mainly in connection with acquisitions of
domain names, gain on extinguishment of liabilities in the
amount of $0.7 million attributable to a waiver of the same
amount of acquisition payables as a result of renegotiations
with the seller in one of our acquisitions. Additional major
factors affecting operating cash flow in the fiscal year ended
February 28,
79
2009 included an increase in the amount of $12.0 million
paid upfront by the students due to the increased amount of
course fees received during the period, the increase in our
income tax payable in the amount of $2.3 million and an
increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in
the amount of $1.8 million in connection with accrued
payroll and bonus and payable for business acquisitions.
Net cash provided by operating activities in the fiscal year
ended February 29, 2008 was primarily attributable to net
income of $1.5 million, and an increase in deferred
revenues in the amount of $3.7 million due to the increased
amount of course fees received during the period.
Investing
Activities
We lease all of our facilities. Our cash used in investing
activities is primarily related to leasehold improvements,
investments in equipment, technology and operating systems,
investments in certain
available-for-sale
securities, intangible assets and acquisitions.
Net cash used in investing activities amounted to
$0.2 million for the six months ended August 31, 2010,
as compared to net cash used in investing activities in the
amount of $0.7 million for the six months ended
August 31, 2009.
Net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended
August 31, 2010 primarily related to leasehold improvements
and purchases of equipment in the amount of $1.7 million in
connection with the expansion of our network of learning centers
and service centers, partially offset by our sale of
available-for-sale securities we bought in December 2009 for
proceeds of $1.5 million.
Net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended
August 31, 2009 primarily related to leasehold improvements
and purchases of equipment in the amount of $0.7 million in
connection with the expansion of our network of learning centers
and service centers.
Net cash used in investing activities amounted to
$5.3 million in the fiscal year ended February 28,
2010, as compared to $5.1 million and $1.5 million in
the fiscal years ended February 29, 2008 and
February 28, 2009, respectively.
Net cash used in investing activities in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010 primarily related to (i) leasehold
improvements and purchases of equipment in the amount of
$3.8 million in connection with the expansion of our
network of learning centers and service centers, and
(ii) our investment in the securities of a mutual fund in
the amount of $1.5 million.
Net cash used in investing activities in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2009 primarily related to (i) leasehold
improvements and purchases of equipment in the amount of
$2.1 million in connection with the expansion of our
network of learning centers and service centers, (ii) our
acquisitions in separate transactions from unrelated
third-parties in the amount of $1.6 million, and
(iii) our purchase of intangible assets in the amount of
$1.4 million in connection with the purchase of several
domain names from unrelated third-parities.
Net cash used in investing activities in the fiscal year ended
February 29, 2008 mainly related to (i) our investment
in certain
available-for-sale
securities in the amount of $0.7 million,
(ii) leasehold improvements and purchases of equipment in
the amount of $0.5 million in connection with the expansion
of our network of learning centers and service centers, and
(iii) our purchase of intangible assets in the amount of
$0.3 million in connection with the purchase of several
domain names from unrelated third parities.
Financing
Activities
Our financing activities consisted of issuance and sale of
Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares to
investors, a convertible loan, capital contributions from our
founding shareholders, distributions to shareholders and
acquisitions.
Net cash used in financing activities for the six months ended
August 31, 2010 amounted to $0.2 million, as compared
to net cash used in financing activities in the amount of
$1.6 million for the six months ended August 31, 2009.
Net cash used in financing activities for the six months ended
August 31, 2010 was
80
primarily related to payment of certain deferred consideration
in connection with our acquisition activities. Net cash used in
financing activities for the six months ended August 31,
2009 was attributable to a distribution to our shareholders.
Net cash used in financing activities amounted to
$0.9 million in the fiscal year ended February 28,
2010, as compared to net cash provided by financing activities
in the amount of $5.3 million in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2009 and net cash provided by financing
activities in the amount of $0.1 million in the fiscal year
ended February 29, 2008. Net cash used in financing
activities in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010 was
primarily attributable to the distribution payment by our
consolidated affiliated entity in the amount of
$1.4 million to its shareholders in connection with our
corporate reorganization, our acquisition activities in the
amount of $0.2 million, partially offset by the
$0.5 million proceeds from a convertible loan and
$0.2 million of capital contributions by our founding
shareholders. Net cash provided by financing activities in the
fiscal year ended February 28, 2009 was primarily
attributable to the proceeds from our issuance and sale of
Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares in the
amount of $4.9 million and capital contributions by our
founding shareholders in the amount of $0.4 million. Net
cash used in financing activities in the fiscal year ended
February 29, 2008 was primarily attributable to capital
contributions by our founding shareholders in the amount of
$0.1 million.
Capital
Expenditures
Our capital expenditures are incurred primarily in connection
with leasehold improvements, investments in computers, network
equipment and software and business acquisitions. Our capital
expenditures were $0.8 million, $5.1 million and
$3.8 million in the fiscal years ended February 29,
2008 and February 28, 2009 and 2010. We expect to incur
capital expenditures up to $10 million in the fiscal year
ending February 28, 2011 in connection with our planned
investments in facilities, equipment, technology and operating
systems to meet the expected growth of our operations. We also
expect to incur additional costs in connection with our becoming
a public company, including costs to prepare for our first
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Section 404 compliance testing
and additional compliance costs associated with being a public
company. We are not able to estimate with reasonable certainty
these additional expenses but expect that the additional costs
will not exceed $2 million in the next two years. We intend
to continue to utilize real estate leasing in order to allocate
our capital resources cost-efficiently. We may make acquisitions
of businesses and properties that complement our operations when
suitable opportunities arise.
Contractual
Obligations
The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of
February 28, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment due by period
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Less than 1 year
|
|
|
1-3 years
|
|
|
3-5 years
|
|
|
More than 5 years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousand $)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease
obligations(1)
|
|
$
|
42,674
|
|
|
|
13,155
|
|
|
|
20,159
|
|
|
|
9,347
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Acquisition
payables(2)
|
|
|
513
|
|
|
|
513
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible
loan(3)
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes:
|
|
(1)
|
|
Represents our non-cancelable
leases for our offices, learning centers and service centers.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Represents outstanding
consideration payable in connection with our acquisitions of
Tianjin Education, Jianli School, Qianjiang School and Wuhan
School as of February 28, 2010. $240,198 in acquisition
cash consideration payable for the acquisition of Tianjin
Education and Wuhan School was outstanding as of August 31,
2010.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Represents the principal amount due
to a third party pursuant to a convertible loan. The convertible
loan has a principal amount of $500,000, bears an annual
interest rate of 15% and will mature on January 30, 2012.
|
81
Holding
Company Structure
We are a holding company with no material operations of our own.
We conduct our operations primarily through our three wholly
owned subsidiaries and our affiliated entities in China. As a
result, our ability to pay dividends depends upon dividends paid
by our wholly owned subsidiaries. If our wholly owned
subsidiaries or any newly formed subsidiaries incur debt on
their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing their
debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends to us. In
addition, our wholly owned subsidiaries are permitted to pay
dividends to us only out of their retained earnings, if any, as
determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and
regulations. Under PRC law, each of our subsidiaries, VIEs and
VIEs subsidiaries in China is required to set aside at
least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a
statutory reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its
registered capital. Although the statutory reserves can be used,
among other ways, to increase the registered capital and
eliminate future losses in excess of retained earnings of the
respective companies, the reserve funds are not distributable as
cash dividends except in the event of liquidation. As a result
of these PRC laws and regulations, as of August 31, 2010,
we had $4.9 million in statutory reserves, or 15.0% of
total equity, that are not distributable as cash dividends. Our
PRC subsidiaries have not historically paid any dividends to our
offshore entities from their accumulated profits. However, we do
not expect that the statutory reserve requirement will
materially limit our ability to pay dividends to our
shareholders or our plan to expand our business because we are
only required to set aside an additional $2.9 million to
satisfy the maximum requirement of statutory reserves for all of
our PRC subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs subsidiaries.
Off-Balance
Sheet Commitments and Arrangements
We have not entered into any financial guarantees or other
commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of any third
parties. We have not entered into any derivative contracts that
are indexed to our shares and classified as shareholders
equity, or that are not reflected in our consolidated financial
statements. Furthermore, we do not have any retained or
contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated
entity that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support
to such entity. We do not have any variable interest in any
unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market
risk or credit support to us or engages in leasing, hedging or
research and development services with us.
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk
Interest
Rate Risk
Our exposure to interest rate risk primarily relates to the
interest income generated by excess cash invested in liquid
investments with original maturities of three months or less. We
have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our
interest risk exposure. Interest-earning instruments carry a
degree of interest rate risk. We have not been exposed, nor do
we anticipate being exposed, to material risks due to changes in
interest rates. However, our future interest income may be lower
than expected due to changes in market interest rates.
Foreign
Exchange Risk
The value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other
currencies is affected by, among other things, changes in
Chinas political and economic conditions and Chinas
foreign exchange policies. The conversion of the Renminbi into
foreign currencies, including the U.S. dollar, has been
based on exchange rates set by the Peoples Bank of China.
On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old
policy of pegging the value of the Renminbi solely to the
U.S. dollar. Under this revised policy, the Renminbi is
permitted to fluctuate within a narrow and managed band against
a basket of certain foreign currencies. Following the removal of
the U.S. dollar peg, the Renminbi appreciated approximately
21.5% against the U.S. dollar over the following three
years. Since July 2008, however, the Renminbi has traded within
a narrow range against the U.S. dollar, remaining within 1%
of its July 2008 high. As a consequence, the Renminbi has
fluctuated significantly since July 2008 against other freely
traded currencies, in tandem with the U.S. dollar. On
June 20, 2010, the Peoples Bank of China announced
that the PRC government will further reform the
82
Renminbi exchange rate regime and enhance the Renminbi exchange
rate flexibility. It is difficult to predict how this new policy
may impact the Renminbi exchange rate going forward.
Substantially all of our earnings and cash assets are
denominated in RMB and the net proceeds from this offering will
be denominated in U.S. dollars, fluctuations in the
exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the RMB will
affect the relative purchasing power of these proceeds and our
balance sheet and earnings per share in U.S. dollars
following this offering. In addition, appreciation or
depreciation in the value of the RMB relative to the
U.S. dollar would affect our financial results reported in
U.S. dollar terms without giving effect to any underlying
change in our business or results of operations. Fluctuations in
the exchange rate will also affect the relative value of any
dividend we issue after this offering that will be exchanged
into U.S. dollars and earnings from, and the value of, any
U.S. dollar-denominated investments we make in the future.
We do not believe that we currently have any significant direct
foreign exchange risk and have not hedged exposures denominated
in foreign currencies or any other derivative financial
instruments. Although in general, our exposure to foreign
exchange risks should be limited, the value of your investment
in our ADSs will be affected by the foreign exchange rate
between U.S. dollars and RMB because the value of our
business is effectively denominated in RMB, while the ADSs will
be traded in U.S. dollars.
Moreover, to the extent that we need to convert
U.S. dollars we receive from this offering into RMB for our
operations, appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar
would have an adverse effect on the RMB amount we receive from
the conversion. Assuming we had converted the
U.S. dollar-denominated cash balance of $50.8 million
as of February 28, 2010 into RMB at the exchange rate of
$1.00 for RMB6.8259 as of February 28, 2010, this cash
balance would have been RMB346.4 million. Assuming a 1.0%
appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar, this cash
balance would have decreased to RMB343.0 million as of
February 28, 2010. We have not used any forward contracts
or currency borrowings to hedge our exposure to foreign currency
exchange risk.
Inflation
Risk
Inflation in China has not had a significant effect on our
business. According to the National Bureau of Statistics of
China, the change in the Consumer Price Index in China was 4.8%,
5.9% and (0.7%) in the calender year 2007, 2008 and 2009,
respectively.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2009, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement to
amend the accounting rules for variable interest entities, or
VIEs. The amendments effectively replace the quantitative-based
risks-and-rewards calculation for determining which reporting
entity, if any, has a controlling financial interest in a
variable interest entity with an approach focused on identifying
which reporting entity has (1) the power to direct the
activities of a variable interest entity that most significantly
affect the entitys economic performance and (2) the
obligation to absorb losses of, or the right to receive benefits
from, the entity. Additionally, an enterprise is required to
assess whether it has an implicit financial responsibility to
ensure that a variable interest entity operates as designed when
determining whether it has the power to direct the activities of
the variable interest entity that most significantly impact the
entitys economic performance. The new guidance also
requires additional disclosures about a reporting entitys
involvement with variable interest entities and about any
significant changes in risk exposure as a result of that
involvement.
The new guidance is effective at the start of a reporting
entitys first fiscal year beginning after
November 15, 2009, and all interim and annual periods
thereafter. The new VIE model requires that, upon adoption, a
reporting entity should determine whether an entity is a VIE,
and whether the reporting entity is the VIEs primary
beneficiary, as of the date that the reporting entity first
became involved with the entity, unless an event requiring
reconsideration of those initial conclusions occurred after that
date. When making this determination, a reporting entity must
assume that new guidance had been effective from the date of its
first involvement with the entity. We adopted the new guidance
on March 1, 2010.
We have had two VIEs, which we have consolidated under the
authoritative literature prior to the amendment discussed above
because we were the primary beneficiary of those entities.
Because we, through
83
our wholly owned subsidiary, have (1) the power to direct
the activities of the two VIEs that most significantly affect
their economic performance and (2) the right to receive
benefits from the two VIES, we continue to consolidate the two
VIEs upon the adoption of the new guidance which therefore,
other than for additional disclosures, had no accounting impact.
In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or
the FASB, issued an authoritative pronouncement regarding
revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. This
pronouncement was issued in response to practice concerns
related to the accounting for revenue arrangements with multiple
deliverables under an existing pronouncement. Although the new
pronouncement retains the criteria from an existing
pronouncement for when delivered items in a multiple-deliverable
arrangement should be considered separate units of accounting,
it removes the previous separation criterion under existing
pronouncements that objective and reliable evidence of the fair
value of any undelivered items must exist for the delivered
items to be considered a separate unit or separate units of
accounting. The new pronouncement is effective for fiscal years
beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Entities can elect to
apply this pronouncement (1) prospectively to new or
materially modified arrangements after the pronouncements
effective date or (2) retrospectively for all periods
presented. Early application is permitted; however, if the
entity elects prospective application and early adopts this
pronouncement after its first interim reporting period, it must
also do the following in the period of adoption:
(1) retrospectively apply this pronouncement as of the
beginning of that fiscal year; and (2) disclose the effect
of the retrospective adjustments on the prior interim
periods revenue, income before taxes, net income, and
earnings per share. We are in the process of evaluating the
effect of adoption of this pronouncement.
In October 2009, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement
regarding software revenue recognition. This new pronouncement
amends an existing pronouncement to exclude from its scope all
tangible products containing both software and non-software
components that function together to deliver the products
essential functionality. That is, the entire product (including
the software deliverables and non-software deliverables) would
be outside the scope of software revenue recognition and would
be accounted for under other accounting literature. The new
pronouncement includes factors that entities should consider
when determining whether the software and non-software
components function together to deliver the products
essential functionality and are thus outside the revised scope
of the authoritative literature that governs software revenue
recognition. The pronouncement is effective for fiscal years
beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Entities can elect to
apply this pronouncement (1) prospectively to new or
materially modified arrangements after the pronouncements
effective date or (2) retrospectively for all periods
presented. Early application is permitted; however, if the
entity elects prospective application and early adopts this
pronouncement after its first interim reporting period, it must
also do the following in the period of adoption:
(1) retrospectively apply this pronouncement as of the
beginning of that fiscal year; and (2) disclose the effect
of the retrospective adjustments on the prior interim
periods revenue, income before taxes, net income, and
earnings per share. We are in the process of evaluating the
effect of adoption of this pronouncement.
In April 2010, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement on
milestone method of revenue recognition. The scope of this
pronouncement is limited to arrangements that include milestones
relating to research or development deliverables. The
pronouncement specifies guidance that must be met for a vendor
to recognize consideration that is contingent upon achievement
of a substantive milestone in its entirety in the period in
which the milestone is achieved. The guidance applies to
milestones in arrangements within the scope of this consensus
regardless of whether the arrangement is determined to have
single or multiple deliverables or units of accounting. The
pronouncement will be effective for fiscal years, and interim
periods within those years, beginning on or after June 15,
2010. Early application is permitted. Companies can apply this
guidance prospectively to milestones achieved after adoption.
However, retrospective application to all prior periods is also
permitted. We are in the process of evaluating the effect of
adoption of this pronouncement.
84
MARKET
OPPORTUNITY
We believe that the
K-12
after-school tutoring market is the most attractive sector in
Chinas private education market given the large
addressable market it serves, its rapid growth rate and its
highly fragmented nature. According to iResearch, the
K-12
after-school tutoring market in China grew from
RMB123.8 billion in 2007 to RMB189.7 billion
($27.9 billion) in 2009, representing a CAGR of 23.8%, and
is projected to grow to RMB447.2 billion
($65.7 billion) in 2014, representing a CAGR of 18.7% from
2009. Moreover, the
K-12
after-school tutoring market in China is highly fragmented with
no player holding over a 1% market share. This fragmented market
presents opportunities for private tutoring service providers
that offer high-quality services and have a strong track record,
brand and reputation to attract and retain more students and
increase market share.
Chinas
Education Market
China had one of the worlds fastest growing economies in
the past decade, with its per capita disposable income of urban
households increasing at a CAGR of 12.2% from RMB6,280 ($923) in
2000 to RMB15,781 ($2,318) in 2008. This has led to increased
disposable income and higher levels of consumer spending in
China.
Chinas education market also grew rapidly around the same
period between 2004 and 2008. The growth in education spending
in China was primarily driven by rapid urbanization, a
traditional and cultural emphasis on education, and wage
premiums associated with better education.
According to Chinas National Bureau of Statistics, urban
population as a percentage of Chinas total population
increased from 36% in 2000 to 46% in 2008. Rising urbanization
is a key growth driver in Chinas education spending as
most employment opportunities in urban areas require higher
levels of education than in rural areas. In addition, urban
employment opportunities on average offer higher compensation
packages, which tend to translate into higher disposable income
per capita and a greater propensity to invest in education
compared with rural areas.
Chinese culture has always placed great emphasis on education.
In dynastic China, people spent years studying in the hope of
passing the government-administered civil service examinations
and entering governmental services, which was deemed to be a key
to success and stature in society. This culture continues to
penetrate contemporary China, and it is commonly believed that
superior education may provide one with the ability to promote
his or her familys fortune and social status. With the
one-child policy being implemented in China since
the 1980s and a rapid growth in household income in recent
years, parents have become even more willing to invest heavily
in their only childs education, with the hope of securing
a better future for their child.
As in other countries, better education tends to lead to
financial success and more career opportunities in China.
Graduates from key universities earned 46% more than vocational
high school graduates on average and 23% more than those from
other universities on average in 2009, according to iResearch.
Moreover, college graduates generally enjoy significantly better
job prospects than high school graduates.
Despite the strong growth, the education market in China remains
under-invested compared with other developed countries.
According to iResearch, the PRC governments spending on
education accounted for 3% of Chinas GDP in 2008, compared
with the United States (5%) and the United Kingdom (5.25%). This
has created opportunities for private education service
providers to grow and prosper by catering to the unmet
educational demands of Chinese students and parents.
Chinas
K-12 After-School Tutoring Market
Chinas
K-12 Education System
In China, the education system begins prior to the first grade,
followed by nine years of compulsory education in primary and
middle schools. Students may then choose to attend high schools,
which are three years in length, followed by college and
postgraduate studies. Examination results are the most important
85
criteria by which a students performance is assessed and a
key factor in determining how far a students education can
progress.
In order to be admitted to colleges in China, high school
students are required to take the college entrance examinations,
or the Gaokao. The Gaokao is the most critical set
of examinations in a students education as the results
determine whether a student will be able to attend a highly
ranked college (or any at all), which in turn has a significant
impact on the students future job prospects. As of
December 31, 2008, only 114 of the 2,263 higher educational
institutions in China were deemed key universities
by the Ministry of Education. Among them, Peking University and
Tsinghua University, which are regarded as the most prestigious
universities in China, collectively recruit approximately 6,600
students each year, accounting for approximately 0.1% of the
total number of students admitted by all universities each year
in China. The average admission rate of the key universities in
China is approximately 5%. Moreover, according to the Ministry
of Education, the gross higher education enrollment rate, or the
percentage of students that are enrolled in an undergraduate
program of at least two years, was 23% among the Chinese
population in the 18-to-22 age group in 2008. Low admission
rates of universities in general, and of the top universities in
particular, have resulted in fierce competition for quality
undergraduate education in China.
To increase the probability of entering key universities,
students compete in high school entrance examinations, or the
Zhongkao, to enter the best high schools in the
cities or provinces in which they reside. Prior to the Zhongkao,
they also compete to enter the best middle schools through a
competitive selection process known as Xiao Sheng
Chu, which is typically based on the students
academic performance in primary schools. The number of key
middle schools and key high schools, which are designated by
local education bureaus or local education commissions and, in a
very limited number of cases, by the Ministry of Education, is
very small relative to the total number of middle and high
schools in China. In Beijing and Shanghai, which are endowed
with the most educational resources among all municipalities in
China, key schools accounted for only 15.7% and 17.7%,
respectively, of the total number of middle schools and high
schools in each city as of December 31, 2008. The key
schools have better teaching quality and more educational
resources, which generally result in better performance in
college entrance examinations for their students. Therefore, in
order to improve their chances of eventually gaining admission
to key universities, many students start working very hard at a
very young age in the hope of excelling in the Xiao Sheng Chu
process and the Zhongkao, so as to be admitted to key middle
schools and key high schools, respectively.
Moreover, among the K-12 school subjects, mathematics is usually
given great emphasis by teachers and students, as it is a core
subject at all levels in the K-12 system. Furthermore, math
skills are considered very important in learning other core
science subjects. Therefore, math ability is believed to be a
highly significant contributor to a students overall
performance and is greatly emphasized throughout the K-12 system.
In China, most public schools have between 50 and 60 students in
each class. Students at the same grade level in each province
typically follow the same curricula and pace of study regardless
of their individual learning curves, interests, progress or
needs. Given the pressure to excel on every entrance exam, the
inadequate personalized support received within the public
school system and the limited supply of quality schools at every
education level, an increasing number of parents and students
turn to private after-school tutoring services to complement the
public school education curriculum.
We believe the intense competition in Chinas K-12
education system is largely driven by the unbalanced supply and
demand of quality education at all levels. On the one hand,
students, facing intense competition, are under constant
pressure throughout the K-12 system to achieve outstanding
examination results. On the other hand, Chinas public
education is under-invested and unable to meet all educational
demands. Such an imbalance in supply and demand thereby creates
tremendous opportunities for the growth of private educational
services, including the after-school tutoring market.
Chinas
K-12 After-School Tutoring Market
K-12 after-school tutoring targets students in kindergarten
through high school for the primary purpose of helping students
improve academic performance in their regular school courses
across a range of subject areas and prepare for admission exams,
including Xiao Sheng Chu, Zhongkao, and Gaokao. According to
the
86
Ministry of Educations Statistics, there were
approximately 180 million students studying in primary
schools, middle schools and high schools by the end of 2008. The
significant role K-12 education plays in a students future
has driven the rapid growth of the K-12 after-school tutoring
market, which is one of the largest and fastest growing segments
in Chinas private education market. According to
iResearch, the K-12 after-school tutoring market in China grew
from RMB123.8 billion in 2007 to RMB189.7 billion
($27.9 billion) in 2009, representing a CAGR of 23.8%, and
is projected to grow to RMB447.2 billion
($65.7 billion) in 2014, representing a CAGR of 18.7% from
2009. The following graph sets forth total revenues of
Chinas K-12 after-school tutoring market for the periods
indicated:
China
K-12 After-School Tutoring Market:
Source: iResearch
K-12 after-school tutoring is particularly common in many East
Asian countries. For example, in South Korea, 89% of primary
school students, 75% of middle school students, and 55% of high
school students used some form of after-school tutoring
services, according to iResearch. By comparison, according to
iResearch, there were approximately 54 to 63 million K-12
students in China receiving after-school tutoring services in
2009, representing 30% to 35% of the total K-12 population,
which lagged behind the penetration rate in South Korea and
other East Asian countries. We believe this is primarily due to
the evolution of Chinas public education system and the
fact that private education as an industry has a relatively
short history in China. However, according to iResearch, the
after-school tutoring service market penetration rate in
Beijing, Shanghai, Guangzhou and Shenzhen is expected to reach
approximately 70% in the next few years.
Word-of-mouth and the Internet are the two most important
channels through which students and parents learn about and
select K-12 after-school tutoring services in China.
Word-of-mouth is traditionally regarded as one of the most
reliable sources of recommendations for tutoring services. With
the rapid growth of Internet use in China in recent years, new
media has come to play an increasingly more significant role in
spreading information regarding the after-school tutoring
service market. According to iResearch, Internet is now the
second most important factor after
word-of-mouth
referrals in the selection of tutoring service providers. China
has the worlds largest Internet population, according to
China Internet Network Information Center. The current
generation of K-12 students and their parents, especially those
in the urban areas, are highly reliant on the Internet for
educational information, as the Internet affords immediate
access unconstrained by geographic location to a large reservoir
of data and opinions.
iResearch projects the K-12 tutoring market to be especially
attractive in the most developed cities in China such as Beijing
and Shanghai, given the economic affluence and high spending on
education in these cities. There were approximately
1.2 million K-12 students in each of Beijing and Shanghai
in 2008. The disposable income per capita in Beijing and
Shanghai in 2008 was RMB24,725 ($3,632) and RMB26,675 ($3,919),
respectively, compared to the national average for urban
households of RMB15,781 ($2,318). The relatively large number of
key high schools and middle schools (101, as of
December 31, 2008) in the two cities also promotes the
overall quality of K-12 education. According to iResearch, the
combined market size for Beijing and Shanghai is expected to
reach RMB37.3 billion ($5.5 billion) in aggregate
revenues by 2014.
87
Unlike many other private education services, such as language
certification training, which focuses on preparing students for
one-time tests on specific subjects, K-12 after-school tutoring
service providers have the opportunity to develop multi-year
relationships with students and their parents over the entire
span of their K-12 education. Moreover, given the critical
influence K-12 education often has over a students future,
the K-12 after-school tutoring market is less sensitive to
economic cycles than some other segments of the private
education market in China, such as post-secondary school or
vocational training. According to iResearch, the K-12
after-school tutoring market in China grew by 26.4% during the
economic downturn in 2009, exceeding the approximately 7% growth
in Chinas overall education market in the same year.
According to iResearch, there are four types of K-12
after-school tutoring services currently available in China:
|
|
|
|
|
Large classes: in-class teaching with typically more than
30 students per class. This is the traditional format of
after-school tutoring. However, it is experiencing a declining
trend due to its lower effectiveness compared to the other
formats of after-school tutoring. In 2009, this segment
represented an estimated market size of RMB26.5 billion
($3.9 billion), according to iResearch. iResearch expects
the market share of large classes to continue to decline over
time.
|
|
|
|
Small classes: in-class teaching with typically
10-30
students per class. The smaller class size allows teachers to
pay closer attention to individual students and better tailor
the classes to their study needs. This class setting therefore
has become the most popular format of after-school tutoring
given its attractive balance between affordability and the
amount of individual attention students are able to receive from
their teachers. In 2009, this segment represented an estimated
market size of RMB104.6 billion ($15.4 billion),
according to iResearch. iResearch expects this segment to grow
at a CAGR of 19.3% over the next five years.
|
|
|
|
One-on-one
personalized tutoring. This class format offers the most
customized tutoring services based on a students specific
situations and study needs and has grown in popularity in recent
years driven by the increasing demand for highly tailored
tutoring services as well as an increase in the number of
high-income households in China. In 2009, the
one-on-one
personalized tutoring segment represented an estimated market
size of RMB56.2 billion ($8.3 billion), according to
iResearch. iResearch expects this segment to grow at a CAGR of
20.0% over the next five years.
|
|
|
|
Online courses: pre-recorded or live class videos coupled
with interactive teaching and testing materials offered through
educational websites. Online courses are able to reach a broader
base of students as they are unconstrained by geographic
location barriers and accessible on-demand by potential students
whose schedules or location do not allow them to attend courses
in person. In 2009, the online course segment represented an
estimated market size of RMB2.4 billion
($352.6 million), according to iResearch. iResearch expects
this segment to grow at a CAGR of 40.2% over the next five years.
|
88
Among the four types of tutoring services, the small classes and
one-on-one
personalized tutoring services segments experienced high levels
of growth in recent years and are expected to become the main
formats of K-12 after-school tutoring services. The following
graphs set forth the revenue breakdown by types of tutoring
services for the periods indicated:
China
K-12 After-School Tutoring Market By Format:
|
|
|
2009 (estimated)
|
|
2014 (estimated)
|
|
|
|
|
Source: iResearch
The K-12 after-school tutoring market in China is highly
fragmented due to the large K-12 student population, the
geographic dispersion of the student population and the
relatively low entry barriers. iResearch estimates that there
are currently over 100,000 companies or institutions
providing after-school tutoring services in China, with no
provider accounting for more than 1% of the total market. We
believe that teaching quality, student performance and brand
strength are key differentiators in this fragmented market.
89
BUSINESS
Overview
We are the largest K-12 after-school tutoring service provider
in China as measured by income from operations in 2009,
according to iResearch. In terms of revenues in 2009, we are one
of the largest K-12 after-school tutoring service providers in
China, according to iResearch. We offer comprehensive tutoring
services to K-12 students covering core academic subjects,
including mathematics, English, Chinese, physics, chemistry and
biology. We have successfully established Xueersi as
a leading brand in Chinas K-12 private education market
closely associated with high teaching quality and academic
excellence in China, as evidenced by our students
outstanding academic performance, our over 70% annual retention
rate, our ability to recruit most of our students through
word-of-mouth
referrals as well as the numerous recognitions and awards we
have received. The K-12 after-school tutoring service market in
China is highly fragmented. In 2009, we had a 0.26% market share
in China and a 4.5% market share in Beijing, in each case as
measured by revenues for the year according to iResearch.
We deliver our tutoring services through small classes,
personalized premium services (i.e.,
one-on-one
tutoring) and online course offerings. Our extensive network
consists of 109 learning centers and 87 service
centers in Beijing, Shanghai, Shenzhen, Guangzhou, Tianjin and
Wuhan, as well as our online platform. Our student enrollments
increased from 67,996 in the fiscal year ended February 29,
2008 to 382,505 in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010,
representing a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 137.2%.
Our student enrollment growth has been predominantly driven by
new students.
We are committed to providing our students with high-quality
services and an exceptional learning experience. Our commitment
is reflected in our continual focus on recruiting, training and
retaining teachers with strong academic credentials, relevant
experience and a passion for education; our emphasis on
developing, updating and improving our curricula and course
materials; and our stress on standardizing operating procedures
throughout our network. This in turn has led to a strong track
record of outstanding student achievement. In 2010, 169 out of
our 430 high school graduates were admitted to Peking
University or Tsinghua University, the two most prestigious
universities in China that collectively enroll only less than
0.1% of the high school graduates across the country. In the
same year, approximately 5,700 of our students in Beijing and
Shanghai were admitted to key high schools, representing
approximately 77% enrollment rate in comparison to the regional
average of approximately 30%; and more than 5,500 of our
students in Beijing and Shanghai were admitted to key middle
schools, representing approximately 81% enrollment rate in
comparison to the regional average of 15-25%. In addition, our
students have won a significant number of regional, national and
international math competitions, including three gold medals in
the International Mathematical Olympiad in 2008 and 2009.
Our online platform, www.eduu.com, hosts Chinas largest
and most active online education community for our existing and
potential students and their parents, and is the largest
Internet education portal in China, based on the average monthly
page views and average monthly unique visitors in the first six
months of 2010. It provides our existing and potential students
access to learning resources beyond our physical network,
increases student loyalty and stickiness, and enhances our brand
awareness. In addition, our online platform enables us to
continue to roll out and expand our online course offerings. As
word-of-mouth referrals and our online communities have
contributed significantly to student recruitment, we have not
incurred significant advertising expenses in the past. Our
online platform is protected by a combination of PRC laws and
regulations that protect trademarks, copyrights, domain names,
know-how and trade secrets, as well as confidentiality
agreements. Revenues generated from our online course offerings
have accounted for less than 1.5% of our total net revenues
since we began offering online courses in 2010.
We have experienced significant growth in recent years. Our
total net revenues increased from $8.9 million in the
fiscal year ended February 29, 2008 to $69.6 million
in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010, representing a
CAGR of 179.9%. Our net income increased from $1.5 million
in the fiscal year ended February 29, 2008 to
$14.2 million in the fiscal year ended February 28,
2010, representing a CAGR of
90
206.9%. Our total net revenues for the six months ended
August 31, 2010 were $53.0 million, and our net income
for the same period was $13.2 million.
Due to PRC legal restrictions on foreign ownership and
investment in the education business in China, we operate our
after-school tutoring service business primarily through our
variable interest entities and their subsidiaries and schools in
China. We do not hold equity interests in our variable interest
entities; however, through a series of contractual arrangements
with these variable interest entities and their respective
shareholders, we effectively control and are able to derive
substantially all of the economic benefits from these variable
interest entities.
Our
Strengths
We always seek to leverage on our competitive strengths to grow
our business in an efficient and cost-effective manner. We
believe the following are our key competitive strengths that
have contributed significantly to our success and differentiate
us from our competitors:
Largest
K-12 After-School Tutoring Service Provider in
China
We are the largest K-12 after-school tutoring service provider
in China as measured by income from operations in 2009,
according to iResearch. In terms of revenues in 2009, we are one
of the largest K-12 after-school tutoring service providers in
China, according to iResearch. The after-school tutoring market
we serve is one of the largest and fastest growing segments in
Chinas private education sector. The K-12 after-school
tutoring service market in China is highly fragmented. In 2009,
we had a 0.26% market share in China and a 4.5% market share in
Beijing, in each case as measured by revenues for the year
according to iResearch. We have 109 learning centers and
87 service centers in six major cities in China, namely,
Beijing, Shanghai, Shenzhen, Guangzhou, Tianjin and Wuhan. We
offer comprehensive tutoring services to K-12 students covering
all core academic subjects through a variety of educational
formats including small classes, personalized premium services
and online courses. Our scale has enabled us to effectively
leverage our brand, extensive existing network, proprietary
curricula and course materials and high teaching quality to
become a leading national player in a highly fragmented industry.
Being a market leader in Chinas K-12 after-school tutoring
service market enables us to more efficiently introduce and
promote new service offerings and to more effectively attract
and retain talented personnel by providing them with career
development and advancement opportunities.
Strong
Brand
We believe that our Xueersi brand is closely
associated with high teaching quality and academic excellence.
This strong brand has enabled us to recruit students primarily
through
word-of-mouth
referrals, and as a result, we have been able to keep our
marketing costs low relative to our total revenues. It also
contributed to our ability to develop a loyal student base, as
evidenced by our over 70% annual retention rate and robust
online community. Moreover, our strong brand allows us to
attract high quality teachers and retain a pricing premium
relative to our competitors. Furthermore, we are able to
leverage our brand to expand into new markets and quickly
establish a leading position in those markets.
We have received numerous awards such as, in 2009, the
Parents Most Trusted After-School Educational
Institution award by Sina.com, the Most Influential
After-School Education Brand in the last 60 Years Since
1949 award by Sohu.com, the Most Innovative Chinese
Education Group award by Beijing News and Media and
Chinas Most Influential Education Brand award by
Tencent.com.
Outstanding
Student Performance
We have established an impressive track record of outstanding
student performance. In Beijing and Shanghai in 2010,
approximately 5,700 of our students were admitted to key high
schools, representing approximately 77% enrollment rate in
comparison to the regional average of approximately 30%; and
more than 5,500 of our students were admitted to key middle
schools, representing approximately 81% enrollment
91
rate in comparison to the regional average of 15-25%. Key
schools are selected public schools in China with the highest
admission standards and best allocated educational resources
from the government. Moreover, in 2010, 169 out of our
430 high school graduates were admitted to Peking
University and Tsinghua University, the two most prestigious
universities in China that collectively enroll only less than
0.1% of high schools graduates across the country. In addition,
our students have won a significant number of regional, national
and international math competitions, including three gold medals
in the International Mathematical Olympiad in 2008 and 2009.
High
Teaching Quality, Strong Content Development and Efficient
Education Management System
We believe our commitment to consistent high teaching quality
and standards is a significant driving force behind our success.
This commitment is reflected in our highly selective teacher
hiring process, our emphasis on continued teacher training and
rigorous evaluation, competitive performance-based compensation
and opportunities for career advancement. We routinely recruit
teachers from top tier universities in China. In the past three
years, only approximately 5% of applicants to our teaching
positions were hired by us. Each of our newly hired teachers is
required to undergo months of training before teaching classes
and must participate in our continued training programs and a
regular and rigorous evaluation process. We believe that our
performance-based compensation packages are among the highest in
the K-12 tutoring market in China and have helped us retain our
best teaching talent. Furthermore, we offer career advancement
opportunities to our best teachers who are considered for
management positions.
We have a dedicated team of over 217 full-time employees
focusing on curriculum and course material development, updating
and improvement. This team works closely with our education
expert advisors to keep up with changing academic and
examination requirements in Chinas K-12 education system
and solicits feedback from our teachers based on their classroom
experience. Substantially all of our course materials are
designed and developed in house and tailored to different
focuses of our students at each grade level.
We modularize each distinct function of our operating procedures
to optimize efficiency. In addition, we have established a
highly standardized set of procedures across our system with
respect to course and service offerings. We believe
standardization allows us to achieve consistency in curricula
delivered across our network, our branding and marketing as well
as our operating guidelines.
Largest
Online Education Platform in China
Our online platform, www.eduu.com, hosts Chinas largest
and most active online education community for our existing and
potential students and their parents, and is the largest
Internet education portal in China, based on the average monthly
page views and the average monthly number of unique visitors in
the first six months of 2010. In addition, it serves as a
gateway to our online courses and seven other websites dedicated
to specific topics, including college entrance examinations,
high school entrance examinations, preschool &
kindergarten education, personalized premium services,
mathematics, English, and Chinese composition.
Our websites dedicated to specific topics provide an efficient
platform for information exchange, resources sharing and social
networking. On these websites, the large and growing online
community of students and parents are able to receive the latest
information on school admissions and examinations and access
past exam questions and test analyses. In addition, they are
able to share their experiences and views regarding our courses,
public school education in general and various other topics that
concern them. They can also obtain information on, and make
purchases of, our classroom-based course offerings in these
topic areas.
The online platform complements and extends our existing
physical network to improve our students learning
experience, increases student loyalty and stickiness,
facilitates ongoing parent participation and enhances our brand
awareness. Additionally, our online platform enables us to
leverage our high quality content and teachers to expand our
addressable target market, facilitates direct and constant
communications with our prospective students and parents and
effectively lowers our student acquisition costs.
92
Innovative
and Entrepreneurial Management Team with Passion for
Education
We have an innovative and entrepreneurial management team with a
passion for education. Our co-founders, Mr. Bangxin Zhang
and Mr. Yundong Cao, started our first after-school
tutoring class in 2003 when they were still attending graduate
school at Peking University. Two additional members of our
senior management team, Dr. Yachao Liu and Mr. Yunfeng
Bai, joined us as teachers in 2003 and 2005, respectively, and
have risen to their current management positions because of
their commitment to our company and outstanding performance.
Under the leadership of our senior management, we have
successfully executed our growth strategies to focus exclusively
on the K-12 after-school tutoring service market and have become
the leader in this market in China. We take great pride in our
entrepreneurial, motivated and student-oriented corporate
culture.
Our
Strategies
We intend to pursue the following key growth strategies to
achieve our goal of maintaining and further strengthening our
leading position in the after-school tutoring service market in
China:
Further
Penetrate Existing Markets
We intend to further penetrate our existing markets by
leveraging our strong brand, economies of scale and content
development and teaching prowess. We currently have learning
centers in six of the most economically prosperous cities in
China, but our share of the overall K-12 after-school tutoring
market still remains relatively low. For example, in Beijing and
Shanghai, where our largest operations are based, our students
account for less than 3% of the K-12 student population. We plan
to leverage our brand to significantly increase our market share
in each of these markets through opening additional learning
centers.
We also plan to grow revenues in our existing markets by
offering more classes and subjects at various grade levels,
expanding classes to additional grade levels in cities where we
do not yet offer them at all grade levels, attracting our
existing students to enroll in additional courses, attracting
new students to enroll in our courses and service offerings.
Extend
Geographic Network into Attractive New Markets
We intend to expand our geographic network into additional
attractive markets in China. We have already identified several
economically prosperous regions in China with high projected
growth, which we expect to offer attractive returns on capital.
We intend to rigorously analyze various competitive and
demographic factors in those markets in order to align our
course offerings with local needs while maintaining the
efficiency of our operations through our centralized structure,
standardized training, and content development processes.
Expand
Personalized Premium Services
We believe there is strong growth potential in the personalized
premium services market. Our personalized premium services offer
customized curricula and education timelines to suit each
students educational focus and requirements. We started
personalized premium services in 2007 and have since grown
rapidly to become a market leader in this market segment in
Beijing. We operate 19 learning centers and 20 service
centers in Beijing that are devoted to personalized premium
services. We intend to further expand our personalized premium
services in Beijing and replicate our successful model to other
geographic markets, particularly those where we already have a
successful track record operating small classes, while
maintaining our high teaching quality.
Further
Develop Online Course Offerings
We plan to further develop our online course offerings to extend
our market reach and maximize the potential of our services.
Online courses offer a cost-effective means for us to reach a
broader target student base and realize greater cross-selling
opportunities with our existing students, more fully utilize our
existing
93
education resources and generate attractive returns on capital.
They enable us to leverage our proprietary curricula and course
materials as well as high-quality teachers to target markets
beyond our physical network. They also enable students to access
our courses through the Internet at times and places most
convenient for them and greatly facilitate interactions among
students, teachers and parents. We began to officially offer
online courses in 2010 and revenues generated from our online
course offerings have accounted for less than 1.5% of our total
net revenues. We intend to continue to invest in the expansion
of our online education courses and improve our online platform.
Our Motto
and Educational Philosophy
Our approach to education is based on our motto Learning
Changes Lives and an educational philosophy reflected in
four guiding principles:
|
|
|
|
|
educate our students to become well-rounded people with
integrity and high moral standards;
|
|
|
|
motivate our students to set and achieve high long-term goals;
|
|
|
|
nurture our students passion for learning; and
|
|
|
|
foster a loving and caring character in our students.
|
Our
Tutoring Services
We deliver our tutoring services to our students through small
class settings, personalized premium services (i.e.,
one-on-one
tutoring) and online course offerings.
Small
classes
Since our inception, we have been offering courses in small
class settings, which remain our main form of service offering
in terms of number of student enrollments. 90 of our
109 learning centers and 67 of our 87 service
centers nationwide are devoted to offering small classes. A
typical small class course consists of 15 or 16 sessions during
each spring and fall school semester and 7 to 12 sessions during
each summer and winter break. Each session typically lasts three
hours with course fees ranging from RMB50 to RMB55 per hour.
We typically enroll a maximum of 15 students in each small class
at primary school levels, a maximum of 25 students in each small
class at middle school levels, and a maximum of 30 students in
each small class at high school levels. We keep the size of our
classes small so that students can receive more individual
attention from teachers than what they would typically
experience in a large class setting and are able to learn in an
interactive group environment. Moreover, small classes allow our
teachers to maintain frequent interactions with students and
parents before and after classes to discuss their questions,
address their concerns and provide feedback on students
progress.
We design curricula catering to our students different
educational requirements and needs. Many of our classes for the
same subject and grade level are offered at different levels of
difficulty to better cater to the different needs of our
students. For instance, we offer math tutoring in the form of
basic classes, advanced classes, which are taught at a faster
pace than basic classes, intensive classes, which are conducted
at an even more accelerated pace, and specialized classes, which
cater to the needs of advanced students and focus on specialized
training for math competitions. We periodically assess our
students progress, and based on the results of such
assessment, reassign students to different classes on an
as-needed basis such that each students situation and
needs are taken into consideration.
To maximize transparency, improve learning experience and build
trust with students and parents, we allow parents to audit most
of the small classes their children attend, and for many of our
classes, also offer unconditional refunds for any remaining
unattended classes if notified by the student or parent within
the first two-thirds of each course.
94
Personalized
Premium Services
We began to offer personalized premium services in August 2007
under our Zhikang brand. We operate 19 learning
centers and 20 services centers in Beijing that are devoted to
personalized premium services. The course fees for our
personalized premium services range from RMB220 to
RMB1,000 per hour.
Our personalized premium services provide fully customized
curricula and course materials and flexible schedules to suit
each students educational focus in a
one-on-one
student-teacher setting. We provide personalized premium
services to cater to the specific requirements of our students,
such as addressing weaknesses in particular subjects or topics,
providing intensive examination or competition preparation and
tailoring the pace of learning to accommodate above- or
below-average learning curves.
Key features of our personalized premium services include:
Completely customized tutoring solution. Each prospective
student of our personalized premium services must meet with our
course consultant and undergo a range of diagnostic tests to
assess the students strengths, weaknesses and potential.
We then design and recommend a customized tutoring solution to
the student in consultation with the students parents with
respect to timing, cost and other considerations specific to the
students circumstances. During the entire course of our
personalized premium services for a student, we actively monitor
the students progress and adjust the curriculum and
learning pace for the student when necessary.
Tailor-made course materials. The course materials used
in our personalized premium services are specifically selected
by subject teachers from our comprehensive course material
database for the benefits of each student. We leverage our
strong curriculum and course material development capability to
provide high quality course materials to our students.
One-on-one
student-teacher setting, supported by a team of experienced
teachers. Each student in our personalized premium service
has access to our large pool of experienced teachers in every
subject and at every grade level. A large majority of the
teachers in our
one-on-one
personalized premium services are full-time teachers to ensure
better quality control. Teachers are chosen by students and
their parents based on the specific interests and needs of each
student. Each of our personalized premium tutoring sessions is
conducted in a
one-on-one
student-teacher setting.
Personalized attention. We assign each student a
coordinator, who routinely communicates with the student and the
students parents to address their questions and concerns
and to closely monitor the quality of our services. The
coordinator normally communicates with students and parents
within 24 hours of each session and solicits weekly and
monthly feedback from students and parents. We also accommodate
any request by students or parents to change teachers to the
extent practicable.
We intend to further expand our personalized premium services in
Beijing and replicate this model to our other geographic
markets, particularly those where we already have a successful
track record operating small classes.
Online
Courses
We offer selected online courses in math, Chinese and English
through one of our websites, www.eduu.cn, where we began
to officially offer online courses in 2010. As of
August 31, 2010, we had 22,009 accumulated student
enrollments in our online courses and we delivered
10,237 recorded videos of online courses. The online course
fees range from RMB50 to RMB55 per hour.
Online courses enable us to leverage our proprietary curricula
and course materials and high quality teachers to target markets
beyond the reach of our physical network. It also enables our
students to access our courses through the Internet at times and
places most convenient for them.
Key features of our online courses include:
High quality audio-video lectures. All of our online
courses feature high quality audio-video lectures by experienced
teachers. They are delivered through a multimedia web interface
using streaming media and other
95
technologies. The audio-video lectures are accompanied by high
resolution animated slides to create a stimulating learning
environment for our students.
Teachers with superior communication skills. We select
lecturers for our online courses from among our top teachers. We
seek to engage teachers who have a strong command of the
respective subject areas and superior communication skills. In
particular, we seek teachers capable of, and preferably
experienced in, delivering effective instructions through the
audio-video format. All teachers for online courses are required
to undergo trial classes before recording their lectures.
Quality course-related support. Our online courses are
supplemented by our proprietary course materials, online
assignments, exercises, mock examinations and other forms of
course-related support. We require students of our online
courses to complete exercise questions as homework. Students can
post questions online through our websites, which our
instructors usually respond to within 24 hours after a
question is submitted.
Comprehensive student supports. Each students
performance is closely monitored by a class coordinator who
communicates with the student and the students parents to
follow up on the students progress, which we believe has
contributed to the high completion rate of our online courses by
our students.
We plan to further develop our online course offerings to extend
our market reach and maximize the potential of our services. In
particular, we intend to expand our course offerings to include
more subjects and grade levels.
Student
Services
We strive to provide a supportive learning environment to our
students through our teachers, class coordinators, call centers
and online platform.
Our teachers keep track of the students performance and
progress and regularly communicate with the students and
parents. Moreover, each of our students in the personalized
premium services is assigned a class coordinator who is in close
contact with the students and parents regarding scheduling and
other logistical issues, receives feedback on teaching quality
and arranges teacher replacements where necessary.
We have two call centers in Beijing and Shanghai, the main
functions of which include receiving enquiries, accepting
registrations and addressing other course-related issues. In
addition, we regularly reach out to students of our online
courses through the call centers to keep track of their
progress. Our call center in Beijing has 90 operators and is
open between 8 a.m. and 7 p.m. Our call center in
Shanghai has 14 operators and is open between 9 a.m. and
8 p.m. The call centers facilitate our communications with
existing and prospective students, our monitoring of completion
of online courses and our efficient resolution of any concerns
raised by our students or their parents.
In addition, the online platform, among other things, provides
an efficient channel for the students and parents to submit
study questions to our subject experts, which are generally
answered within 24 hours.
Our
Curricula and Course Materials
Curricula
Our curricula cover the core K-12 subjects, which include
mathematics, English, Chinese, physics, chemistry and biology.
96
We started our business in 2003 by offering tutoring classes in
mathematics, which still remains one of our strongest subjects
as evidenced by the outstanding performance of our students in
mathematics examinations and competitions. We then gradually
rolled out courses in other subjects over the past several
years. In terms of grade levels, we initially focused on serving
primary school students and over the time expanded our course
offerings into higher grade levels. The following table provides
a list of our current course offerings in Beijing:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Primary School
|
|
Middle School
|
|
High School
|
|
|
K
|
|
1
|
|
2
|
|
3
|
|
4
|
|
5
|
|
6
|
|
7
|
|
8
|
|
9
|
|
10
|
|
11
|
|
12
|
|
Mathematics
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
English
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chinese
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Physics
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chemistry
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Biology
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: Currently
offered.
|
|
|
|
: Not
offered at the corresponding grade level in public schools in
China.
|
Curriculum
and Course Material Development
Substantially all of our education content is developed
in-house. We have a dedicated team of over 217 full-time
employees who are responsible for developing, updating and
improving our curricula and course materials. The team is
further divided based on subjects covered, with each subject
team led by a director who has significant teaching experience
in the subject. Our team works closely with our education
advisors in different subject fields to keep up with changing
academic and examination requirements in Chinas K-12
education system and solicits feedback from our teachers based
on their classroom experience.
The development process of our curricula and course materials
typically starts with reviewing and referencing recent teaching
materials and teachers training materials from leading
public schools as well as any new examination requirements to
analyze the latest market trends and needs. Our development team
is able to identify subjects and concepts that are difficult for
students and focuses on the most important and difficult
concepts and skills in the curricula. To address different
educational requirements and needs of our students at each grade
level, we have also developed curricula and course materials
tailored for classes of different difficulty levels based on
that group of students learning curves as well as their
strengths and weaknesses. At the end of each class cycle, we
evaluate, update and improve course materials based upon usage
rate, feedback from teachers, students and parents as well as
student performance.
Most of our curricula and course materials are developed at our
corporate level in Beijing and adopted by other locations with
modifications to meet local requirements and demands. We are
also in the process of modularizing course materials based on
specific topics so that centrally developed content can be more
easily adopted locally and make our services more scalable.
Our
Teachers
As our teachers interact with our students on a daily basis,
they are critical to maintaining the quality of our services and
to promoting our brand and reputation. We have a team of
dedicated and highly qualified teachers with a strong passion
for education, whom we believe are essential to our success. We
are committed to maintaining a consistent and high teaching
quality. This commitment is reflected in our highly selective
teacher hiring process, our emphasis on continued teacher
training and rigorous evaluation, competitive performance-based
compensation and opportunities for career advancement. We had
76, 363, 647 and 1,067 full-time teachers and 1,572, 2,054,
2,460 and 1,455 contract teachers as of February 29,
2008, February 28, 2009 and 2010 and August 31, 2010,
respectively. We have experienced low attrition of our teachers.
Our voluntary teacher attrition rate was 1.6% and 5.2% for the
fiscal years ended February 28, 2009
97
and 2010, respectively. During the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010, we increased the number of full-time
teachers as a percentage of our total teaching staff as part of
our ongoing strategy to optimize our teacher management system.
As a result, some lower-performing contract teachers were
assigned fewer classes than before, which led to a greater
number of contract teachers discontinuing their employment with
us and thus a higher voluntary attrition rate during the period
than the previous fiscal year.
We routinely recruit teachers from top-tier universities in
China. We also hire experienced teachers with a solid track
record and strong reputation from other schools. Our hiring
process is highly selective. In the past three years, only
approximately 5% of applicants to our teaching positions were
hired by us.
Each of our newly hired full-time teachers is required to
undergo months of training before teaching classes and must
continue to participate in periodic training programs that focus
on education content, teaching skills and techniques as well as
our corporate culture and values. In addition, our teachers are
regularly evaluated for their classroom performance and teaching
results. Our teachers retention, compensation and
promotion are to a large extent based on the results of such
evaluations. The evaluation process is highly rigorous and based
mainly on four factors: annual retention rate, refund rate,
class enrollment rate and student and parent satisfaction rate.
We offer our teachers competitive and performance-based
compensation packages and provide them with prospects of career
advancement within the company. Our best teachers may be
promoted to become directors of our operations in geographic
markets outside Beijing, invited to participate in our
educational content development effort and even considered for
senior management positions.
When we open a school in a new city, we typically select the
school head from a pool of our top teachers in Beijing who have
demonstrated management talent in an effort to maintain a
uniform standard of teaching quality and consistent company
culture as we expand. We require managers for new schools to
participate in training sessions at our Beijing headquarters,
which are designed to share best practices and disseminate
policies, guidelines and standards to each of our locations.
These school managers are then responsible for ongoing training
of our full-time teachers at new locations.
Our
Network
Our extensive network consists of 109 learning centers and
87 service centers in Beijing, Shanghai, Shenzhen,
Guangzhou, Tianjin and Wuhan, two call centers in Beijing and
Shanghai as well as our online platform. Our learning centers
host teaching facilities and are physical locations where
classes are being conducted. Our service centers offer
consultation, course selection, registration and other services,
most of which are also provided by our call centers.
The following table sets forth the number of learning centers
and service centers in each of the six cities in our physical
network.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Number of
|
City
|
|
Learning Centers
|
|
Service Centers
|
|
Beijing
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
Shanghai
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Shenzhen
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Guangzhou
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Tianjin
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Wuhan
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
We intend to open new learning and service centers both in our
existing and newly identified geographic markets to capitalize
on growth opportunities. We have adopted a systematic approach
for expansion of our learning centers or geographic markets. The
decision on whether to open a new learning center is typically
made at the corporate level and involves a well-established
process requiring participation by different levels of
management personnel within our organizational structure. In
selecting the locations for new learning centers, we perform
comprehensive studies of each location by gathering education
statistics, demographic
98
data, public transportation information and other data. Our
process in identifying a new market involves additional steps
and rigorous analyses, such as promoting our brand locally,
recruiting teachers and other staff and commencing course
offerings with an initial focus on certain core subjects.
As we add new centers, management has also taken steps to ensure
that we do so in a consistent fashion, including center design
and build-out, operating hours, cash collection procedures, and
course materials distribution. Key data from each new school is
recorded in our IT system, allowing our senior management at our
headquarters to analyze the key metrics of the business and
determine areas that require greater management attention. To
establish proper controls as we expand, we also establish a
local finance team in each new city with oversight from the
finance team at our headquarters. The finance team at our
headquarters regularly monitors and provides training to the
finance team in each school to ensure that our key financial
policies are implemented at the local level.
Moreover, our online platform, www.eduu.com, hosts Chinas
largest and most active online education community for our
existing and potential students and their parents, and is the
largest Internet education portal in China, based on the average
monthly page views and average monthly unique visitors in the
first six months of 2010. In addition, it serves as a gateway to
our online courses and seven other websites dedicated to
specific topics, including college entrance examinations, high
school entrance examinations, preschool education, personalized
premium services, mathematics, English and Chinese composition.
Marketing
and Student Recruitment
We recruit our students primarily through
word-of-mouth
referrals. Our excellent reputation and strong brand have also
greatly facilitated our student recruitment. Moreover, we engage
in a range of marketing activities to enhance our brand
recognition among prospective students and their parents,
generate interest in our service offerings and further stimulate
referrals. In fiscal years ended February 29, 2008,
February 28, 2009 and 2010 and for the six months ended
August 31, 2010, our selling and marketing expenses were
$0.4 million, $2.4 million, $5.6 million and
$4.2 million, respectively, accounting for 4.2%, 6.3%, 8.1%
and 7.9% of our total net revenues, respectively.
Referrals
We believe the single greatest contributor to our success in
student recruitment has been
word-of-mouth
referrals by our students and their parents who share their
learning experiences at Xueersi with others. Our recruitment
through
word-of-mouth
referrals has enjoyed a strong network effect with the rapid
growth in our student base, and benefits from our excellent
reputation, strong brand and outstanding performance by our
students.
Online
Platform
Our online platform has contributed significantly to increasing
student loyalty and stickiness and enhancing our brand
awareness. It also facilitates direct and frequent
communications with our prospective students and parents and
effectively lowers our student recruitment costs.
Public
Lectures, Seminars, Diagnostic Sessions and Media
Interviews
We frequently offer free public lectures, seminars and
diagnostic sessions to students and parents as a way of
providing useful information to our prospective students and
relevant experience for them to evaluate our offerings. In the
fiscal year ended February 28, 2010, we offered more than
350 public lectures, seminars and diagnostic sessions and had
more than 23,000 meetings with students and parents. In
addition, our approach to high teaching quality and the track
record of our outstanding student performance has captured the
attention of many traditional and new media, which we believe
further enhanced our reputation and brand.
99
Advertisement
and Others
We advertise through leading search engines in China and our
cooperative relationships with other education websites
targeting Chinese students. We also have advertising
arrangements with well-known newspapers in Beijing and use other
advertising channels such as outdoor advertising campaigns. In
addition, we distribute marketing materials such as brochures,
posters and flyers to current and prospective students and their
parents in our learning centers, service centers and outside
public school campuses. We also participate in various education
services and products exhibitions and conventions.
Competition
The after-school tutoring service sector in China is rapidly
evolving, highly fragmented and competitive. We face competition
in each type of service we offer and each geographic market in
which we operate. Our competitors at the national level include
New Oriental Education & Technology Group Inc., Juren
Education, Ambow Education Holding Ltd., Xueda Education
Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd. and ChinaEdu Corporation. We also
face regional competition from various local players.
We believe the principal competitive factors in our business
include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
brand;
|
|
|
|
student achievements;
|
|
|
|
price/value;
|
|
|
|
type and quality of tutoring services offered; and
|
|
|
|
ability to effectively tailor service offerings to specific
needs of students, parents and educators.
|
We believe that we compete favorably with our competitors on the
basis of the above factors. However, some of our competitors may
have more resources than we do, and may be able to devote
greater resources than we can to expand their business and
market shares. See Risk FactorsRisks Related to Our
BusinessWe face significant competition, and if we fail to
compete effectively, we may lose our market share and our
profitability may be adversely affected.
Intellectual
Property
Our brands, trademarks, service marks, copyrights and other
intellectual property rights distinguish and protect our course
offerings and services from infringement, and contribute to our
competitive advantages in the after-school tutoring service
sector in China. Our intellectual property rights include the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
3 trademark registrations for our brand and logo in China and
Hong Kong;
|
|
|
|
registrations of 13 domain names;
|
|
|
|
copyrights to substantially all of the course content we
developed in house, including all of our online courses; and
|
|
|
|
copyright registration certificates for 20 software programs
developed by us relating to different aspects of our operations.
|
100
In particular, we have several domain names that are highly
valued unique assets of our online platform as each domain name
incorporates the Chinese spelling of the theme of the
corresponding website, and is therefore easy to remember. Listed
below are nine domain names we have registered and the theme of
the respective website under each domain name:
|
|
|
Website Domain Name
|
|
Main Purpose
|
|
www.eduu.com
|
|
Our main webpage which is linked to the websites listed below
|
www.eduu.cn
|
|
Online courses
|
www.gaokao.com
|
|
College entrance examinations
|
www.zhongkao.com
|
|
High school entrance examinations
|
www.jiajiaoban.com
|
|
Personalized premium services
|
www.aoshu.com
|
|
Mathematics for primary and middle schools; specialized training
for competition mathematics
|
www.yingyu.com
|
|
English language
|
www.zuowen.com
|
|
Chinese composition
|
www.youjiao.com
|
|
Preschool and kindergarten education
|
To protect our brand and other intellectual property, we rely on
a combination of trademark, copyright, domain names, know-how
and trade secret laws as well as confidentiality agreements with
our employees, contractors and others. We cannot be certain that
our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights will be
adequate or that third parties will not infringe or
misappropriate these rights. See Risk FactorsRisks
Related to Our BusinessIf we fail to protect our
intellectual property rights, our brand and business may
suffer.
Facilities
Our headquarters are located in Beijing, China and occupy
approximately 95,087 square feet under a lease which
expires in October 2012. We also lease all of our learning
centers and service centers, which occupy an aggregate of
approximately 971,398 square feet in six cities in China.
For more detailed information about the locations of our
learning centers and service centers, see Our
Network.
Employees
We had 395, 1,404, 2,342 and 2,827 full-time employees as
of February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009 and 2010 and
August 31, 2010, respectively. The following table sets
forth the number of our employees by function as of
August 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Functional Area
|
|
Employees
|
|
% of Total
|
|
Teaching
|
|
|
1,067
|
|
|
|
37.7
|
%
|
Customer service
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
|
32.3
|
%
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
%
|
Curriculum and course material development
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
|
7.7
|
%
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
325
|
|
|
|
11.5
|
%
|
Technology
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
%
|
Total
|
|
|
2,827
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Of our total number of employees as of August 31, 2010,
2,390 were in Beijing, 267 were in Shanghai and 170 were in
other locations in China.
From time to time, we also employ contract teachers, part-time
employees and engage independent consultants to support our
teaching and curriculum and course material development
activities. We remunerate
101
our employees with basic salaries as well as performance-based
bonuses. We believe that our employee relations are good.
We plan to hire additional teachers and other employees as we
expand. Our employee recruiting channels include
word-of-mouth
referrals, on-campus recruiting, online recruiting and
professional recruiters. We also partner with leading higher
education institutions and employ other measures designed to
bring us into contact with suitable candidates for employment.
Our full-time employees in China participate in a government
mandated defined contribution plan pursuant to which certain
pension benefits, medical care, unemployment insurance, housing
funds and other welfare benefits are provided to the employees.
Chinese labor regulations require that our PRC subsidiaries make
contributions to the government for these benefits based on a
fixed percentage of the employees salaries.
Insurance
We maintain various insurance policies to safeguard against
risks and unexpected events. We have purchased limited liability
insurance for our students and their parents covering our
learning centers in Beijing, Shanghai and Tianjin. We do not
maintain business interruption insurance, product liability
insurance or key-man life insurance. We consider our insurance
coverage to be in line with that of other private education
providers of a similar size in China.
Legal
Proceedings
We are not currently involved in any material litigation,
arbitration or administrative proceedings that could have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of
operations. From time to time, we may be subject to various
claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of
business.
102
REGULATION
This section summarizes the principal PRC regulations relating
to our businesses.
We operate our business in China under a legal regime consisting
of the National Peoples Congress, which is the
countrys highest legislative body, the State Council,
which is the highest authority of the executive branch of the
PRC central government, and several ministries and agencies
under its authority, including the Ministry of Education, the
General Administration of Press and Publication, the Ministry of
Information Industry, the State Administration for Industry and
Commerce, the Ministry of Civil Affairs and their respective
local offices.
Regulations
on Private Education
The principal laws and regulations governing private education
in China consist of the Education Law of the PRC, The Law for
Promoting Private Education (2003) and The Implementation
Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education (2004), and
the Regulations on Chinese-Foreign Cooperation in Operating
Schools. Below is a summary of relevant provisions of these
regulations.
Education
Law of the PRC
On March 18, 1995, the National Peoples Congress
enacted the Education Law of the PRC. The Education Law sets
forth provisions relating to the fundamental education systems
of the PRC, including a school system of preschool education,
primary education, secondary education (including middle and
high schools) and higher education, a system of nine-year
compulsory education and a system of education certificates. The
Education Law stipulates that the government formulates plans
for the development of education, and establishes and operates
schools and other institutions of education. Under the Education
Law, enterprises, social organizations and individuals are in
principle encouraged to operate schools and other types of
educational organizations in accordance with PRC laws and
regulations. Meanwhile, no organization or individual may
establish or operate a school or any other institution of
education for profit-making purposes. However, private schools
may be operated for reasonable returns, as described
in more detail below.
The
Law for Promoting Private Education (2003) and the
Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education
(2004)
The Law for Promoting Private Education (2003) became
effective on September 1, 2003. The Implementation Rules
for the Law for Promoting Private Education (2004) became
effective on April 1, 2004. Under these regulations,
private schools are defined as schools established
by non-governmental organizations or individuals using
non-government funds. In addition, under the regulations,
private schools providing certifications, pre-school education,
self-study aid and other academic education are subject to
approval by the education authorities, while private schools
engaging in occupational qualification training and occupational
skill training are subject to approval by the authorities in
charge of labor and social welfare. A duly approved private
school will be granted a private school operating permit, and
shall be registered with the Ministry of Civil Affairs or its
local bureaus as a privately run non-enterprise institution. In
addition, schools and their learning centers must make filings
with the Ministry of Education and the Ministry of Civil Affairs
or their local bureaus. Among our ten affiliated schools, two
are in the process of renewing their private school operating
permits and each of the remaining eight schools has obtained and
maintained the private school operating permits.
Under the above regulations, private schools have the same
status as public schools, though private schools are prohibited
from providing military, police, political and other kinds of
education that are of a special nature. Government-run schools
that provide compulsory education are not permitted to be
converted into private schools. In addition, operation of a
private school is highly regulated. For example, the types and
amounts of fees charged by a private school providing
certifications shall be approved by the pricing authority and be
publicly disclosed. A private school that does not provide
certifications shall file its pricing information with the
pricing authority and publicly disclose such information. We do
not offer any degree or certification course and thus we shall
file our pricing information with the relevant pricing
authorities in the
103
school districts where we have operations. We disclose all our
pricing information for all our services to public.
Private education is treated as a public welfare undertaking
under the regulations. Nonetheless, investors of a private
school may choose to require reasonable returns from
the annual net balance of the school net of costs, donations
received, government subsidies, if any, the reserved development
fund and other expenses as required by the regulations. Private
schools fall into three categories, including private schools
established with donated funds, private schools that require
reasonable returns and private schools that do not require
reasonable returns.
The election to establish a private school requiring reasonable
returns shall be provided in the articles of association of the
school. The percentage of the schools annual net balance
that can be distributed as reasonable return shall be determined
by the schools board of directors, taking into
consideration the following factors: (i) school fee types
and collection criteria, (ii) the ratio of the
schools expenses in connection with educational activities
and improvement of educational conditions to the total fees
collected; and (iii) the admission standards and
educational quality. The relevant information relating to the
above factors shall be publicly disclosed before the
schools board may determine the percentage of the
schools annual net balance to be distributed as reasonable
returns. Such information and the decision to distribute
reasonable returns shall also be filed with the relevant
government authorities within 15 days of the board
decision. However, none of the current PRC laws and regulations
provides any specific formula or guideline for determining
reasonable returns. In addition, none of the current
PRC laws and regulations sets forth clear requirements or
restrictions on a private schools ability to operate its
education business as a school that requires reasonable returns
or as a school that does not require reasonable returns.
At the end of each fiscal year, every private school is required
to allocate a certain amount to its development fund for the
construction or maintenance of school facilities or procurement
or upgrade of educational equipment. In the case of a private
school that requires reasonable returns, this amount shall be no
less than 25% of the annual net balance of the school, while in
the case of a private school that does not require reasonable
returns, this amount shall be equal to no less than 25% of the
annual increase in the net assets of the school, if any. Private
schools that do not require reasonable returns shall be entitled
to the same preferential tax treatment as public schools, while
the preferential tax treatment policies applicable to private
schools requiring reasonable returns shall be formulated by the
finance authority, taxation authority and other authorities
under the State Council. To date, however, no regulations have
been promulgated by the relevant authorities in this regard. To
date, among our ten affiliated schools, seven have elected not
to require reasonable returns and the remaining three have
elected to require reasonable returns. All of them have
allocated certain amounts to their development funds in
compliance with the aforesaid provisions.
Regulations
on Chinese-Foreign Cooperation in Operating
Schools
Chinese-foreign cooperation in operating schools or training
courses is specifically governed by the Regulations on
ChineseForeign Cooperation in Operating Schools,
promulgated by the State Council in 2003 in accordance with the
Education Law, the Occupational Education Law and the Law for
Promoting Private Education, and the Implementing Rules for the
Regulations on ChineseForeign Cooperation in Operating
Schools, or the Implementing Rules, which were issued by the
Ministry of Education in 2004.
The Regulations on ChineseForeign Cooperation in Operating
Schools and its Implementing Rules encourage substantive
cooperation between overseas educational organizations with
relevant qualifications and experience in providing high-quality
education and Chinese educational organizations to jointly
operate various types of schools in the PRC. Cooperation in the
areas of higher education and occupational education is
especially encouraged. Chinese-foreign cooperative schools are
not permitted, however, to engage in compulsory education or
military, police, political and other kinds of education that
are of a special nature in the PRC.
Permits for schools jointly operated by Chinese and foreign
entities shall be obtained from the relevant education
authorities or the authorities that regulate labor and social
welfare in the PRC. We are not required
104
to apply for such permits as all of our schools are operated by
Xueersi Network, Xueersi Education or their respective
subsidiaries, which are Chinese entities.
Regulations
on Online and Distance Education
Pursuant to the Administrative Regulations on Educational
Websites and Online and Distance Education Schools issued by the
Ministry of Education in 2000, educational websites and online
education schools may provide education services in relation to
higher education, primary education, preschool education,
education for teachers, occupational education, adult education,
other education and public educational information services.
Educational websites refer to organizations
providing education or education-related information services to
website visitors by means of a database or online education
platform connected via the Internet or an educational television
station through an Internet service provider, or ISP.
Online education schools refer to education websites
providing academic education services or training services that
issue education certificates.
Setting up educational websites and online education schools is
subject to approval from relevant education authorities,
depending on the specific type of education provided. Any
education website and online education school shall, upon
receipt of the approval, indicate on its website such approval
information as well as the approval date and file number.
According to the Administrative License Law promulgated by the
Standing Committee of the National Peoples Congress, or
NPC, on August 27, 2003, which became effective on
July 1, 2004, only laws promulgated by NPC and regulations
and decisions promulgated by the State Council may eliminate the
requirement for any administrative license. According to a
regulation promulgated by the State Council on June 29,
2004, and later amended on January 29, 2009, operators of
online education schools must obtain administrative
licenses from the government, while no administrative license is
required to operate educational websites.
Accordingly, Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network, our
affiliated entities engaging in online education-related
services, are not required to obtain approval to operate
educational websites from the Ministry of Education.
In addition, Xueersi Education is not required to obtain a
license to operate online education schools, as it
does not directly offer government accredited degrees or
certifications through its online education or training services.
Regulations
on Publishing and Distribution of Publications
On December 25, 2001, the State Council promulgated the
Administrative Regulations on Publication, or the Publication
Regulations, which became effective on February 1, 2002.
The Publication Regulations apply to publication activities,
i.e., the publishing, printing, copying, importation or
distribution of publications, including books, newspapers,
periodicals, audio and video products and electronic
publications, each of which requires approval from the relevant
publication administrative authorities.
On April 13, 2005, the State Council announced a policy on
private investments in China relating to cultural matters, which
affects private investments in businesses that involve
publishing. The policy authorizes the Ministry of Culture and
several other central government authorities to adopt detailed
rules to implement the policy. In July 2005, the Ministry of
Culture, together with other central government authorities,
issued a regulation that prohibits private and foreign investors
from engaging in the publishing business. Our subsidiaries and
affiliated entities are not permitted to engage in the
publishing business under this regulation.
Subsequent to the implementation of the Publication Regulations,
the General Administration of Press and Publication issued the
Administrative Regulations on Publications Market, which became
effective on September 1, 2003 and which was amended on
June 16, 2004. According to the Administrative Regulations
on Publications Market, any organization or individual engaged
in general wholesale or retail distribution of publications
shall obtain a Permit for Operating Publications Business.
Distribution of publications in the PRC is regulated on
different administrative levels. An entity engaged in general
distribution of publications shall obtain such permit from the
General Administration of Press and Publication and may conduct
general distribution of the publications in the PRC. An entity
engaged in wholesaling of publications shall obtain such permit
from the provincial office of the General Administration of
Press and Publication and may not engage
105
in general distribution in the PRC. An entity engaged in retail
distribution of publications shall obtain such permit from the
local office of the Administration of Press and Publication and
may not conduct general distribution or wholesaling of
publications in the PRC.
In addition, pursuant to the Administrative Regulations on
Publishing Audio-Video Products promulgated by the State Council
on December 25, 2001, which became effective as of
February 1, 2002, any entity engaged in the wholesale or
retail distribution of audio-video products shall secure a
Permit for Publishing Audio-Video Products from the relevant
culture authorities.
During the term of the above-mentioned permits, the General
Administration of Press and Publication or its local bureaus or
other competent authorities may conduct annual or spot
examinations or inspections to ascertain their compliance with
applicable regulations and may require changes in or renewal of
such permits.
Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network, our affiliated entities
engaging in retailing teaching materials and audio-video
products to our students, have obtained the relevant Permits for
Operating Publications Business for retail services and the
relevant permits for retailing audio-video products.
Regulations
on Internet Information Services
Subsequent to the State Councils promulgation of the
Telecom Regulations and the Internet Information Services
Administrative Measures on September 25, 2000, or the
Internet Information Measures, the Ministry of Information
Industry and other regulatory authorities formulated and
implemented a number of Internet-related regulations, including
but not limited to the Internet Electronic Bulletin Board
Service Administrative Measures, or the BBS Measures.
The Internet Information Measures require that commercial
Internet content providers, or ICP providers, obtain a license
for Internet information services, or ICP license, from the
appropriate telecommunications authorities in order to offer any
commercial Internet information services in the PRC. ICP
providers shall display their ICP license number in a
conspicuous location on their home page. In addition, the
Internet Information Measures also provide that ICP providers
that operate in sensitive and strategic sectors, including news,
publishing, education, health care, medicine and medical
devices, must obtain additional approvals from the relevant
authorities regulating those sectors as well. The BBS Measures
provide that any ICP provider engaged in providing online
bulletin board services, or BBS, is subject to a special
approval and filing requirement with the relevant
telecommunications industry authorities.
In July 2006, the Ministry of Information Industry, or MII,
posted a notice on its website entitled Notice on
Strengthening Management of Foreign Investment in Operating
Value-Added Telecom Services. The notice prohibits PRC
Internet content providers from leasing, transferring or selling
their ICP licenses or providing facilities or other resources to
any illegal foreign investors. The notice states that PRC
Internet content providers should directly own the trademarks
and domain names for websites operated by them, as well as
servers and other infrastructure used to support these websites.
The notice also states that PRC Internet content providers have
until November 1, 2006 to evaluate their compliance with
the notice and correct any non-compliance. A PRC Internet
content providers failure to do so by November 1,
2006 may result in revocation of its ICP license.
Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network, engaging in providing
Internet information services and providing online bulletin
board services, have each obtained an ICP license from the
Beijing bureau of MII, and Xueersi Network engaged in providing
online BBS has obtained the approval for such services from the
Beijing bureau of MII.
Regulations
on Broadcasting Audio-Video Programs through The Internet or
Other Information Network
The State Administration of Radio, Film and Television, or
SARFT, promulgated the Rules for Administration of Broadcasting
of Audio-Video Programs through the Internet and Other
Information Networks, or the Broadcasting Rules, in 2004, which
became effective on October 11, 2004. The Broadcasting
Rules apply to the activities of broadcasting, integration,
transmission, downloading of audio-video programs
106
with computers, televisions or mobile phones as main terminals
and through various types of information networks. Pursuant to
the Broadcasting Rules, a Permit for Broadcasting Audio-Video
Programs via Information Network is required for engaging in
Internet broadcasting activities. On April 13, 2005, the
State Council announced a policy on private investments in
businesses in China that relate to cultural matters, which
prohibits private investments in businesses relating to the
dissemination of audio-video programs through information
networks.
On December 20, 2007, SARFT and MII issued the Internet
Audio-Video Program Measures, which became effective on
January 31, 2008. Among other things, the Internet
Audio-Video Program Measures stipulate that no entities or
individuals may provide Internet audio-video program services
without a License for Disseminating Audio-Video Programs through
Information Network issued by SARFT or its local bureaus or
completing the relevant registration with SARFT or its local
bureaus and only entities wholly owned or controlled by the PRC
government may engage in the production, editing, integration or
consolidation, and transmission to the public through the
Internet, of audio-video programs, and the provision of
audio-video program uploading and transmission services. There
are significant uncertainties relating to the interpretation and
implementation of the Internet Audio-Video Program Measures, in
particular, the scope of Internet Audio-Video
Programs. However, on April 1, 2010, SARFT
promulgated the Tentative Categories of Internet Audio-Visual
Program Service, or the Categories, which clarified the scope of
Internet Audio-Video Programs. According to the Categories,
there are four categories of Internet audio-visual program
service which in turn are divided into seventeen
sub-categories.
The third
sub-category
of the second category covers the making and broadcasting of
certain specialized audio-visual programs concerning art,
culture, technology, entertainment, finance, sports, and
education.
Our net revenues derived from audio-video program services that
may be subject to the Audio-Video Program Measures were less
than 1.5% of our total net revenues since we began offering
online courses in 2010. In the course of offering online
tutoring services, we transmit our audio-video educational
courses and programs through the Internet only to enrolled
course participants, not to the general public. The limited
scope of our audience distinguishes us from general online
audio-video broadcasting companies, such as companies operating
user-generated content websites. In addition, we do not provide
audio-video program uploading and transmission services. As a
result, we believe that we are not subject to the Internet
Audio-Video Program Measures. However, there is no further
official or publicly available interpretation of these
definitions, especially the scope of Internet audio-video
program service. If the governmental authorities determine
that our provision of online tutoring services falls within the
Internet Audio-Video Program Measures, we may not be able to
obtain the License for Disseminating Audio-Video Programs
through Information Network. If this occurs, we may become
subject to significant penalties, fines, legal sanctions or an
order to suspend our use of audio-video content.
Regulations
on Protection of the Right of Dissemination through Information
Networks
On May 18, 2006, the State Council promulgated the
Regulations on Protection of the Right of Dissemination through
Information Networks, which became effective on July 1,
2006. The new regulations require that every organization or
individual who disseminates a third partys work,
performance, audio or visual recording products to the public
through information networks shall obtain permission from, and
pay compensation to, the legitimate copyright owner of such
products, unless otherwise provided under relevant laws and
regulations. The legitimate copyright owner may take technical
measures to protect his or her copyright and any organization or
individual shall not intentionally jeopardize, destroy or
otherwise assist others in jeopardizing such protective measures
unless otherwise permitted under law. The new regulations also
provide that permission from and compensation to the copyright
owner is not required in the case of limited dissemination to
teaching or research staff for the purpose of school instruction
or scientific research only.
Xueersi Education, Xueersi Network and Haidian School are the
operators of our website engaged in the dissemination of
educational content through the Internet and have obtained
permission from, and paid compensation to, the legitimate
copyright owners of such third party content except when the
dissemination is limited to teaching or research purposes only.
107
Regulations
on Copyright and Trademark Protection
China has adopted legislation governing intellectual property
rights, including copyrights and trademarks. China is a
signatory to major international conventions on intellectual
property rights and is subject to the Agreement on Trade Related
Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights as a result of its
accession to the World Trade Organization in December 2001.
Copyright. The National Peoples Congress amended
the Copyright Law in 2001 to widen the scope of works and rights
that are eligible for copyright protection. The amended
Copyright Law extends copyright protection to Internet
activities, products disseminated over the Internet and software
products. In addition, there is a voluntary registration system
administered by the China Copyright Protection Center.
To address copyright infringement related to content posted or
transmitted over the Internet, the National Copyright
Administration and MII jointly promulgated the Administrative
Measures for Copyright Protection Related to the Internet on
April 30, 2005. These measures became effective on
May 30, 2005.
Trademark. The PRC Trademark Law, adopted in 1982 and
revised in 2001, protects the proprietary rights to registered
trademarks. The Trademark Office under the State Administration
for Industry and Commerce handles trademark registrations and
may grant a term of ten years for registered trademarks, which
may be extended for another ten years upon request. Trademark
license agreements must be filed with the Trademark Office for
record. In addition, if a registered trademark is recognized as
a well-known trademark, the protection of the proprietary right
of the trademark holder may reach beyond the specific sector of
the relevant products or services. We have registered two
trademarks with the Trademark Office and one with the Trade
Marks Registry, Intellectual Property Department of the Hong
Kong government. We have filed applications for registration of
35 other trademarks and logos with the Trademark Office. We
are in the process of registering additional marks and logos.
Domain names. On November 5, 2004, the MII amended
the Measures for Administration of Domain Names for the
Internet, or the Domain Name Measures. The Domain Name Measures
regulate the registration of domain names. In February 2006,
China Internet Network Information Center, or CNNIC, issued the
Implementing Rules for Domain Name Registration and the Measures
on Domain Name Dispute Resolution. We have registered many
domain names with CNNIC.
Regulations
on Foreign Exchange Registration of Overseas Investment by PRC
Residents.
The Notice on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange
Administration for Domestic Residents to Engage in Overseas
Financing and Round Trip Investment via Overseas Special Purpose
Vehicles, or Circular 75, issued by the State Administration of
Foreign Exchange and effective on November 1, 2005,
regulates foreign exchange matters in relation to the use of
SPVs, by PRC residents to seek offshore equity financing and
conduct round trip investment in China. Under
Circular 75, a special purpose vehicle refers to an
offshore entity established or controlled, directly or
indirectly, by PRC residents or PRC entities for the purpose of
seeking offshore equity financing using assets or interests
owned by such PRC residents or PRC entities in onshore
companies, while round trip investment refers to the
direct investment in China by PRC residents through SPVs,
including, without limitation, establishing foreign-invested
enterprises and using such foreign-invested enterprises to
purchase or control onshore assets through contractual
arrangements. Circular 75 requires that, before establishing or
controlling an SPV, PRC residents and PRC entities are required
to complete foreign exchange registration with the local bureaus
of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange for their
overseas investments.
Circular 75 applies retroactively. PRC residents who have
established or acquired control of SPVs that have completed
round-trip investments before the implementation of
the Circular 75 shall register their ownership interests or
control in such SPVs with the local bureaus of the State
Administration of Foreign Exchange before March 31, 2006.
An amendment to the registration is required if there is a
material change in the SPV registered, such as increase or
reduction of share capital or transfer of shares. Failure to
comply with the registration procedures set forth in Circular
75 may result in restrictions on the foreign exchange
activities of the relevant foreign-invested enterprises,
including payment of dividends and other distributions, such as
108
proceeds from any reduction in capital, share transfer or
liquidation, to its offshore parent or affiliate, and the
capital inflow from the offshore parent, and may also subject
relevant PRC residents to penalties under PRC foreign exchange
administration regulations.
We believe that all of our shareholders who are PRC citizens or
residents have completed their required registrations with SAFE,
or are otherwise in the process of registering with SAFE.
Regulations
on Loans to and Direct Investment in the PRC Entities by
Offshore Holding Companies
According to the Implementation Rules for the Provisional
Regulations on Statistics and Supervision of Foreign Debt
promulgated by SAFE on September 24, 1997 and the Interim
Provisions on the Management of Foreign Debts, or the
Provisions, promulgated by SAFE, the National Development and
Reform Commission and the Ministry of Finance, which was
effective from March 1, 2003, loans by foreign companies to
their subsidiaries in China, which are foreign-invested
enterprises, are considered foreign debt, and such loans must be
registered with the local bureaus of SAFE. Under the Provisions,
these foreign-invested enterprises must submit registration
applications to the local bureaus of SAFE within 15 days
following execution of foreign loan agreements, and the
registration should be completed within 20 business days from
the date of receipt of the application. In addition, the total
amount of accumulated medium-term and long-term foreign debt and
the balance of short-term debt borrowed by a foreign-invested
enterprise is limited to the difference between the total
investment and the registered capital of the foreign-invested
enterprise. Total investment of a foreign-invested enterprise is
the total amount of capital that can be used for the operation
of the foreign-invested enterprise, as approved by the Ministry
of Commerce or its local bureau, and may be increased or
decreased upon approval by the Ministry of Commerce or its local
bureau. Registered capital of a foreign-invested enterprise is
the total amount of capital contributions to the
foreign-invested enterprise by its foreign holding company or
owners, as approved by the Ministry of Commerce or its local
bureau and registered at the State Administration for Industry
and Commerce or its local bureau.
According to applicable PRC regulations on foreign-invested
enterprises, capital contributions from a foreign holding
company to its PRC subsidiaries, which are considered
foreign-invested enterprises, may only be made when approval by
the Ministry of Commerce or its local bureau has been obtained.
In approving such capital contributions, the Ministry of
Commerce or its local bureau examines the business scope of each
foreign invested enterprise under review to ensure it complies
with the Foreign-Investment Industrial Guidance Catalog, which
classifies industries in China into three categories, namely
encouraged foreign investment industries,
restricted foreign investment industries and
prohibited foreign investment industries.
Each of our PRC subsidiaries is a foreign-invested enterprise,
is not engaged in any prohibited or restricted businesses listed
in the Foreign-Investment Industrial Guidance Catalog and has
not incurred any foreign debt.
Regulations
on Employee Share Incentive Awards Granted by Listed
Companies
The Operating Procedures for Administration of PRC Individuals
Participating in the Employee Share Ownership Plan of Offshore
Listed Companies, or Circular 78, regulate the foreign exchange
matters associated with employee stock ownership plans granted
to PRC residents by companies whose shares are listed on
overseas stock exchanges. PRC individuals who are granted share
incentive awards by companies listed on overseas stock exchanges
based on an employee stock ownership plan are required to
register with SAFE or its local bureaus. Pursuant to Circular
78, PRC individuals participating in the employee stock
ownership plans of the foreign-listed companies shall entrust
their employers, including foreign-listed companies and their
subsidiaries or branch offices, or engage PRC agents, to handle
various foreign exchange matters associated with their employee
stock ownership plans. The PRC agents or the employers shall, on
behalf of the PRC individuals who have the right to exercise the
employee share options, apply annually to SAFE or its local
bureaus for a quota for conversion
and/or
payment of foreign currencies in connection with the PRC
individuals exercise of the employee share options if
necessary. The foreign exchange proceeds received by the PRC
individuals from the sale of shares under the stock ownership
plans granted by the
109
foreign-listed companies must be remitted to bank accounts in
China opened by their employers or PRC agents.
Further, a notice concerning individual income tax on earnings
from employee share incentive awards, jointly issued by the
Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation,
provides that companies that implement employee stock ownership
programs shall file the employee stock ownership plans and other
relevant documents with the local tax authorities having
jurisdiction over such companies before implementing such plans,
and shall file share option exercise notices and other relevant
documents with local tax authorities before exercise by their
employees of any share options, and clarify whether the shares
issuable under the employee share options referenced in the
notice are shares of publicly listed companies.
Following the completion of this offering, we intend to file
registration with the local SAFE bureau for our employees who
are PRC nationals and have been granted shares or share options
under our share incentive plan and follow other procedures set
forth in Circular 78 and other applicable regulations.
These registrations and filings are a matter of foreign exchange
control and tax procedure and the grant of share incentive
awards to employees is not subject to the governments
discretionary approval. We do not believe that compliance with
PRC regulations on employee incentive plans will have any
material adverse effect on the implementation of our share
incentive plan.
M&A
Regulations and Overseas Listings
On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, namely, the
Ministry of Commerce, the State Assets Supervision and
Administration Commission, the State Administration for
Taxation, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce,
the CSRC, and SAFE, jointly adopted the M&A Rule which
became effective on September 8, 2006. This M&A Rule
purports to require, among other things, offshore special
purpose vehicles, or SPVs, formed for the purpose of acquiring
PRC domestic companies and controlled by PRC companies or
individuals, to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to
publicly listing their securities on an overseas stock exchange.
While the application of the M&A Rule remains unclear, we
believe, based on the advice of our PRC counsel, Tian Yuan Law
Firm, that CSRC approval is not required in the context of this
offering as we are not a special purpose vehicle formed for the
purpose of acquiring domestic companies that are controlled by
our PRC individual shareholders, as we acquired contractual
control rather than equity interests in our domestic affiliated
entities. However, we cannot assure you that the relevant PRC
government agency, including the CSRC, would reach the same
conclusion as our PRC counsel. If the CSRC or other PRC
regulatory agency subsequently determines that we need to obtain
the CSRCs approval for this offering or if CSRC or any
other PRC government authorities will promulgate any
interpretation or implementing rules before our listing that
would require CSRC or other governmental approvals for this
offering, we may face sanctions by the CSRC or other PRC
regulatory agencies. In such event, these regulatory agencies
may impose fines and penalties on our operations in the PRC,
limit our operating privileges in the PRC, delay or restrict the
repatriation of the proceeds from this offering into the PRC, or
take other actions that could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition, results of operations, and
prospects, as well as the trading price of our ADSs. The CSRC or
other PRC regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us
to halt this offering before settlement and delivery of the ADSs
offered by this prospectus.
Regulations
on Foreign Currency Exchange
Pursuant to applicable PRC regulations on foreign currency
exchange, the Renminbi is freely convertible to foreign
currencies for current account items only, such as trade-related
receipts and payments, interest and dividends. Conversion of
Renminbi to foreign exchange for capital account items, such as
direct equity investments, loans and repatriation of
investments, require the prior approval of SAFE or its local
bureaus. Payments for transactions that take place within the
PRC must be made in Renminbi. Domestic companies or individuals
can repatriate payments received from abroad in foreign
currencies or deposit those payments abroad subject to the
requirement that such payments be repatriated within a certain
period of time. Foreign-invested enterprises may retain foreign
exchange in accounts with designated foreign exchange banks.
Foreign exchange on the current account can be either retained
or sold to financial institutions that have foreign exchange
settlement or sales business without prior approval from the
SAFE, subject to certain regulations.
110
Foreign exchange on the capital account can be retained or sold
to financial institutions that have foreign exchange settlement
and sales business with prior approval of SAFE, unless otherwise
provided.
In utilizing the proceeds we receive from this offering in the
manner described in Use of Proceeds, as an offshore
holding company with PRC subsidiaries, we may (i) make
additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries,
(ii) establish new PRC subsidiaries and make capital
contributions to these new PRC subsidiaries, (iii) make
loans to our PRC subsidiaries or our affiliated entities, or
(iv) acquire offshore entities with business operations in
China in an offshore transaction. However, most of these uses
are subject to PRC regulations and approvals. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
capital contributions to our subsidiaries in China, whether
existing ones or newly established ones, must be approved by the
PRC Ministry of Commerce or its local bureaus;
|
|
|
|
loans by us to our subsidiaries in China, each of which is a
foreign-invested enterprise, to finance their activities cannot
exceed statutory limits and must be registered with the PRC
State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, or its local
bureaus; and
|
|
|
|
loans by us to our affiliated entities, which are domestic PRC
entities, must be approved by the National Development and
Reform Commission and must also be registered with SAFE or its
local bureaus.
|
In addition, on August 29, 2008, SAFE promulgated Circular
142, a notice regulating the conversion by a foreign-invested
company of its capital contribution in foreign currency into
Renminbi. Circular 142 restricts the use of Renminbi funds
converted from foreign exchange. It requires that Renminbi
converted from foreign currency-denominated capital of a
foreign-invested enterprise may only be used for purposes within
the business scope approved by the relevant government authority
and may not be used to make equity investments in PRC, unless
specifically provided otherwise. Moreover, the approved use of
such Renminbi funds may not be changed without approval from
SAFE. Renminbi funds converted from foreign exchange may not be
used to repay loans in Renminbi if the proceeds of such loans
have not yet been used. Any violation of Circular 142 may
result in severe penalties, including substantial fines. We
expect that if we convert the offering proceeds into Renminbi
pursuant to Circular 142, the use of Renminbi funds will be for
purposes within the business scope of the PRC subsidiaries as
approved by the local bureau of Administration for Industry and
Commerce. However, we may not be able to use such Renminbi funds
to make equity investments in the PRC through our PRC
subsidiaries. While we may not transfer the proceeds from this
offering through our wholly owned subsidiaries for the purpose
of domestic acquisitions, we may use the proceeds to acquire
offshore entities with business operations in China. We may also
use our cash flow from operations to fund our acquisitions as
necessary.
We expect that the PRC regulations of loans and direct
investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may
continue to limit our use of proceeds of this offering. There
are no costs associated with registering loans or capital
contributions with relevant PRC authorities, other than nominal
processing charges. Under PRC laws and regulations, the PRC
government authorities are required to process such approvals or
registrations or deny our application within a maximum of
90 days. The actual time taken, however, may be longer due
to administrative delay. We cannot assure you that we will be
able to obtain these government registrations or approvals on a
timely basis, if at all, with respect to our future plans to use
the U.S. dollar proceeds we receive from this offering for
our expansion and operations in China. If we fail to receive
such registrations or approvals, our ability to use the proceeds
of this offering and to capitalize our PRC operations may be
negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect
our liquidity and ability to fund and expand our business.
Regulations
on Dividend Distribution
Under applicable PRC laws and regulations, foreign-invested
enterprises in China may pay dividends only out of their
accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC
accounting standards and regulations. In addition,
foreign-invested enterprises in China are required to allocate
at least 10% of their accumulated profits each year, if any, to
fund statutory reserves of up to 50% of the registered capital
of the
111
enterprise. Statutory reserves are not distributable as cash
dividends. Each of wholly owned subsidiaries in China must
comply with the foregoing regulations.
Under PRC law, each of our subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs
subsidiaries in China are required to set aside at least 10% of
its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory
reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its registered
capital. Although the statutory reserves can be used, among
other ways, to increase the registered capital and eliminate
future losses in excess of retained earnings of the respective
companies, the reserve funds are not distributable as cash
dividends except in the event of liquidation. As a result of
these PRC laws and regulations, as of August 31, 2010, we
had $4.9 million in statutory reserves, or 15.0% of total
equity, that are not distributable as cash dividends. Our PRC
subsidiaries have not historically paid any dividends to our
offshore entities from their accumulated profits. However, we do
not expect that the statutory reserve requirement will
materially limit our ability to pay dividends to our
shareholders or our plan to expand our business because we are
to date only required to set aside an additional
$2.9 million to satisfy the maximum requirement of
statutory reserves for all of our PRC subsidiaries, VIEs and
VIEs subsidiaries.
112
MANAGEMENT
Directors
and Executive Officers
The following table sets forth information regarding our
directors and executive officers as of the date of this
prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors and Executive Officers
|
|
Age
|
|
Position/Title
|
|
Bangxin Zhang
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer
|
Yundong Cao
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
Director and President
|
Jane Jie Sun
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
Independent Director
|
Wai Chau Lin
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Independent Director
|
Yachao Liu
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
Vice President
|
Yunfeng Bai
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
Vice President
|
Joseph Kauffman
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
Bangxin Zhang is one of our founders and has served as
our chairman and chief executive officer since our inception.
Mr. Zhang has been instrumental to the development and
success of our business. Mr. Zhang provides vision, overall
management, and strategic decision-making relating to marketing,
investment planning, and corporate development. Mr. Zhang
received his bachelors degree in Life Sciences from
Sichuan University in 2001, was in the postgraduate program of
the Life Science School of Peking University from 2002 to 2007,
and received an EMBA degree from China Europe International
Business School in 2009.
Yundong Cao is one of our founders and has served as our
director and president since our inception. Mr. Cao has
been instrumental to the development and success of our
business. Mr. Cao is also a vice chairman of the China
Association of Private Education. Mr. Cao was named an
Influential Person in Chinese Education by Beijing
Evening News in 2010, and received an Outstanding Principals
in After-school Basic Education Sector award from the China
Association of Private Education in 2009. Mr. Cao received
his bachelors degree in Biology from Yantai University in
2002, his masters degree from Peking University in 2007
and his EMBA degree from Cheung Kong Graduate School of Business
in 2010.
Jane Jie Sun has served as our independent director since
October 2010. Ms. Sun has extensive experience in SEC
reporting, finance and accounting. She has served as the chief
financial officer of Ctrip.com International, Ltd, a
NASDAQ-listed company, since December 2005. Prior to joining
Ctrip, Ms. Sun served as the head of the SEC and External
Reporting Division of Applied Materials, Inc., where she worked
from 1997 to 2005. Prior to joining Applied Materials, Inc.,
Ms. Sun worked with KPMG LLP in Silicon Valley, California
for five years. Ms. Sun is a member of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and a member of the
State of California Certified Public Accountants. Ms. Sun
received her bachelors degree from the Business School of
the University of Florida with High Honors. She also attended
the undergraduate program at Beijing University Law School from
1987 to 1989.
Wai Chau Lin has served as our independent director since
October 2010. Mr. Lin is a founder of Longtop Financial
Technologies Limited, or Longtop, an NYSE-listed company, and
has served as its director and chief executive officer since its
inception in June 1996. He has over 21 years of experience
in Chinas IT industry. Prior to founding Longtop,
Mr. Lin held various positions, including technology
department manager, sales department manager, vice general
manager and general manager, at Xiamen Xindeco Computer Company
from 1985 to 1996. Mr. Lin has also won several industry
awards, including Fujian Outstanding Young Entrepreneur Award,
Xiamen Outstanding Young Entrepreneur Award and Fujian Software
Talent Award. He served as the vice president of Xiamen Youth
Chamber of Commerce and is currently a representative on the
Peoples Congress for the Siming District of Xiamen City.
He was a visiting professor at the Software School of Xiamen
University. Mr. Lin received his bachelors degree in
Computer Science from Fudan University.
Yachao Liu has served as our vice president since January
2008. In this capacity, he is in charge of our online course
offerings. Dr. Liu was director of our middle school
division between September 2005 and
113
January 2008. Dr. Liu received his bachelors degree
in Mechanics from Peking University in 2003 and Ph.D. from the
Institute of Mechanics of the Chinese Academy of Science in 2008.
Yunfeng Bai has served as our vice president since June
2008. In this capacity, he oversees our personalized premium
services. Mr. Bai founded our high school division in 2005
and was the director of our Beijing operations from June 2006
through May 2008. Mr. Bai received his bachelors
degree in Engineering Automation from Beijing University of
Aeronautics and Astronautics in 2003, attended the CEO class of
Guanghua Management School of Peking University between 2008 and
2009 and is currently in the EMBA program of China Europe
International Business School.
Joseph Kauffman has served as our Chief Financial Officer
since June 2010. Prior to joining us, Mr. Kauffman headed
M&A and international business development at New Oriental
Education & Technology Group Inc., where he
joined the senior management team before its initial public
offering on the New York Stock Exchange in 2006. Between 1999
and 2004, Mr. Kauffman was a senior manager at The
Coca-Cola
Company in China and held various operating, strategy and
business development roles. Mr. Kauffman received his
bachelors degree from Williams College in 1999 and an MBA
degree from the Harvard Business School in 2006.
Board of
Directors
Our board of directors consists of four directors. A director is
not required to hold any shares in our company by way of
qualification. A director may vote with respect to any contract
or transaction in which he or she is materially interested
provided the nature of the interest is disclosed prior to its
consideration. Subject to our post-offering memorandum and
articles of association, the directors may exercise all the
powers of our company to borrow money, mortgage his or her
undertaking, property and uncalled capital, and issue debentures
or other securities whether outright or as security for any
debt, liability or obligation of our company or of any third
party. We intend to have a majority of independent directors
serving on our board of directors within one year of this
offering.
Committees
of the Board of Directors
We have established three committees under the board of
director, namely the audit committee, the compensation committee
and the nominating and corporate governance committee. We have
adopted a charter for each of the three committees. Each
committees members and functions are described below.
Audit Committee. Our audit committee consists of
Ms. Jane Jie Sun, Mr. Yundong Cao and Mr. Wai
Chau Lin. Ms. Sun and Mr. Lin satisfy the
independence requirements of Section 303A of
the Corporate Governance Rules of the New York Stock Exchange
and
Rule 10A-3
under the Exchange Act. In addition, Ms. Sun and
Mr. Lin meet the independence standards under
Rule 10A-3
under the Exchange Act. Ms. Sun is the chair of our audit
committee. The purpose of the audit committee is to assist our
board of directors with its oversight responsibilities
regarding: (i) the integrity of our financial statements,
(ii) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements,
(iii) the independent auditors qualifications and
independence and (iv) the performance of our internal audit
function and independent auditor. The audit committee will be
responsible for, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
appointing the independent auditors and pre-approving all
auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by
the independent auditors;
|
|
|
|
reviewing with the independent auditors any audit problems or
difficulties and managements response;
|
|
|
|
discussing the annual audited financial statements with
management and the independent auditors;
|
|
|
|
reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our accounting and
internal control policies and procedures and any steps taken to
monitor and control major financial risk exposures;
|
|
|
|
reviewing and approving all proposed related party transactions;
|
114
|
|
|
|
|
meeting separately and periodically with management and the
independent auditors; and
|
|
|
|
monitoring compliance with our code of business conduct and
ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of
our procedures to ensure proper compliance.
|
Compensation Committee. Our compensation committee
consists of Mr. Bangxin Zhang, Mr. Wai Chau Lin and
Ms. Jane Jie Sun. Mr. Lin and Ms. Sun satisfy the
independence requirements of Section 303A of
the Corporate Governance Rules of the New York Stock Exchange.
Mr. Bangxin Zhang is the chair of our compensation
committee. The compensation committee assists the board in
reviewing and approving the compensation structure, including
all forms of compensation, relating to our directors and
executive officers. Our Chief Executive Officer may not be
present at any committee meeting during which his compensation
is deliberated. The compensation committee is responsible for,
among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
reviewing and approving, or recommending to the board for its
approval, the compensation for our chief executive officer and
other executive officers;
|
|
|
|
reviewing and recommending to the board for determination with
respect to the compensation of our non-employee
directors; and
|
|
|
|
reviewing periodically and approving any incentive compensation
or equity plans, programs or similar arrangements.
|
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our
nominating and corporate governance committee consists of
Mr. Bangxin Zhang, Mr. Wai Chau Lin and Ms. Jane
Jie Sun. Mr. Lin and Ms. Sun satisfy the
independence requirements of Section 303A of
the Corporate Governance Rules of the New York Stock Exchange.
Mr. Bangxin Zhang is the chair of our nominating and
corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate
governance committee assists the board of directors in selecting
individuals qualified to become our directors and in determining
the composition of the board and its committees. The nominating
and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among
other things:
|
|
|
|
|
selecting and recommending to the board nominees for election by
the shareholders or appointment by the board;
|
|
|
|
reviewing annually with the board the current composition of the
board with regards to characteristics such as independence,
knowledge, skills, experience and diversity;
|
|
|
|
making recommendations on the frequency and structure of board
meetings and monitoring the functioning of the committees of the
board; and
|
|
|
|
advising the board periodically with regards to significant
developments in the law and practice of corporate governance as
well as our compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and
making recommendations to the board on all matters of corporate
governance and on any remedial action to be taken.
|
Duties of
Directors
Under Cayman Islands law, our directors have a duty of loyalty
to act honestly in good faith with a view to our best interests.
Our directors also have a duty to exercise the skill they
actually possess and such care and diligence that a reasonably
prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. In
fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure
compliance with our memorandum and articles of association. Our
company has the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our
directors is breached.
Terms of
Directors and Officers
Our officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of the
board of directors. Our directors are not subject to a term of
office and hold office until such time as they are removed from
office by special resolution or the unanimous written resolution
of all shareholders. A director will be removed from office
automatically if, among other things, the director
(i) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or
composition with his creditors; or (ii) dies or is found by
our company to be or becomes of unsound mind.
115
Employment
Agreements
We have entered into employment agreements with each of our
executive officers. Under these agreements, each of our senior
executive officers is employed for a specified time period. We
may terminate employment for cause, at any time, without advance
notice or remuneration, for certain acts of the executive
officer, such as conviction or plea of guilty to a felony or any
crime involving moral turpitude, negligent or dishonest acts to
our detriment, or misconduct or a failure to perform agreed
duties. In such case, the executive officer will not be entitled
to receive payment of any severance benefits or other amounts by
reason of the termination, and the executive officers
right to all other benefits will terminate, except as required
by any applicable law. We may also terminate an executive
officers employment without cause upon one-month advance
written notice. In such case of termination by us, we are
required to provide compensation to the executive officer,
including severance pay, as expressly required by the applicable
law of the jurisdiction where the executive officer is based.
The executive officer may terminate the employment at any time
with a one-month advance written notice, if there is any
significant change in the executive officers duties and
responsibilities inconsistent in any material and adverse
respect with his or her title and position or a material
reduction in the executive officers annual salary before
the next annual salary review, or if otherwise approved by the
board of directors.
Each executive officer has agreed to hold, both during and after
the termination or expiry of his or her employment agreement, in
strict confidence and not to use, except as required in the
performance of his or her duties in connection with the
employment, any of our confidential information or trade
secrets, any confidential information or trade secretes of our
clients or prospective clients, or the confidential or
proprietary information of any third party received by us and
for which we have confidential obligations. The executive
officers have also agreed to disclose in confidence to us all
inventions, designs and trade secrets which they conceive,
develop or reduce to practice and to assign all right, title and
interest in them to us, and assist us in obtaining patents,
copyrights and other legal rights for these inventions, designs
and trade secrets.
In addition, each executive officer has agreed to be bound by
non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions during the
term of his or her employment and for one year following the
last date of employment. Specifically, each executive officer
has agreed not to (i) approach our clients, customers or
contacts or other persons or entities introduced to the
executive officer for the purpose of doing business with such
persons or entities that will harm our business relationships
with these persons or entities; (ii) assume employment with
or provide services to any of our competitors, or engage,
whether as principal, partner, licensor or otherwise, any of our
competitors; or (iii) seek directly or indirectly, to
solicit the services of any of our employees who is employed by
us on or after the date of the executive officers
termination, or in the year preceding such termination.
Compensation
of Directors and Executive Officers
For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010, the aggregate
compensation we paid to our executive officers was approximately
$0.5 million. Such amounts included the amounts we paid for
pension, retirement or similar benefits for our executive
officers in compliance with requirements under the PRC laws. No
other pension, retirement or similar benefits has been set aside
or accrued for our executive officers or directors. None of our
non-executive directors has a service contract with us that
provides for benefits upon termination of services. We do not
pay our non-executive directors for their services on our board.
Share
Incentive Plan
In June 2010, we adopted our 2010 Share Incentive Plan in order
to attract and retain the best available personnel, provide
additional incentives to employees, directors and consultants
and promote the success of our business. The plans permit the
grant of options to purchase our Class A common shares,
share appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted share
units, dividend equivalent rights and other instruments as
deemed appropriate by the administrator under the plans. The
maximum aggregate number of Class A common shares that may
be issued pursuant to all awards under our share incentive plan
is 18,750,000 shares.
116
As of the date of this prospectus, we have granted
5,419,500 restricted Class A common shares under this
plan to our employees.
The following table summarizes, as of the date of this
prospectus, the restricted shares granted under our share
incentive plan to our directors and executive officers and to
other individuals as a group.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
|
Vesting
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted
|
|
Date of
|
|
Commencement
|
|
Vesting
|
Name
|
|
Shares
|
|
Grant
|
|
Date
|
|
Schedule
|
|
Yachao Liu
|
|
*
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
4 years
|
Yunfeng Bai
|
|
*
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
4 years
|
Joseph Kauffman
|
|
*
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
4 years
|
Directors and officers as a group
|
|
2,125,000
|
|
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
4 years
|
Other individuals as a group
|
|
3,294,500
|
|
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
1 to 4 years
|
Total
|
|
5,419,500
|
|
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Less than 1% of the outstanding common shares. |
The following paragraphs describe the principal terms of our
share incentive plan:
Plan Administration. The plan will be administered by a
committee of one or more directors to whom the board shall
delegate the authority to grant or amend awards to participants
other than any of the committee members. The committee will
determine the provisions and terms and conditions of each award
grant.
Awards and Award Agreement. Pursuant to our
2001 Share Incentive Plan, we may grant options, restricted
shares or restricted share units to our directors, employees or
consultants. Awards granted under our plan are evidenced by
award agreements that set forth the terms, conditions and
limitations for each award, which may include the term of an
award, the provisions applicable in the event the
participants employment or service terminates, and our
authority to unilaterally or bilaterally amend, modify, suspend,
cancel or rescind an award.
Option Exercise Price. The exercise price of an option
shall be determined by the plan administrator and set forth in
the award agreement and may be a fixed or variable price related
to the fair market value of the shares, to the extent not
prohibited by applicable laws. Subject to certain limits set
forth in the plan, the exercise price may be amended or adjusted
in the absolute discretion of the plan administrator, the
determination of which shall be final, binding and conclusive.
To the extent not prohibited by applicable laws or any exchange
rule, a downward adjustment of the exercise prices of options
shall be effective without the approval of the shareholders or
the approval of the affected participants.
Eligibility. We may grant awards to our employees,
directors and consultants or those of any of our related
entities, which include our subsidiaries or any entities in
which we hold a substantial ownership interest, as determined by
our plan administrator. Awards other than incentive share
options may be granted to our employees, directors and
consultants. Incentive Share Options may be granted only to
employees of our company or a parent or a subsidiary of our
company.
Term of the Awards. The term of each award grant shall be
determined by our plan administrator, provided that the term
shall not exceed 10 years from the date of the grant.
Vesting Schedule. In general, the plan administrator
determines, or the award agreement specifies, the vesting
schedule. Restricted Share granted under our 2010 Share
Incentive Plan have either a four-year, a two-year or a one-year
vesting schedule. We have the right to repurchase the restricted
shares until vested.
Transfer Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided by
our plan administrator, an award may not be transferred or
otherwise disposed of by a participant other than by will or the
laws of descent and distribution. Our plan administrator by
express provision in the award or an amendment may permit an
117
award (other than an incentive share option) to be transferred
to or exercised by certain persons related to the participant.
Corporate Transactions. Except as may provided otherwise
in an individual award agreement or any other written agreement
entered into by a participant and us, in the event of a
change-of-control
or other corporate transactions, our plan administrator may
determine to provide for one or more of the following:
(i) each award outstanding under the plan to terminate at a
specific time in the future and give each participant the right
to exercise the vested portion of the awards during a period of
time as determined by our plan administrator; or
(ii) termination of any award in exchange for an amount of
cash equal to the amount that could have been attained upon the
exercise of the award; or (iii) the replacement of such
award with other rights or property selected by our plan
administrator; or (iv) the assumption of or substitution of
such award by our successor, parent or subsidiary, with
appropriate adjustments; or (v) payment of an award in cash
based on the value of shares on the date of the corporate
transaction plus reasonable interest on the award.
Amendment and Termination of the Plan. With the approval
of our board, our plan administrator may, at any time and from
time to time, amend, modify or terminate the plan, provided,
however, that no such amendment shall be made without the
approval of the our shareholders to the extent such approval is
required by applicable laws, or in the event that such amendment
increases the number of shares available under our plan, permits
our plan administrator to extend the term of our plan or the
exercise period for an option beyond ten years from the date of
grant, or results in a material increase in benefits or a change
in eligibility requirements, unless we decides to follow home
country practice.
118
PRINCIPAL
SHAREHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information with respect to the
beneficial ownership of our common shares as of the date of this
prospectus by:
|
|
|
|
|
each of our directors and executive officers; and
|
|
|
|
each person known to us to own beneficially more than 5% of our
common shares.
|
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules
and regulations of the SEC. In computing the number of shares
beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of
that person, we have included shares that the person has the
right to acquire within 60 days, including through the
exercise of any option, warrant or other right or the conversion
of any other security. These shares, however, are not included
in the computation of the percentage ownership of any other
person.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially
|
|
|
Owned after This Offering
|
|
|
|
Owned Prior to This Offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Voting
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
%(1)
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
%(2)
|
|
|
Power(3)
|
|
|
Directors and Executive Officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bangxin
Zhang(4)
|
|
|
59,550,000
|
|
|
|
47.6
|
%
|
|
|
59,550,000
|
|
|
|
40.0
|
%
|
|
|
46.7
|
%
|
Yundong
Cao(5)
|
|
|
20,300,000
|
|
|
|
16.2
|
%
|
|
|
20,300,000
|
|
|
|
13.6
|
%
|
|
|
15.9
|
%
|
Jane Jie Sun
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wai Chau Lin
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Yachao
Liu(6)
|
|
|
8,812,500
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
%
|
|
|
8,812,500
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
%
|
|
|
6.9
|
%
|
Yunfeng
Bai(7)
|
|
|
6,337,500
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
|
|
6,337,500
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
%
|
|
|
5.0
|
%
|
Joseph Kauffman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All directors and executive officers as a group
|
|
|
95,000,000
|
|
|
|
76.0
|
%
|
|
|
95,000,000
|
|
|
|
63.8
|
%
|
|
|
74.6
|
%
|
Principal Shareholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bright Unison
Limited(8)
|
|
|
59,550,000
|
|
|
|
47.6
|
%
|
|
|
59,550,000
|
|
|
|
40.0
|
%
|
|
|
46.7
|
%
|
Tiger Global Five China
Holdings(9)
|
|
|
21,875,000
|
|
|
|
17.5
|
%
|
|
|
23,475,000
|
|
|
|
15.8
|
%
|
|
|
17.3
|
%
|
Central Glory Investments
Limited(10)
|
|
|
14,550,000
|
|
|
|
11.6
|
%
|
|
|
14,550,000
|
|
|
|
9.8
|
%
|
|
|
11.4
|
%
|
KTB China Optimum Fund and affiliate
fund(11)
|
|
|
8,125,000
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
%
|
|
|
8,285,000
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
%
|
|
|
6.4
|
%
|
Perfect Wisdom International
Limited(12)
|
|
|
8,812,500
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
%
|
|
|
8,812,500
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
%
|
|
|
6.9
|
%
|
Excellent New
Limited(13)
|
|
|
6,337,500
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
|
|
6,337,500
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
%
|
|
|
5.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
For each person and group included
in this column, percentage ownership is calculated by dividing
the number of shares beneficially owned by such person or group
by 125,000,000, being the sum of the total number of common
shares outstanding as of the date of the prospectus and the
number of common shares issuable upon conversion of all
outstanding series A preferred shares at the conversion
rate of one preferred share to one Class B common share.
|
|
(2)
|
|
For each person and group included
in this column, percentage ownership is calculated by dividing
the number of shares beneficially owned by such person or group
by 149,000,000, being the total number of common shares
outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering,
assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their
over-allotment option.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Percentage of total voting power
represents voting power with respect to all of our Class A
and Class B common shares, as a single class. Each holder
of our Class B common shares is entitled to ten votes per
Class B common share and each holder of Class A common
shares is entitled to one vote per Class A common share
held by our shareholders on all matters submitted to them for a
vote. Our Class A common shares and Class B common
shares vote together as a single class on all matters submitted
to a vote of our shareholders, except as may otherwise be
required by law. Our Class B common shares are convertible
at any time by the holder into Class A common shares on a
1:1 basis.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Consists of
59,550,000 Class B common shares held by Bright Unison
Limited, a British Virgin Islands company. Bangxin Zhang is the
sole shareholder and the sole director of Bright Unison Limited.
Bangxin Zhangs business address is
c/o 18/F,
Hesheng Building, 32 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District,
Beijing 100080, Peoples Republic of China.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Consists of
(i) 14,550,000 Class B common shares held by
Central Glory Investments Limited, a British Virgin Islands
company, to which Yundong Cao is the sole shareholder and the
sole director and (ii) 5,750,000 Class B common shares
held by Passion Prance Limited, a British Virgin Islands
company, to which Yundong Caos spouse is the sole
shareholder and the sole director. Mr. Cao
|
119
|
|
|
|
|
disclaims beneficiary ownership of
the shares held by Passion Prance Limited. Yundong Caos
business address is
c/o 18/F,
Hesheng Building, 32 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District,
Beijing 100080, Peoples Republic of China.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Consists of
8,812,500 Class B common shares held by Perfect Wisdom
International Limited, a British Virgin Islands company. Yachao
Liu is the sole shareholder and the sole director of Perfect
Wisdom International Limited. Yachao Lius business address
is
c/o 18/F,
Hesheng Building, 32 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District,
Beijing 100080, Peoples Republic of China.
|
|
(7)
|
|
Consists of
6,337,500 Class B common shares held by Excellent New
Limited, a British Virgin Islands company. Yunfeng Bai is the
sole shareholder and the sole director of Excellent New Limited.
Yunfeng Bais business address is
c/o 18/F,
Hesheng Building, 32 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District,
Beijing 100080, Peoples Republic of China.
|
|
(8)
|
|
Bright Unison Limited is a company
incorporated in the British Virgin Islands. Bangxin Zhang is the
sole shareholder and the sole director of Bright Unison Limited.
Its registered office is at P.O. Box 957, Offshore
Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin
Islands.
|
|
(9)
|
|
Prior to this offering, shares held
by Tiger Global Five China Holdings, a company organized under
the laws of Mauritius, consist of 21,875,000 Class B common
shares. In this offering, Tiger Global Management, LLC, an
affiliate of Tiger Global Five China Holdings, will purchase
800,000 ADSs, representing 1,600,000 Class A common
shares. Tiger Global Five China Holdings is a company organized
under the laws of Mauritius and controlled by Tiger Global Five
Parent Holdings, which is in turn controlled by Tiger Global
Private Investment Partners V, L.P., or PIP V. PIP V
is controlled by its general partner Tiger Global PIP
Performance V, L.P., which is controlled by its general partner
Tiger Global PIP Management V, Ltd., which is in turn controlled
by Charles P. Coleman III. The registered office of Tiger Global
Five China Holdings is Twenty Seven, Cybercity, Ebene, Mauritius.
|
|
(10)
|
|
Central Glory Investments Limited
is a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands. Yundong
Cao is the sole shareholder and the sole director of Central
Glory Investments Limited. Its registered office is at
P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road
Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.
|
|
(11)
|
|
Prior to this offering, shares held
by KTB China Optimum Fund consist of
(i) 3,125,000 Class B common shares and
(ii) 5,000,000 Class B common shares issuable upon the
conversion of the Series A preferred shares held by KTB
China Optimum Fund. In this offering, KTB China Optimum Fund
will purchase 80,000 ADSs, representing 160,000
Class A common shares. KTB China Optimum Fund was formed in
Korea, and its general partner is KTB Capital Co., Ltd. KTB
Capital Co., Ltd., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of KTB
Securities Co., Ltd., a listed company on Korea Stock Exchange,
has the discretionary authority to vote and dispose of the
shares held by KTB China Optimum Fund. KTB China Optimum
Funds registered office is at KTB network building
826-14
Yeoksam-dong Gangnam-gu, Seoul, Korea.
|
|
(12)
|
|
Perfect Wisdom International
Limited is a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands.
Yachao Liu is the sole shareholder and the sole director of
Perfect Wisdom International Limited. Its registered office is
at P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road
Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.
|
|
(13)
|
|
Excellent New Limited is a company
incorporated in the British Virgin Islands. Yunfeng Bai is the
sole shareholder and the sole director of Excellent New Limited.
Its registered office is at P.O. Box 957, Offshore
Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin
Islands.
|
As of the date of this prospectus, none of our outstanding
common shares or Series A preferred shares are held of
record by any persons in the United States. None of our
shareholders has informed us that it is a broker-dealer or an
affiliate of a broker-dealer. Our common shares are divided into
Class A common shares and Class B common shares.
Holders of Class A common shares are entitled to one vote
per share, while holders of Class B common shares are
entitled to ten votes per share. We will issue Class A
common shares represented by our ADSs in this offering. All of
our shareholders as of September 29, 2010 hold our
Class B common shares upon the closing of this offering and
may choose to convert their Class B common shares into the
same number of Class A common shares at any time. See
Description of Share CapitalCommon Shares for
a more detailed description of our Class A common shares
and Class B common shares. We are not aware of any
arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change
of control of our company.
120
RELATED
PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Contractual
Arrangements with Our Affiliated Entities and Their
Shareholders
See Our Corporate History and StructureContractual
Arrangements with Our Consolidated Affiliated Entities.
Private
Placement
See Description of Share CapitalHistory of
Securities Issuances.
Shareholders
Agreement
See Description of Share CapitalShareholders
Agreement and Registration Rights.
Employment
Agreement
See ManagementEmployment Agreements.
Stock
Incentives
See ManagementShare Incentive Plan.
121
DESCRIPTION
OF SHARE CAPITAL
We are a Cayman Islands company and our affairs are governed by
our memorandum and articles of association and the Companies Law
(as amended) of the Cayman Islands, which is referred to as the
Companies Law below.
We have adopted the fourth amended and restated memorandum and
articles of association. This new memorandum and articles of
association will become effective upon completion of this
offering and will replace the current memorandum and articles of
association in its entirety. The following are summaries of
material provisions of our post-offering memorandum and articles
of association and the Companies Law insofar as they relate to
the material terms of our common shares that we expect will
become effective upon the closing of this offering.
Common
Shares
General. Our common shares are divided into Class A
common shares and Class B common shares. Holders of our
Class A common shares and Class B common shares have
the same rights except for voting and conversion rights. Our
authorized share capital is $2,000,000 divided into 500,000,000
Class A common shares, with a par value of $0.001 each,
500,000,000 Class B common shares of $0.001 each and
1,000,000,000 undesignated shares with a par value of $0.001
each. Certificates representing the common shares are issued in
registered form. Our shareholders who are nonresidents of the
Cayman Islands may freely hold and vote their shares.
Dividends. The holders of our common shares are entitled
to such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors
subject to the Companies Law.
Conversion. Each Class B common share is
convertible into one Class A common share at any time by
the holder thereof. Class A common shares are not
convertible into Class B common shares under any
circumstances. Upon any transfer of Class B common shares
by a holder thereof to any person or entity which is not an
affiliate of such holder (as defined in our articles of
association), such Class B common shares shall be
automatically and immediately converted into an equal number of
Class A common shares. In addition, if at any time
Mr. Bangxin Zhang, Mr. Yundong Cao, Mr. Yachao
Liu, Mr. Yunfeng Bai, Tiger Global Five China Holdings and
KTB China Optimum Fund and their respective affiliates
collectively own less than 5% of the total number of the issued
and outstanding Class B common shares (taking into account
all of the issued and outstanding preferred shares on an
as-converted basis), each issued and outstanding Class B
common share shall be automatically and immediately converted
into one share of Class A common share, and we shall not
issue any Class B common shares thereafter.
Voting Rights. In respect of matters requiring
shareholders vote, each Class A common share is
entitled to one vote, and each Class B common share is
entitled to ten votes. Shareholders may attend any
shareholders meeting and vote in person or by proxy, and
in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person, by its
duly authorized representative or proxy; we currently do not
allow shareholders to vote electronically. Voting at any
shareholders meeting is by show of hands unless a poll is
demanded. A poll may be demanded by the chairman of our board of
directors or one or more shareholders holding at least 10% of
the paid up voting share capital, present in person or by proxy.
A quorum required for a meeting of shareholders consists of at
least two shareholders present in person or by proxy or, if a
corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorized
representative, who holds no less than 10% of our voting share
capital. Shareholders meetings are held annually and may
be convened by our board of directors on its own initiative or
upon a request to the directors by shareholders holding in
aggregate at least one-third of our voting share capital.
Advance notice of at least 10 days is required for the
convening of our annual general meeting and other
shareholders meetings.
An ordinary resolution to be passed by the shareholders requires
a simple majority of votes cast in a general meeting, while a
special resolution requires no less than two-thirds of the votes
cast. A special resolution is required for important matters
such as a change of name. Our shareholders may effect certain
changes by ordinary resolution, including increase the amount of
our authorized share capital, consolidate and
122
divide all or any of our share capital into shares of larger
amount than our existing shares, and cancel any shares.
Transfer of Shares. Subject to the restrictions of our
memorandum and articles of association, as applicable, any of
our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her common
shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form
or any other form approved by our board.
Our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, decline to
register any transfer of any common share which is not fully
paid up or on which we have a lien. Our directors may also
decline to register any transfer of any share unless
(a) the instrument of transfer is lodged with us,
accompanied by the certificate for the shares to which it
relates and such other evidence as our board of directors may
reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make
the transfer; (b) the instrument of transfer is in respect
of only one class of shares; (c) the instrument of transfer
is properly stamped, if required; (d) in the case of a
transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom
the share is to be transferred does not exceed four;
(e) the shares conceded are free of any lien in favor of
us; or (f) a fee of such maximum sum as the New York Stock
Exchange may determine to be payable, or such lesser sum as our
board of directors may from time to time require, is paid to us
in respect thereof.
If our directors refuse to register a transfer they shall,
within two months after the date on which the instrument of
transfer was lodged, send to each of the transferor and the
transferee notice of such refusal. The registration of transfers
may, on 14 days notice being given by advertisement
in such one or more newspapers or by electronic means, be
suspended and the register closed at such times and for such
periods as our board of directors may from time to time
determine, provided, however, that the registration of transfers
shall not be suspended nor the register closed for more than
30 days in any year.
Liquidation. On a return of capital on winding up or
otherwise (other than on conversion, redemption or purchase of
shares), assets available for distribution among the holders of
common shares shall be distributed among the holders of the
common shares on a pro rata basis. If our assets available for
distribution are insufficient to repay all of the
paid-up
capital, the assets will be distributed so that the losses are
borne by our shareholders proportionately.
Calls on Shares and Forfeiture of Shares. Our board of
directors may from time to time make calls upon shareholders for
any amounts unpaid on their shares in a notice served to such
shareholders at least 14 days prior to the specified time
of payment. The shares that have been called upon and remain
unpaid on the specified time are subject to forfeiture.
Redemption of Shares. Subject to the provisions of the
Companies Law, we may issue shares on terms that are subject to
redemption, at our option or at the option of the holders, on
such terms and in such manner as may be determined by special
resolution.
Variations of Rights of Shares. All or any of the special
rights attached to any class of shares may, subject to the
provisions of the Companies Law, be varied either with the
written consent of the holders of a majority of the issued
shares of that class or with the sanction of a special
resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the
shares of that class. The rights conferred upon the holders of
the shares of any class shall not, unless otherwise expressly
provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be
deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares
ranking in priority to or pari passu with such previously
existing shares.
Inspection of Books and Records. Holders of our common
shares will have no general right under Cayman Islands law to
inspect or obtain copies of our list of shareholders or our
corporate records. However, we will provide our shareholders
with annual audited financial statements. See Additional
Information.
123
Anti-Takeover Provisions. Some provisions of our
post-offering memorandum and articles of association may
discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company
or management that shareholders may consider favorable,
including provisions that:
|
|
|
|
|
authorize our board of directors to issue preference shares in
one or more series and to designate the price, rights,
preferences, privileges and restrictions of such preference
shares without any further vote or action by our
shareholders; and
|
|
|
|
limit the ability of shareholders to requisition and convene
general meetings of shareholders.
|
However, under Cayman Islands law, our directors may only
exercise the rights and powers granted to them under our
memorandum and articles of association for a proper purpose and
for what they believe in good faith to be in the best interests
of our company.
History
of Securities Issuances
The following is a summary of our securities issuances since the
inception of TAL Group:
Common
Shares
In January 2008, in connection with our corporate restructuring
and the incorporation of our offshore holding company, we issued
565 common shares to Bangxin Zhang, 260 common shares to Yundong
Cao, 100 common shares to Yachao Liu and 75 common shares to
Yunfeng Bai, the beneficial owners of Xueersi Education and
Xueersi Network, based on their respective interests in these
two companies, immediately prior to the restructuring.
In January 2009, we issued 67,799,435 common shares to Bangxin
Zhang, 31,199,740 common shares to Yundong Cao, 11,999,900
common shares to Yachao Liu and 8,999,925 common shares to
Yunfeng Bai based on their respective interests in our offshore
holding company, immediately prior to this issuance. In May
2009, Bangxin Zhang, Yundong Cao, Yachao Liu and Yunfeng Bai
transferred all the common shares they held to their respective
personal holding companies incorporated in the British Virgin
Islands.
Preferred
Shares
In February 2009, we issued an aggregate of 5,000,000 preferred
shares to KTB/UCI China Ventures II Limited in a private
placement at $1.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of
$5 million. In August 2010, KTB/UCI China Ventures II
Limited transferred 5,000,000 preferred shares to its affiliate
KTB China Optimum Fund. We refer to KTB/UCI China
Ventures II and KTB China Optimum Fund collectively as
KTB. Holders of our preferred shares are entitled to
vote on an as converted basis together with the
holders of common shares. Each preferred share will
automatically convert into one common share upon completion of
this offering.
Share
Transfer to Tiger and KTB
In August 2009, Bangxin Zhang, Yundong Cao, Yachao Liu and
Yunfeng Bai, or the Pre-IPO Individual Beneficial Owners,
entered into an agreement to collectively sell an aggregate of
21,875,000 common shares for an aggregate price of
$35 million to Tiger Global Five China Holdings, and an
aggregate of 3,125,000 common shares for an aggregate price of
$5 million to KTB China Optimum Fund.
Options
In connection with the sale of common shares to Tiger by the
Pre-IPO Individual Beneficial Owners in August 2009, we and the
Pre-IPO Individual Beneficial Owners granted an option to Tiger
to acquire additional securities prior to our IPO at a fair
market value to enable Tiger to increase its equity in our
company to 25% on a fully diluted basis. If Tiger purchases
additional shares from the Pre-IPO Individual Beneficial Owners,
KTB has the right to purchase its pro rata portion of the shares
offered by the Pre-IPO Individual Beneficial Owners calculated
based on our shareholder agreement. Neither Tiger nor KTB will
exercise their options to acquire our additional securities in
connection with this offering offering.
124
For options to be granted to certain of our directors, officers,
employees and consultants under our share incentive plan, see
ManagementShare Incentive Plan.
Each of the aforementioned issuances was exempt from
registration under the Securities Act in reliance on
Regulation S under the Securities Act regarding sales by an
issuer made outside the U.S. No underwriters were involved
in the securities issuances described above.
Shareholders
Agreement and Registration Rights
In connection with the issuance and sale of our Series A
preferred shares, we and our major shareholders entered into a
shareholders agreement, dated February 12, 2009,
which was amended and restated on August 12, 2009 in
connection with the sale by our then shareholders to Tiger and
KTB China Optimum Fund.
Under the shareholders agreement, KTB and Tiger were
granted certain rights, including customary veto rights,
tag-along rights, preemptive rights, rights of first refusal and
co-sale, registration rights and the right to elect one director
each. The holder of our Series A preferred shares was
granted conversion rights and liquidation rights with respect to
the Series A preferred shares. Except for the registration
rights, all of the rights of KTB and Tiger under the
shareholders agreement will terminate upon the completion
of this offering.
Under the terms of the agreement, from the date that is six
months after the effective date of the registration statement
for this offering, holders of at least 30% of the aggregate
shares initially purchased by KTB and Tiger, together on an
as-converted basis (collectively, the Initial
Holders), may require us to effect the registration other
than on
Form F-3
(or a comparable form) for a public offering of their
registrable securities with anticipated gross proceeds of at
least $5 million in the aggregate.
Moreover, the Initial Holders may require us to effect the
registration on
Form F-3
for their registrable securities provided that
Form F-3
(or a comparable form) is available for such offering and that
the aggregate price to the public net of any underwriters
discounts or commissions is not less than $0.5 million. We
are only obliged to effect up to two demand registrations other
than on
Form F-3
and up to two demand registrations on
Form F-3
(if available) during any twelve-month period. We have the right
to defer filing for a period of no more than 90 days if our
board of directors in good faith determines that filing of such
registration will be materially detrimental to us and our
shareholders, but we cannot utilize this right more than once in
any twelve-month period or register any securities of our
company for our own account or for the account of any other
shareholder during such
90-day
period. In the case where the number of registrable securities
included in an underwritten public offering is to be reduced,
the securities other than registrable shares must be reduced
before any registrable securities may be reduced.
The Initial Holders also have piggyback registration
rights, pursuant to which they may require us to register all or
any part of the registrable securities then held by such holders
when we file any registration statements for purposes of
effecting a public offering of our securities (including a
registration statement we file for shareholders other than the
Initial Holders). In the case where the number of registrable
securities included in an underwritten public offering is to be
reduced, the securities other than registrable shares must be
reduced before any registrable securities may be reduced.
However, in no event shall the amount of securities included in
such registration be reduced below 30% of the total shares
requested to be included in the offering.
The registration rights shall terminate after (a) the fifth
anniversary following the completion of this offering, or
(b) with respect to any shareholder, such earlier time
after the offering at which such holder (i) can sell all
shares held by it in compliance with Rule 144(b)(1)(i) or
(ii) under the the Securities Act, holds 1% or less of our
outstanding common shares and all registrable securities held by
such holder can be sold in any
90-day
period without registration under Rule 144 under the
Securities Act.
Differences
in Corporate Law
The Companies Law is modeled after companies legislation of the
United Kingdom but does not follow recent United Kingdom
statutory enactments. In addition, the Companies Law differs
from laws applicable to
125
United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth
below is a summary of the significant differences between the
provisions of the Companies Law applicable to us and the laws
applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and
their shareholders.
Mergers and Similar Arrangements. The Companies Law
permits mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands
companies and between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman
Islands companies. For these purposes,
(a) merger means the merging of two or more
constituent companies and the vesting of their undertaking,
property and liabilities in one of such companies as the
surviving company, and (b) a consolidation
means the combination of two or more constituent companies into
a consolidated company and the vesting of the undertaking,
property and liabilities of such companies to the consolidated
company. In order to effect such a merger or consolidation, the
directors of each constituent company must approve a written
plan of merger or consolidation, which must then be authorized
by either (a) a special resolution of the shareholders of
each constituent company voting together as one class if the
shares to be issued to each shareholder in the consolidated or
surviving company will have the same rights and economic value
as the shares held in the relevant constituent company, or
(b) a shareholder resolution of each constituent company
passed by a majority in number representing 75% in value of the
shareholders voting together as one class. The plan must be
filed with the Registrar of Companies together with a
declaration as to the solvency of the consolidated or surviving
company, a list of the assets and liabilities of each
constituent company and an undertaking that a copy of the
certificate of merger or consolidation will be given to the
members and creditors of each constituent company and published
in the Cayman Islands Gazette. Dissenting shareholders have the
right to be paid the fair value of their shares (which, if not
agreed between the parties, will be determined by the Cayman
Islands court) if they follow the required procedures, subject
to certain exceptions. Court approval is not required for a
merger or consolidation which is effected in compliance with
these statutory procedures.
In addition, there are statutory provisions that facilitate the
reconstruction and amalgamation of companies, provided that the
arrangement is approved by a majority in number of each class of
shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be
made, and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value
of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may
be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at
a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening
of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be
sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a
dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the
view that the transaction ought not to be approved, the court
can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:
|
|
|
|
|
the statutory provisions as to majority vote have been met;
|
|
|
|
the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in
question;
|
|
|
|
the arrangement is such that a businessman would reasonably
approve; and
|
|
|
|
the arrangement is not one that would more properly be
sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law.
|
When a take-over offer is made and accepted by holders of 90.0%
of the shares affected within four months, the offeror may,
within a two-month period, require the holders of the remaining
shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An
objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands
but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of
fraud, bad faith or collusion.
If the arrangement and reconstruction is thus approved, the
dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to
appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available
to dissenting shareholders of United States corporations,
providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially
determined value of the shares.
Shareholders Suits. In principle, we will normally
be the proper plaintiff and a derivative action may not be
brought by a minority shareholder. However, based on English
authority, which would in all likelihood be
126
of persuasive authority in the Cayman Islands, exceptions to the
foregoing principle apply in circumstances in which:
|
|
|
|
|
a company is acting or proposing to act illegally or ultra vires;
|
|
|
|
the act complained of, although not ultra vires, could be
effected duly if authorized by more than a simple majority vote
which has not been obtained; and
|
|
|
|
those who control the company are perpetrating a fraud on
the minority.
|
Transactions with Directors. Under the Delaware General
Corporation Law, or the DGCL, transactions with directors must
be approved by disinterested directors or by the shareholders,
or otherwise proven to be fair to the company as of the time it
is approved. Such transaction will be void or voidable, unless
(i) the material facts of any interested directors
interests are disclosed or are known to the board of directors
and the transaction is approved by the affirmative votes of a
majority of the disinterested directors, even though the
disinterested directors be less than a quorum; (ii) the
material facts of any interested directors interests are
disclosed or are known to the shareholders entitled to vote
thereon, and the transaction is specifically approved in good
faith by vote of the shareholders; or (iii) the transaction
is fair to the company as of the time it is approved.
Cayman Islands laws do not restrict transactions with directors,
requiring only that directors exercise a duty of care and owe a
fiduciary duty to the companies for which they serve. Under our
post-offering memorandum and articles of association, subject to
any separate requirement for audit committee approval under the
New York Stock Exchange rules or unless disqualified by the
chairman of the relevant board meeting, so long as a director
discloses the nature of his interest in any contract or
arrangement which he is interested in, such a director may vote
in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement
in which such director is interested and may be counted in the
quorum at such a meeting.
Directors Fiduciary Duties. Under Delaware
corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a
fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This
duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of
loyalty. The duty of care generally requires that a director act
in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person
would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a
director must inform himself of all material information
reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The
duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he
reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the
corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal
gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a
director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation
and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed
by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared
by the shareholders generally. In general, but subject to
certain exceptions, actions of a director are presumed to have
been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest
belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the
corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by
evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties.
Under Cayman Islands law, a director of a Cayman Islands company
is in the position of a fiduciary with respect to the company,
and therefore it is considered that he or she owes the following
duties to the company: a duty to act bona fide in the best
interests of the company; a duty not to make a profit out of his
or her position as director (unless the company permits him or
her to do so); and a duty not to put himself or herself in a
position where the interests of the company conflict with his or
her personal interests or his or her duty to a third party. A
director of a Cayman Islands company owes to the company a duty
to act with skill and care. It was previously considered that a
director need not exhibit in the performance of his or her
duties a greater degree of skill than may reasonably be expected
from a person of his or her knowledge and experience. However,
there are indications that the courts are moving towards an
objective standard with regard to the required skill and care.
Under our post-offering memorandum and articles of association,
directors who are in any way, whether directly or indirectly,
interested in a contract or proposed contract with our company
shall declare the nature of their interest at a meeting of the
board of directors. Following such declaration, a director may
vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract
notwithstanding his interest.
127
Majority Independent Board. A domestic U.S. company
listed on the New York Stock Exchange must comply with the
requirement that a majority of the board of directors must be
comprised of independent directors as defined under
Section 303A of the Corporate Governance Rules of the New
York Stock Exchange. As a Cayman Islands corporation, we are
allowed to follow home country practices in lieu of certain
corporate governance requirements under the New York Stock
Exchange rules where there is no similar requirement under the
laws of the Cayman Islands. However, we have no present
intention to rely on home country practice with respect to our
corporate governance matters, and we intend to comply with the
New York Stock Exchange rules after the completion of this
offering.
Shareholder Action by Written Consent. Under the DGCL, a
corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by
written consent by inclusion of such a restriction in its
certificate of incorporation. Cayman Islands law and our
post-offering articles of association provide that shareholders
may approve corporate matters by way of a unanimous written
resolution signed by or on behalf of each shareholder who would
have been entitled to vote on such matter at a general meeting
without a meeting being held.
Shareholder Proposals and Meeting of Shareholders. The
DGCL does not provide shareholders an express right to put any
proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, but in
keeping with common law, Delaware corporations generally afford
shareholders an opportunity to make proposals and nominations
provided that they comply with the notice provisions in the
certificate of incorporation or bylaws. A special meeting may be
called by the board of directors or any other person authorized
to do so in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, but
shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings.
Cayman Islands law provides shareholders with only limited
rights to requisition a general meeting, and does not provide
shareholders with any right to put any proposal before a general
meeting. However, these rights may be provided in a
companys articles of association. Our post-offering
memorandum and articles of association allow our shareholders
holding not less than one-third of our
paid-up
voting share capital to requisition a special meeting of the
shareholders, in which case the directors are obliged to call
such meeting and to put the resolutions so requisitioned to a
vote at such meeting; however, our articles do not provide our
shareholders with any right to put any proposals before annual
general meetings or extraordinary general meetings not called by
such shareholders.
As a Cayman Islands exempted company, we are not obliged by the
Companies Law of the Cayman Islands to call shareholders
annual general meetings. Our post-offering memorandum and
articles of association provide that we may (but are not obliged
to) in each year hold a general meeting as our annual general
meeting in which case we shall specify the meeting as such in
the notices calling it, and the annual general meeting shall be
held at such time and place as may be determined by our
directors. We, however, will hold an annual shareholders
meeting during each fiscal year, as required by the rules of the
New York Stock Exchange.
Cumulative Voting. Under the DGCL, cumulative voting for
elections of directors is not permitted unless the
corporations certificate of incorporation specifically
provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the
representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors
since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes
to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which
increases the shareholders voting power with respect to
electing such director.
There are no prohibitions in relation to cumulative voting under
the laws of the Cayman Islands, but our post-offering articles
of association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a
result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections
or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware
corporation.
Removal of Directors. Under the DGCL, a director of a
corporation with a classified board may be removed only for
cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares
entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation
provides otherwise. Under our post-offering articles of
association, directors can be removed by a special resolution of
shareholders.
Transactions with Interested Shareholders. The DGCL
contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware
public corporations whereby, unless the corporation has
specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by an
amendment to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws that is
approved by its shareholders,
128
it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations
with an interested shareholder for three years
following the date that such person becomes an interested
shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or
a group who or which owns 15% or more of the corporations
outstanding voting stock or who or which is an affiliate or
associate of the corporation and owned 15% or more of the
corporations outstanding voting stock within the past
three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a
potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in
which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute
does not apply if, among others, prior to the date on which such
shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of
directors approves either the business combination or the
transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested
shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a
Delaware public corporation to negotiate the terms of any
acquisition transaction with the targets board of
directors.
Cayman Islands law has no comparable statute. As a result, we
cannot avail ourselves of the types of protections afforded by
the Delaware business combination statute. However, although
Cayman Islands law does not regulate transactions between a
company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that
such transactions must be entered into bona fide in the best
interests of the company and not with the effect of perpetuating
a fraud on the minority shareholders.
Amendment of Governing Documents. Under the DGCL, a
corporations certificate of incorporation may be amended
only if adopted and declared advisable by the board of directors
and approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to
vote, and the bylaws may be amended with the approval of a
majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote and may, if
so provided in the certificate of incorporation, also be amended
by the board of directors. As permitted by Cayman Islands law,
our post-offering memorandum and articles of association may be
amended with a special resolution.
Rights of Non-resident or Foreign Shareholders. There are
no limitations imposed by our post-offering memorandum and
articles of association on the rights of non-resident or foreign
shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In
addition, there are no provisions in our post-offering
memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership
threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.
Indemnification. Cayman Islands law does not limit the
extent to which a companys articles of association may
provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to
the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands
courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide
indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of
committing a crime.
Under our post-offering memorandum and articles of association,
we may indemnify our directors, officers, employees and agents
against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such persons in
connection with actions, suits or proceedings to which they are
party or are threatened to be made a party by reason of their
acting as our directors, officers, employees or agents, except
through their own dishonesty, willful default or fraud. To be
entitled to indemnification, these persons must have acted in
good faith and in the best interest and not contrary to the
interest of our company, and must not have acted in a manner
willfully or grossly negligent and, with respect to any criminal
action, they must have had no reasonable cause to believe their
conduct was unlawful. Our post-offering memorandum and articles
of association may also provide for indemnification of such
person in the case of a suit initiated by our company or in the
right of our company.
We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our
directors and executive officers to indemnify them to the
fullest extent permitted by applicable law and our articles of
association, from and against all costs, charges, expenses,
liabilities and losses incurred in connection with any
litigation, suit or proceeding to which such director is or is
threatened to be made a party, witness or other participant.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or
persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have
been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and therefore is unenforceable.
129
DESCRIPTION
OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
American
Depositary Receipts
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as depositary will issue the ADSs
which you will be entitled to receive in this offering. Each ADS
will represent an ownership interest in two Class A common
shares which we will deposit with the custodian, as agent of the
depositary, under the deposit agreement among ourselves, the
depositary and yourself as an ADR holder. In the future, each
ADS will also represent any securities, cash or other property
deposited with the depositary but which they have not
distributed directly to you. Unless specifically requested by
you, all ADSs will be issued on the books of our depositary in
book-entry form and periodic statements will be mailed to you
which reflect your ownership interest in such ADSs. In our
description, references to American depositary receipts or ADRs
shall include the statements you will receive which reflect your
ownership of ADSs.
The depositarys office is located at 1 Chase
Manhattan Plaza, Floor 58, New York, NY, 10005-1401.
You may hold ADSs either directly or indirectly through your
broker or other financial institution. If you hold ADSs
directly, by having an ADS registered in your name on the books
of the depositary, you are an ADR holder. This description
assumes you hold your ADSs directly. If you hold the ADSs
through your broker or financial institution nominee, you must
rely on the procedures of such broker or financial institution
to assert the rights of an ADR holder described in this section.
You should consult with your broker or financial institution to
find out what those procedures are.
As an ADR holder, we will not treat you as a shareholder of ours
and you will not have any shareholder rights. Cayman Island law
governs shareholder rights. Because the depositary or its
nominee will be the shareholder of record for the shares
represented by all outstanding ADSs, shareholder rights rest
with such record holder. Your rights are those of an ADR holder.
Such rights derive from the terms of the deposit agreement to be
entered into among us, the depositary and all registered holders
from time to time of ADSs issued under the deposit agreement.
The obligations of the depositary and its agents are also set
out in the deposit agreement. Because the depositary or its
nominee will actually be the registered owner of the
Class A common shares, you must rely on it to exercise the
rights of a shareholder on your behalf. The deposit agreement
and the ADSs are governed by New York law.
The following is a summary of the material terms of the deposit
agreement. Because it is a summary, it does not contain all the
information that may be important to you. For more complete
information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and
the form of ADR which contains the terms of your ADSs. You can
read a copy of the deposit agreement which is filed as an
exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus
forms a part. You may also obtain a copy of the deposit
agreement at the SECs Public Reference Room which is
located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You
may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference
Room by calling the SEC at
1-800-732-0330.
You may also find the registration statement and the attached
deposit agreement on the SECs website at
http://www.sec.gov.
Share
Dividends and Other Distributions
How
will I receive dividends and other distributions on the shares
underlying my ADSs?
We may make various types of distributions with respect to our
securities. The depositary has agreed that, to the extent
practicable, it will pay to you the cash dividends or other
distributions it or the custodian receives on shares, after
converting any cash received into U.S. dollars and, in all
cases, making any necessary deductions provided for in the
deposit agreement. You will receive these distributions in
proportion to the number of underlying securities that your ADSs
represent.
Except as stated below, the depositary will deliver such
distributions to ADR holders in proportion to their interests in
the following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
Cash. The depositary will distribute any
U.S. dollars available to it resulting from a cash dividend
or other cash distribution or the net proceeds of sales of any
other distribution or portion thereof (to the
|
130
|
|
|
|
|
extent applicable), on an averaged or other practicable basis,
subject to (i) appropriate adjustments for taxes withheld,
(ii) such distribution being impermissible or impracticable
with respect to certain registered ADR holders, and
(iii) deduction of the depositarys expenses in
(1) converting any foreign currency to U.S. dollars to
the extent that it determines that such conversion may be made
on a reasonable basis, (2) transferring foreign currency or
U.S. dollars to the United States by such means as the
depositary may determine to the extent that it determines that
such transfer may be made on a reasonable basis,
(3) obtaining any approval or license of any governmental
authority required for such conversion or transfer, which is
obtainable at a reasonable cost and within a reasonable time and
(4) making any sale by public or private means in any
commercially reasonable manner. If exchange rates fluctuate
during a time when the depositary cannot convert a foreign
currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the
distribution.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares. In the case of a distribution in shares,
the depositary will issue additional ADRs to evidence the number
of ADSs representing such shares. Only whole ADSs will be
issued. Any shares which would result in fractional ADSs will be
sold and the net proceeds will be distributed in the same manner
as cash to the ADR holders entitled thereto.
|
|
|
|
Rights to receive additional shares. In the case
of a distribution of rights to subscribe for additional shares
or other rights, if we provide evidence satisfactory to the
depositary that it may lawfully distribute such rights, the
depositary will distribute warrants or other instruments in the
discretion of the depositary representing such rights. However,
if we do not furnish such evidence, the depositary may:
|
|
|
|
|
|
sell such rights if practicable and distribute the net proceeds
in the same manner as cash to the ADR holders entitled
thereto; or
|
|
|
|
if it is not practicable to sell such rights, do nothing and
allow such rights to lapse, in which case ADR holders will
receive nothing.
|
We have no obligation to file a registration statement under the
Securities Act in order to make any rights available to ADR
holders.
|
|
|
|
|
Other Distributions. In the case of a distribution
of securities or property other than those described above, the
depositary may either (i) distribute such securities or
property in any manner it deems equitable and practicable or
(ii) to the extent the depositary deems distribution of
such securities or property not to be equitable and practicable,
sell such securities or property and distribute any net proceeds
in the same way it distributes cash.
|
If the depositary determines that any distribution described
above is not practicable with respect to any specific registered
ADR holder, the depositary may choose any method of distribution
that it deems practicable for such ADR holder, including the
distribution of foreign currency, securities or property, or it
may retain such items, without paying interest on or investing
them, on behalf of the ADR holder as deposited securities, in
which case the ADSs will also represent the retained items.
Any U.S. dollars will be distributed by checks drawn on a
bank in the United States for whole dollars and cents.
Fractional cents will be withheld without liability and dealt
with by the depositary in accordance with its then current
practices.
The depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is
unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any
ADR holders.
There can be no assurance that the depositary will be able to
convert any currency at a specified exchange rate or sell any
property, rights, shares or other securities at a specified
price, nor that any of such transactions can be completed within
a specified time period.
131
Deposit,
Withdrawal and Cancellation
How
does the depositary issue ADSs?
The depositary will issue ADSs if you or your broker deposit
shares or evidence of rights to receive shares with the
custodian and pay the fees and expenses owing to the depositary
in connection with such issuance. In the case of the ADSs to be
issued under this prospectus, we will arrange with the
underwriters named herein to deposit such shares.
Shares deposited in the future with the custodian must be
accompanied by certain delivery documentation, including
instruments showing that such shares have been properly
transferred or endorsed to the person on whose behalf the
deposit is being made.
The custodian will hold all deposited shares (including those
being deposited by or on our behalf in connection with the
offering to which this prospectus relates) for the account of
the depositary. ADR holders thus have no direct ownership
interest in the shares and only have such rights as are
contained in the deposit agreement. The custodian will also hold
any additional securities, property and cash received on or in
substitution for the deposited shares. The deposited shares and
any such additional items are referred to as deposited
securities.
Upon each deposit of shares, receipt of related delivery
documentation and compliance with the other provisions of the
deposit agreement, including the payment of the fees and charges
of the depositary and any taxes or other fees or charges owing,
the depositary will issue an ADR or ADRs in the name or upon the
order of the person entitled thereto evidencing the number of
ADSs to which such person is entitled. All of the ADSs issued
will, unless specifically requested to the contrary, be part of
the depositarys direct registration system, and a
registered holder will receive periodic statements from the
depositary which will show the number of ADSs registered in such
holders name. An ADR holder can request that the ADSs not
be held through the depositarys direct registration system
and that a certificated ADR be issued.
How do
ADR holders cancel an ADS and obtain deposited
securities?
When you turn in your ADR certificate at the depositarys
office, or when you provide proper instructions and
documentation in the case of direct registration ADSs, the
depositary will, upon payment of certain applicable fees,
charges and taxes, deliver the underlying shares to you or upon
your written order. In the case of certificated ADSs, delivery
will be made at the custodians office. At your risk,
expense and request, the depositary may deliver deposited
securities at such other place as you may request.
The depositary may only restrict the withdrawal of deposited
securities in connection with:
|
|
|
|
|
temporary delays caused by closing our transfer books or those
of the depositary or the deposit of shares in connection with
voting at a shareholders meeting, or the payment of
dividends;
|
|
|
|
the payment of fees, taxes and similar charges; or
|
|
|
|
compliance with any U.S. or foreign laws or governmental
regulations relating to the ADRs or to the withdrawal of
deposited securities.
|
This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any other
provision of the deposit agreement.
Record
Dates
The depositary may, after consultation with us if practicable,
fix record dates for the determination of the registered ADR
holders who will be entitled (or obligated, as the case may be):
|
|
|
|
|
to receive any distribution on or in respect of shares,
|
|
|
|
to give instructions for the exercise of voting rights at a
meeting of holders of shares,
|
132
|
|
|
|
|
to pay the fee assessed by the depositary for administration of
the ADR program and for any expenses as provided for in the
ADR, or
|
|
|
|
to receive any notice or to act in respect of other matters,
|
all subject to the provisions of the deposit agreement.
Voting
Rights
How do
I vote?
If you are an ADR holder and the depositary asks you to provide
it with voting instructions, you may instruct the depositary how
to exercise the voting rights for the shares which underlie your
ADSs. As soon as practicable after receiving notice of any
meeting or solicitation of consents or proxies from us, the
depositary will distribute to the registered ADR holders a
notice stating such information as is contained in the voting
materials received by the depositary and describing how you may
instruct the depositary to exercise the voting rights for the
shares which underlie your ADSs, including instructions for
giving a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us. For
instructions to be valid, the depositary must receive them in
the manner and on or before the date specified. The depositary
will try, as far as is practical, subject to the provisions of
and governing the underlying shares, to vote or to have its
agents vote the shares as you instruct. The depositary will only
vote or attempt to vote as you instruct. The depositary will not
itself exercise any voting discretion. Furthermore, neither the
depositary nor its agents are responsible for any failure to
carry out any voting instructions, for the manner in which any
vote is cast or for the effect of any vote. We allow the
depositary as a shareholder on record to attend any
shareholders meeting and vote by its duly authorized
representative or by proxy; however, we currently do not allow
shareholders to vote electronically.
There is no guarantee that you will receive voting materials in
time to instruct the depositary to vote and it is possible that
you, or persons who hold their ADSs through brokers, dealers or
other third parties, will not have the opportunity to exercise a
right to vote.
The shares represented by the ADSs may only be voted through the
depositary. ADR holders will not be able to attend and vote at
meetings of shareholders other than through the depositary
itself. To the extent an ADR holder wishes to attend and vote at
any such meeting, such ADR holder would be required to cancel
such ADR holders ADSs and become a shareholder of the
company prior to the record date established by us for such
meeting. For information on how a shareholder of the company is
able to vote, please see Description of Share
Capital Common Shares.
In order to give you a reasonable opportunity to instruct the
depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to
deposited securities, if we request the depositary to act, we
will give the depositary notice of any such meeting and details
concerning the matters to be voted upon at least 30 days in
advance of the meeting date.
Reports
and Other Communications
Will
ADR holders be able to view our reports?
The depositary will make available for inspection by ADR holders
at the offices of the depositary and the custodian the deposit
agreement, the provisions of or governing deposited securities,
and any written communications from us which are both received
by the custodian or its nominee as a holder of deposited
securities and made generally available to the holders of
deposited securities.
Additionally, if we make any written communications generally
available to holders of our shares, and we furnish copies
thereof (or English translations or summaries) to the
depositary, it will distribute the same to registered ADR
holders.
133
Fees and
Expenses
What
fees and expenses will I be responsible for
paying?
The depositary may charge each person to whom ADSs are issued,
including, without limitation, issuances against deposits of
shares, issuances in respect of share distributions, rights and
other distributions, issuances pursuant to a stock dividend or
stock split declared by us or issuances pursuant to a merger,
exchange of securities or any other transaction or event
affecting the ADSs or deposited securities, and each person
surrendering ADSs for withdrawal of deposited securities or
whose ADRs are cancelled or reduced for any other reason, $5.00
for each 100 ADSs (or any portion thereof) issued, delivered,
reduced, cancelled or surrendered, as the case may be. The
depositary may sell (by public or private sale) sufficient
securities and property received in respect of a share
distribution, rights
and/or other
distribution prior to such deposit to pay such charge.
The following additional charges shall be incurred by the ADR
holders, by any party depositing or withdrawing shares or by any
party surrendering ADSs or to whom ADSs are issued (including,
without limitation, issuance pursuant to a stock dividend or
stock split declared by us or an exchange of stock regarding the
ADRs or the deposited securities or a distribution of ADSs),
whichever is applicable:
|
|
|
|
|
a fee of $1.50 per ADR or ADRs for transfers of certificated or
direct registration ADRs;
|
|
|
|
a fee of up to $0.05 per ADS for any cash distribution made
pursuant to the deposit agreement;
|
|
|
|
a fee of up to $0.05 per ADS per calendar year (or portion
thereof) for services performed by the depositary in
administering the ADRs (which fee may be charged on a periodic
basis during each calendar year and shall be assessed against
holders of ADRs as of the record date or record dates set by the
depositary during each calendar year and shall be payable in the
manner described in the next succeeding provision);
|
|
|
|
reimbursement of such fees, charges and expenses as are incurred
by the depositary
and/or any
of the depositarys agents (including, without limitation,
the custodian and expenses incurred on behalf of holders in
connection with compliance with foreign exchange control
regulations or any law or regulation relating to foreign
investment) in connection with the servicing of the shares, the
delivery of deposited securities or otherwise in connection with
the depositarys or its custodians compliance with
applicable law, rule or regulation (which charge shall be
assessed on a proportionate basis against holders as of the
record date or dates set by the depositary and shall be payable
at the sole discretion of the depositary by billing such holders
or by deducting such charge from one or more cash dividends or
other cash distributions);
|
|
|
|
a fee for the distribution of securities (or the sale of
securities in connection with a distribution), such fee being in
an amount equal to the fee for the execution and delivery of
ADSs which would have been charged as a result of the deposit of
such securities (treating all such securities as if they were
shares) but which securities or the net cash proceeds from the
sale thereof are instead distributed by the depositary to those
holders entitled thereto;
|
|
|
|
stock transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges;
|
|
|
|
cable, telex and facsimile transmission and delivery charges
incurred at your request in connection with the deposit or
delivery of shares;
|
|
|
|
transfer or registration fees for the registration of transfer
of deposited securities on any applicable register in connection
with the deposit or withdrawal of deposited securities; and
|
|
|
|
expenses of the depositary in connection with the conversion of
foreign currency into U.S. dollars.
|
We will pay all other charges and expenses of the depositary and
any agent of the depositary (except the custodian) pursuant to
agreements from time to time between us and the depositary. The
charges described above may be amended from time to time by
agreement between us and the depositary.
134
Our depositary has agreed to reimburse us for certain expenses
we incur that are related to establishment and maintenance of
the ADR program, including investor relations expenses and
exchange application and listing fees. Neither the depositary
nor we can determine the exact amount to be made available to us
because (i) the number of ADSs that will be issued and
outstanding, (ii) the level of fees to be charged to
holders of ADSs and (iii) our reimbursable expenses related
to the ADR program are not known at this time. The depositary
collects its fees for issuance and cancellation of ADSs directly
from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the
purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them.
The depositary collects fees for making distributions to
investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed
or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the
fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary
services by deduction from cash distributions, or by directly
billing investors, or by charging the book-entry system accounts
of participants acting for them. The depositary may generally
refuse to provide services to any holder until the fees and
expenses owing by such holder for those services or otherwise
are paid.
Payment
of Taxes
ADR holders must pay any tax or other governmental charge
payable by the custodian or the depositary on any ADS or ADR,
deposited security or distribution. If an ADR holder owes any
tax or other governmental charge, the depositary may
(i) deduct the amount thereof from any cash distributions,
or (ii) sell deposited securities (by public or private
sale) and deduct the amount owing from the net proceeds of such
sale. In either case the ADR holder remains liable for any
shortfall. Additionally, if any tax or governmental charge is
unpaid, the depositary may also refuse to effect any
registration, registration of transfer,
split-up or
combination of deposited securities or withdrawal of deposited
securities until such payment is made. If any tax or
governmental charge is required to be withheld on any cash
distribution, the depositary may deduct the amount required to
be withheld from any cash distribution or, in the case of a
non-cash distribution, sell the distributed property or
securities (by public or private sale) to pay such taxes and
distribute any remaining net proceeds to the ADR holders
entitled thereto.
By holding an ADR or an interest therein, you will be agreeing
to indemnify us, the depositary, its custodian and any of our or
their respective directors, employees, agents and affiliates
against, and hold each of them harmless from, any claims by any
governmental authority with respect to taxes, additions to tax,
penalties or interest arising out of any refund of taxes,
reduced rate of withholding at source or other tax benefit
obtained.
Reclassifications,
Recapitalizations and Mergers
If we take certain actions that affect the deposited securities,
including (i) any change in par value,
split-up,
consolidation, cancellation or other reclassification of
deposited securities or (ii) any distributions not made to
holders of ADRs or (iii) any recapitalization,
reorganization, merger, consolidation, liquidation,
receivership, bankruptcy or sale of all or substantially all of
our assets, then the depositary may choose to:
(1) amend the form of ADR;
(2) distribute additional or amended ADRs;
(3) distribute cash, securities or other property it
has received in connection with such actions;
(4) sell any securities or property received and
distribute the proceeds as cash; or
(5) none of the above.
If the depositary does not choose any of the above options, any
of the cash, securities or other property it receives will
constitute part of the deposited securities and each ADS will
then represent a proportionate interest in such property.
135
Amendment
and Termination
How
may the deposit agreement be amended?
We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement
and the ADSs without your consent for any reason. ADR holders
must be given at least 30 days notice of any amendment that
imposes or increases any fees or charges (other than stock
transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges, transfer
or registration fees, cable, telex or facsimile transmission
costs, delivery costs or other such expenses), or otherwise
prejudices any substantial existing right of ADR holders. Such
notice need not describe in detail the specific amendments
effectuated thereby, but must give ADR holders a means to access
the text of such amendment. We will file such amendment with the
Securities and Exchange Commission through its electronic filing
system, which provides ADR holders with free access to the text
of any such amendment and we will bear any expenses that may be
incurred for such filing. If an ADR holder continues to hold an
ADR or ADRs after being so notified, such ADR holder is deemed
to agree to such amendment and to be bound by the deposit
agreement as so amended. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any
governmental body or regulatory body should adopt new laws,
rules or regulations which would require amendment or supplement
of the deposit agreement or the form of ADR to ensure compliance
therewith, we and the depositary may amend or supplement the
deposit agreement and the ADR at any time in accordance with
such changed laws, rules or regulations, which amendment or
supplement may take effect before a notice is given or within
any other period of time as required for compliance. No
amendment, however, will impair your right to surrender your
ADSs and receive the underlying securities, except in order to
comply with mandatory provisions of applicable law.
How
may the deposit agreement be terminated?
The depositary may, and shall at our written direction,
terminate the deposit agreement and the ADRs by mailing notice
of such termination to the registered holders of ADRs at least
30 days prior to the date fixed in such notice for such
termination; provided, however, if the depositary shall have
(i) resigned as depositary under the deposit agreement,
notice of such termination by the depositary shall not be
provided to registered holders unless a successor depositary
shall not be operating under the deposit agreement within
45 days of the date of such resignation, and (ii) been
removed as depositary under the deposit agreement, notice of
such termination by the depositary shall not be provided to
registered holders of ADRs unless a successor depositary shall
not be operating under the deposit agreement on the 90th day
after our notice of removal was first provided to the
depositary. After termination, the depositarys only
responsibility will be (i) to deliver deposited securities
to ADR holders who surrender their ADRs, and (ii) to hold
or sell distributions received on deposited securities. As soon
as practicable after the expiration of six months from the
termination date, the depositary will sell the deposited
securities which remain and hold the net proceeds of such sales
(as long as it may lawfully do so), without liability for
interest, in trust for the ADR holders who have not yet
surrendered their ADRs. After making such sale, the depositary
shall have no obligations except to account for such proceeds
and other cash.
Limitations
on Obligations and Liability to ADR holders
Limits
on our obligations and the obligations of the depositary; limits
on liability to ADR holders and holders of ADSs
Prior to the issue, registration, registration of transfer,
split-up,
combination, or cancellation of any ADRs, or the delivery of any
distribution in respect thereof, and from time to time, we or
the depositary or its custodian may require:
|
|
|
|
|
payment with respect thereto of (i) any stock transfer or
other tax or other governmental charge, (ii) any stock
transfer or registration fees in effect for the registration of
transfers of shares upon any applicable register and
(iii) any applicable fees and expenses described in the
deposit agreement;
|
|
|
|
the production of proof satisfactory to it of (i) the
identity of any signatory and genuineness of any signature and
(ii) such other information, including without limitation,
information as to citizenship,
|
136
|
|
|
|
|
residence, exchange control approval, beneficial ownership of
any securities, compliance with applicable law, regulations,
provisions of or governing deposited securities and terms of the
deposit agreement and the ADRs, as it may deem necessary or
proper; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
compliance with such regulations as the depositary may establish
consistent with the deposit agreement.
|
The issuance of ADRs, the acceptance of deposits of shares, the
registration, registration of transfer,
split-up or
combination of ADRs or the withdrawal of shares, may be
suspended, generally or in particular instances, when the ADRs
register or any register for deposited securities is closed or
when any such action is deemed advisable by the depositary;
provided that the ability to withdrawal shares may only be
limited under the following circumstances: (i) temporary
delays caused by closing transfer books of the depositary or our
transfer books or the deposit of shares in connection with
voting at a shareholders meeting, or the payment of
dividends, (ii) the payment of fees, taxes, and similar
charges, and (iii) compliance with any laws or governmental
regulations relating to ADRs or to the withdrawal of deposited
securities.
The deposit agreement expressly limits the obligations and
liability of the depositary, ourselves and our respective
agents. Neither we nor the depositary nor any such agent will be
liable if:
|
|
|
|
|
any present or future law, rule, regulation, fiat, order or
decree of the United States, the Cayman Islands, the
Peoples Republic of China (for this section only,
including the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region) or any
other country, or of any governmental or regulatory authority or
securities exchange or market or automated quotation system, the
provisions of or governing any deposited securities, any present
or future provision of our charter, any act of God, war,
terrorism or other circumstance beyond our, the
depositarys or our respective agents control shall
prevent, delay or subject to any civil or criminal penalty, any
act which the deposit agreement or the ADRs provide shall be
done or performed by us, the depositary or our respective agents
(including, without limitation, voting);
|
|
|
|
it exercises or fails to exercise discretion under the deposit
agreement or the ADR;
|
|
|
|
it performs its obligations under the deposit agreement and ADRs
without gross negligence or bad faith;
|
|
|
|
it takes any action or refrains from taking any action in
reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel,
accountants, any person presenting shares for deposit, any
registered holder of ADRs, or any other person believed by it to
be competent to give such advice or information; or
|
|
|
|
it relies upon any written notice, request, direction or other
document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or
presented by the proper party or parties.
|
Neither the depositary nor its agents have any obligation to
appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other
proceeding in respect of any deposited securities or the ADRs.
We and our agents shall only be obligated to appear in,
prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in
respect of any deposited securities or the ADRs, which in our
opinion may involve us in expense or liability, if indemnity
satisfactory to us against all expense (including fees and
disbursements of counsel) and liability is furnished as often as
may be required. The depositary and its agents may fully respond
to any and all demands or requests for information maintained by
or on its behalf in connection with the deposit agreement, any
registered holder or holders of ADRs, any ADRs or otherwise
related to the deposit agreement or ADRs to the extent such
information is requested or required by or pursuant to any
lawful authority, including without limitation laws, rules,
regulations, administrative or judicial process, banking,
securities or other regulators. The depositary shall not be
liable for the acts or omissions made by any securities
depository, clearing agency or settlement system in connection
with or arising out of book-entry settlement of deposited
securities or otherwise. Furthermore, the depositary shall not
be responsible for, and shall incur no liability in connection
with or arising from, the insolvency of any custodian that is
not a branch or affiliate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
Additionally, none of us, the depositary or the custodian shall
be liable for the failure by any registered holder of ADRs or
beneficial owner therein to obtain the benefits of credits on
the basis of
non-U.S. tax
paid
137
against such holders or beneficial owners income tax
liability. Neither we nor the depositary shall incur any
liability for any tax consequences that may be incurred by
holders or beneficial owners on account of their ownership of
ADRs or ADSs.
Neither the depositary nor its agents will be responsible for
any failure to carry out any instructions to vote any of the
deposited securities, for the manner in which any such vote is
cast or for the effect of any such vote. Neither the depositary
nor any of its agents shall be liable to registered holders of
ADRs or beneficial owners of interests in ADSs for any indirect,
special, punitive or consequential damages (including, without
limitation, lost profits) of any form incurred by any person or
entity, whether or not foreseeable and regardless of the type of
action in which such a claim may be brought.
The depositary may own and deal in any class of our securities
and in ADSs.
Disclosure
of Interest in ADSs
To the extent that the provisions of or governing any deposited
securities may require disclosure of or impose limits on
beneficial or other ownership of deposited securities, other
shares and other securities and may provide for blocking
transfer, voting or other rights to enforce such disclosure or
limits, you agree to comply with all such disclosure
requirements and ownership limitations and to comply with any
reasonable instructions we may provide in respect thereof. We
reserve the right to instruct you to deliver your ADSs for
cancellation and withdrawal of the deposited securities so as to
permit us to deal with you directly as a holder of shares and,
by holding an ADS or an interest therein, you will be agreeing
to comply with such instructions.
Books of
Depositary
The depositary or its agent will maintain a register for the
registration, registration of transfer, combination and
split-up of
ADRs, which register shall include the depositarys direct
registration system. Registered holders of ADRs may inspect such
records at the depositarys office at all reasonable times,
but solely for the purpose of communicating with other holders
in the interest of the business of our company or a matter
relating to the deposit agreement. Such register may be closed
from time to time, when deemed expedient by the depositary.
The depositary will maintain facilities for the delivery and
receipt of ADRs.
Pre-release
of ADSs
In its capacity as depositary, the depositary shall not lend
shares or ADSs; provided, however, that the depositary may
(i) issue ADSs prior to the receipt of shares and
(ii) deliver shares prior to the receipt of ADSs for
withdrawal of deposited securities, including ADSs which were
issued under (i) above but for which shares may not have
been received (each such transaction a pre-release).
The depositary may receive ADSs in lieu of shares under
(i) above (which ADSs will promptly be canceled by the
depositary upon receipt by the depositary) and receive shares in
lieu of ADSs under (ii) above. Each such pre-release will
be subject to a written agreement whereby the person or entity
(the applicant) to whom ADSs or shares are to be
delivered (a) represents that at the time of the
pre-release the applicant or its customer owns the shares or
ADSs that are to be delivered by the applicant under such
pre-release, (b) agrees to indicate the depositary as owner
of such shares or ADSs in its records and to hold such shares or
ADSs in trust for the depositary until such shares or ADSs are
delivered to the depositary or the custodian,
(c) unconditionally guarantees to deliver to the depositary
or the custodian, as applicable, such shares or ADSs, and
(d) agrees to any additional restrictions or requirements
that the depositary deems appropriate. Each such pre-release
will be at all times fully collateralized with cash,
U.S. government securities or such other collateral as the
depositary deems appropriate, terminable by the depositary on
not more than five (5) business days notice and
subject to such further indemnities and credit regulations as
the depositary deems appropriate. The depositary will normally
limit the number of ADSs and shares involved in such pre-release
at any one time to thirty percent (30%) of the ADSs outstanding
(without giving effect to ADSs outstanding under
(i) above), provided, however, that the depositary reserves
the right to change or disregard such limit from time to time as
it deems appropriate. The
138
depositary may also set limits with respect to the number of
ADSs and shares involved in pre-release with any one person on a
case-by-case
basis as it deems appropriate. The depositary may retain for its
own account any compensation received by it in conjunction with
the foregoing. Collateral provided pursuant to (b) above,
but not the earnings thereon, shall be held for the benefit of
the registered holders of ADRs (other than the applicant).
Appointment
In the deposit agreement, each registered holder of ADRs and
each person holding an interest in ADSs, upon acceptance of any
ADSs (or any interest therein) issued in accordance with the
terms and conditions of the deposit agreement will be deemed for
all purposes to:
|
|
|
|
|
be a party to and bound by the terms of the deposit agreement
and the applicable ADR or ADRs, and
|
|
|
|
appoint the depositary its attorney-in-fact, with full power to
delegate, to act on its behalf and to take any and all actions
contemplated in the deposit agreement and the applicable ADR or
ADRs, to adopt any and all procedures necessary to comply with
applicable laws and to take such action as the depositary in its
sole discretion may deem necessary or appropriate to carry out
the purposes of the deposit agreement and the applicable ADR and
ADRs, the taking of such actions to be the conclusive
determinant of the necessity and appropriateness thereof.
|
Governing
Law
The deposit agreement and the ADRs shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
In the deposit agreement, we have submitted to the jurisdiction
of the courts of the State of New York and appointed an agent
for service of process on our behalf.
139
SHARES ELIGIBLE
FOR FUTURE SALE
Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding
12,000,000 ADSs, representing approximately 16.1% of our common
shares in issue. All of the ADSs sold in this offering will be
freely transferable by persons other than our
affiliates without restriction or further
registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial
amounts of our ADSs in the public market could adversely affect
prevailing market prices of our ADSs. Prior to this offering,
there has been no public market for our common shares or the
ADSs, and although our ADSs have been approved for listing on
the New York Stock Exchange, we cannot assure you that a regular
trading market will develop in the ADSs. We do not expect that a
trading market will develop for our common shares not
represented by the ADSs.
Lock-Up
Agreements
We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell,
pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file
with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act
relating to, any ADSs or shares of common shares, or publicly
disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge,
disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of the
representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of
this prospectus, except issuances pursuant to the exercise of
employee stock options outstanding on the date hereof or
pursuant to our dividend reinvestment plan.
Our officers, directors and existing shareholders have agreed
that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or
otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ADSs or shares
of common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable
or exercisable for any ADSs or shares of common shares, enter
into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter
into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in
whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership
of our ADSs, whether any of these transactions are to be settled
by delivery of our ADSs or other securities, in cash or
otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer,
sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction,
swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the
prior written consent of the representatives for a period of
180 days after the date of this prospectus. After the
expiration of the
180-day
period, the common shares or ADSs held by our directors,
executive officers or existing shareholders may be sold subject
to the restrictions under Rule 144 under the Securities Act
or by means of registered public offerings.
The 180-day
lock-up
period is subject to adjustment under certain circumstances. If
in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days
of the
lock-up
period, we release earnings results or material news or a
material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the
expiration of the
lock-up
period, we announce that we will release earnings results during
the 16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
lock-up
period, then in either case the expiration of the
lock-up
will be extended until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings
results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as
applicable, unless the representatives waive, in writing, such
an extension.
The restrictions described in the preceding paragraphs will be
automatically extended under certain circumstances. See
Underwriting.
Other than this offering, we are not aware of any plans by any
significant shareholders to dispose of significant numbers of
our ADSs or common shares. However, one or more existing
shareholders or owners of securities convertible or exchangeable
into or exercisable for our ADSs or common shares may dispose of
significant numbers of our ADSs or common shares. We cannot
predict what effect, if any, future sales of our ADSs or common
shares, or the availability of ADSs or common shares for future
sale, will have on the trading price of our ADSs from time to
time. Sales of substantial amounts of our ADSs or common shares
in the public market, or the perception that these sales could
occur, could adversely affect the trading price of our ADSs.
Rule 144
All of our common shares outstanding prior to this offering are
restricted securities as that term is defined in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may be sold publicly
in the United States only if they are
140
subject to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration
requirement such as those provided by Rule 144 and
Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. In general,
under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning
90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person (or
persons whose shares are aggregated) who at the time of a sale
is not, and has not been during the three months preceding the
sale, an affiliate of us and has beneficially owned our
restricted securities for at least six months will be entitled
to sell the restricted securities without registration under the
Securities Act, subject only to the availability of current
public information about us, and will be entitled to sell
restricted securities beneficially owned for at least one year
without restriction. Persons who are our affiliates and have
beneficially owned our restricted securities for at least six
months may sell within any three-month period a number of
restricted securities that does not exceed the greater of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
1% of the number of our common shares then outstanding, in the
form of ADSs or otherwise, which will equal approximately
1.49 million shares immediately after this offering,
assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment
option; and
|
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume of our ADSs on the New York
Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the date
on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.
|
Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to
certain requirements relating to manner of sale, notice and the
availability of current public information about us.
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701 under the Securities Act as
currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants or
advisors who purchases our common shares from us in connection
with a compensatory stock plan or other written agreement
executed prior to the completion of this offering is eligible to
resell such common shares in reliance on Rule 144 under the
Securities Act, but without compliance with some of the
restrictions, including the holding period, contained in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act. However, the
Rule 701 shares would remain subject to
lock-up
arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the
lock-up
period expires.
Registration
Rights
Upon completion of this offering, certain holders of our common
shares or their transferees will be entitled to request that we
register their shares under the Securities Act, following the
expiration of the
lock-up
agreements described above. See Description of Share
CapitalShareholders Agreement and Registration
Rights.
141
TAXATION
The following summary of the material Cayman Islands,
Peoples Republic of China and United States federal income
tax consequences of an investment in our ADSs or common shares
is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in
effect as of the date of this registration statement, all of
which are subject to change. This summary does not deal with all
possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our ADSs
or common shares, such as the tax consequences under state,
local and other tax laws. To the extent that the discussion
relates to matters of Cayman Islands tax law, it is the opinion
of Maples and Calder, our special Cayman Islands counsel; to the
extent it relates to PRC tax law, it is the opinion of Tian Yuan
Law Firm, our special PRC counsel; and to the extent that it
sets forth specific legal conclusions under United States
federal income tax law, except as otherwise provided, it
represents the opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate,
Meagher & Flom LLP, our special United States
counsel.
Cayman
Islands Taxation
The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or
corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation
and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or
estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to
us levied by the Government of the Cayman Islands except for
stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in,
or brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. The
Cayman Islands is not party to any double tax treaties. There
are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in
the Cayman Islands.
Peoples
Republic of China Taxation
PRC
EIT Law
Under the PRC EIT Law, an enterprise established outside of
China with de facto management body within China is
considered a resident enterprise, meaning that it
can be treated in a manner similar to a Chinese enterprise for
enterprise income tax purposes, although the dividends paid to
one resident enterprise from another may qualify as
tax-exempt income. The implementing rules of the EIT
Law define de facto management as substantial and overall
management and control over the production and operations,
personnel, accounting, and properties of the enterprise. A
circular issued by the State Administration of Taxation on
April 22, 2009 provides that a foreign enterprise
controlled by a PRC company or a PRC company group will be
classified as a resident enterprise with its
de facto management body located within China if the
following requirements are satisfied: (i) the senior
management and core management departments in charge of its
daily operations function are mainly in the PRC; (ii) its
financial and human resources decisions are subject to
determination or approval by persons or bodies in the PRC;
(iii) its major assets, accounting books, company seals,
and minutes and files of its board and shareholders
meetings are located or kept in the PRC; and (iv) at least
half of the enterprises directors with voting right or
senior management reside in the PRC.
Based on the advice of our PRC counsel, Tian Yuan Law Firm, we
do not believe that either TAL Group or Xueersi Hong Kong meets
all of the conditions above. Each of TAL Group and Xueersi Hong
Kong is a company incorporated outside the PRC. As holding
companies, these two entities key assets and records,
including resolutions of its board of directors and resolutions
of its shareholders, are located and maintained outside of the
PRC. In addition, we are not aware of any offshore holding
companies with a similar corporate structure as ours ever having
been deemed to be PRC resident enterprises by the
PRC tax authorities. Therefore, based on our PRC counsels
advice, we believe that neither TAL Group nor Xueersi Hong Kong
should be treated as a resident enterprise for PRC
tax purposes. However, as the tax resident status of an
enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax
authorities, there are uncertainties and risks associated with
this issue. If the PRC tax authorities determine that TAL Group
and Xueersi Hong Kong are resident enterprises, a
number of unfavorable PRC tax consequences could follow. First,
we may be subject to enterprise income tax at a rate of 25% on
our worldwide taxable income. Second, although under the EIT Law
and its implementing rules, dividend income between qualified
resident enterprises is a tax-exempt income, we
cannot guarantee that dividends paid to TAL Group from our PRC
subsidiaries through Xueersi Hong
142
Kong would qualify as tax-exempt income and will not
be subject to withholding tax, as the PRC foreign exchange
control authorities, which enforce the withholding tax, have not
yet issued guidance with respect to the processing of outbound
remittances to entities that are treated as resident
enterprises for PRC enterprise income tax purposes.
Finally, the new resident enterprise classification
could result in a situation in which a 10% withholding tax is
imposed on dividends we pay to our non-PRC enterprise
shareholders and with respect to gains derived by our non-PRC
enterprise shareholders from transferring our shares or ADSs, if
such income is considered PRC-sourced income by the relevant PRC
authorities. This could have the effect of increasing our and
our shareholders effective income tax rates and may
require us to deduct withholding tax from any dividends we pay
to our non-PRC shareholders.
In addition to the uncertainty in how the new resident
enterprise classification could apply, it is also possible
that the rules may change in the future, possibly with
retroactive effect. We are actively monitoring the possibility
of resident enterprise treatment for the 2011 tax
year and are evaluating appropriate organizational changes to
avoid this treatment, to the extent possible.
Circular
on Strengthening the Administration of Enterprise Income Tax for
Share Transfer by Non-PRC Resident Enterprises
Pursuant to the Notice on Strengthening Administration of
Enterprise Income Tax for Share Transfers by Non-PRC Resident
Enterprises, or Circular 698, issued by the State Administration
of Taxation on December 10, 2009, where a foreign investor
transfers the equity interests of a PRC resident enterprise
indirectly via disposing of the equity interests of an overseas
holding company, or an Indirect Transfer, and such
overseas holding company is located in a tax jurisdiction that:
(i) has an effective tax rate less than 12.5% or
(ii) does not tax foreign income of its residents, the
foreign investor shall report this Indirect Transfer to the
competent tax authority. The PRC tax authority will examine the
true nature of the Indirect Transfer, and if the tax authority
considers that the foreign investor has adopted an abusive
arrangement in order to avoid PRC tax, it may disregard
the existence of the overseas holding company and
re-characterize the Indirect Transfer and as a result, gains
derived from such Indirect Transfer may be subject to PRC
withholding tax at a rate of up to 10%. Circular 698 also
provides that, where a non-PRC resident enterprise transfers its
equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise to its related
parties at a price lower than the fair market value, the
competent tax authority has the power to make a reasonable
adjustment to the taxable income of the transaction. Circular
698 is retroactively effective from January 1, 2008. The
relevant PRC authority has not yet promulgated any formal
provisions or formally declared or stated how to calculate the
effective tax in a foreign jurisdiction and how a foreign
investor shall report to the competent tax authority this
Indirect Transfer. Since Circular 698 was newly promulgated,
there are uncertainties as to its application. It is possible
that we or our non-resident investors may become at risk of
being taxed under Circular 698 and may be required to expend
valuable resources to comply with Circular 698 or to establish
that we or our non-resident investors should not be taxed under
Circular 698, which may have an adverse effect on our financial
condition and results of operations or such non-resident
investors investment in us.
Material
United States Federal Income Tax Considerations
The following is a summary of the material United States federal
income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and
disposition of our ADSs or common shares by a U.S. Holder
described below that will hold our ADSs or common shares as
capital assets (generally, property held for
investment) under the United States Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the U.S. Tax Code). This
summary is based upon existing United States federal income tax
law, which is subject to differing interpretations or change,
possibly with retroactive effect. This summary does not discuss
all aspects of United States federal income taxation that may be
important to particular investors in light of their individual
investment circumstances, including investors subject to special
tax rules (for example, financial institutions, insurance
companies, broker-dealers, traders in securities that elect
mark-to-market
treatment, partnerships and their partners, pension plans,
regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts,
cooperatives, and tax-exempt organizations (including private
foundations)), holders who are not U.S. Holders, holders
who own (directly, indirectly, or constructively) 10% or more of
our voting stock, investors that will hold their ADSs or common
143
shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive
sale, or other integrated transaction for United States federal
income tax purposes, U.S. expatriates, persons liable for
alternative minimum tax, or investors that have a functional
currency other than the United States dollar, all of whom may be
subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those
summarized below. In addition, this summary does not discuss any
non-United
States, state, or local, or estate or gift tax considerations.
Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult its tax advisor
regarding the United States federal, state, local, and
non-United
States income and other tax considerations of an investment in
our ADSs or common shares.
General
For purposes of this summary, a U.S. Holder is
a beneficial owner of our ADSs or common shares that is, for
United States federal income tax purposes, (i) an
individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States,
(ii) a corporation (or other entity treated as a
corporation for United States federal income tax purposes)
created in, or organized under the law of, the United States or
any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) an
estate the income of which is includible in gross income for
United States federal income tax purposes regardless of its
source, or (iv) a trust (A) the administration of
which is subject to the primary supervision of a United States
court and which has one or more United States persons who have
the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust
or (B) that has otherwise elected to be treated as a United
States person under the U.S. Tax Code.
If a partnership (including any entity treated as a partnership
for United States federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial
owner of our ADSs or common shares, the tax treatment of a
partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status
of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners
of a partnership holding our ADSs or common shares are urged to
consult their tax advisors regarding an investment in our ADSs
or common shares.
Based in part on the parties complying with the deposit
agreement, for United States federal income tax purposes, a
U.S. Holder of ADSs will be treated as the beneficial owner
of the underlying shares represented by the ADSs.
U.S. Holders should be aware, however, that the
U.S. Treasury has expressed concerns that parties to whom
ADSs are pre-released before shares are delivered to the
depositary, or intermediaries in the chain of ownership between
holders of ADSs and the issuer of the security underlying the
ADSs, may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the
claiming of foreign tax credits by holders of ADSs. These
actions would also be inconsistent with the claiming of the
reduced rate of tax, described below, applicable to dividends
received by certain non-corporate holders. Accordingly, the
creditability of any PRC taxes, and the availability of the
reduced tax rate for dividends received by certain non-corporate
U.S. Holders, each described below, could be affected by
actions taken by such parties or intermediaries.
PFIC
Considerations
A non-United
States corporation, such as our company, will be classified as a
PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes for any
taxable year, if either (i) at least 75% of its gross
income for such year consists of certain types of
passive income or (ii) at least 50% of the
value of its assets (determined on the basis of a quarterly
average) during such year is attributable to assets that produce
or are held for the production of passive income. For this
purposes, passive income means any income which would be foreign
personal holding company income under the U.S. Tax Code,
including, without limitation, dividends, interest, royalties,
rent, annuities, net gains from the sale or exchange of property
producing such income, net gains from commodity transactions,
net foreign currency gains and income from notional principal
contracts. For this purpose, cash is categorized as a passive
asset and the companys unbooked intangibles are taken into
account for determining the value of its assets. We will be
treated as owning a proportionate share of the assets and
earning a proportionate share of the income of any other
corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, more than
25% (by value) of the stock.
Although the law in this regard is unclear, we treat Xueersi
Education, Xueersi Network and their respective subsidiaries as
being owned by us for United States federal income tax purposes,
not only because we control their management decisions but also
because we are entitled to substantially all of the economic
144
benefits associated with these entities, and, as a result, we
consolidate these entities results of operations in our
consolidated, U.S. GAAP financial statements. If it were
determined, however, that we are not the owner of Xueersi
Education, Xueersi Network and their respective subsidiaries for
United States federal income tax purposes, we would likely be
treated as a PFIC for our taxable year ending on
February 28, 2011 and any subsequent taxable year.
Accordingly, assuming that we are the owner of Xueersi
Education, Xueersi Network and their respective subsidiaries for
United States federal income tax purposes, we believe that we
primarily operate an active after-school tutoring business in
China and do not expect to be a PFIC for the current taxable
year. Our expectation is based on assumptions as to our
projections of the value of our ADSs and outstanding common
shares during the year and our use of the proceeds from this
offering the initial public offering of our ADSs and of the
other cash that we will hold and generate in the ordinary course
of our business throughout the current taxable year. Despite our
expectation, there can be no assurance that we will not be a
PFIC for the current taxable year
and/or later
taxable years, as PFIC status is retested each year and depends
on the actual facts in such year. We could be a PFIC, for
example, if we do not spend sufficient amounts of the proceeds
from this offering, if our market capitalization at any time in
the future is lower than projected, or if our business and
assets evolve in ways that are different from what we currently
anticipate. In addition, though we generally believe that our
assets and the income derived from our assets do not generally
constitute passive assets and income under the PFIC rules, there
is no assurance that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service will
agree with us. As they are inherently factual matters that
cannot be determined until the close of any applicable taxable
year, our special U.S. counsel expresses no opinion with
respect to our expectations contained in this paragraph.
Furthermore, because there are uncertainties in the application
of the relevant rules, it is possible that the Internal Revenue
Service may successfully challenge our classification of certain
income and assets as non-passive or our valuation of our
tangible and intangible assets, each of which may result in our
company becoming classified as a PFIC for the current or
subsequent taxable years. Because PFIC status is a
fact-intensive, we will make a separate determination for each
taxable year as to whether we are a PFIC (after the close of
each taxable year) on the basis of the composition of our assets
and income and the value of our tangible and intangible assets.
In connection with filing an annual report with the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, we expect to
disclose to our shareholders whether or not we or our
subsidiaries were and expect to be a PFIC for the relevant year.
Accordingly, no assurance can be given that we are not or will
not become classified as a PFIC. If we are classified as a PFIC
for any year during which a U.S. Holder held our ADSs or
common shares, we generally would continue to be treated as a
PFIC for all succeeding years during which such U.S. Holder
held our ADSs or common shares.
The discussion below under Dividends and Sale
or Other Disposition of ADSs or Common Shares assumes that
we will not be classified as a PFIC for United States federal
income tax purposes. The U.S. federal income tax rules that
apply if we are classified as a PFIC for the current taxable
year or any subsequent taxable year are generally discussed
below under PFIC Rules.
Dividends
Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, any cash
distributions (including the amount of any PRC tax withheld)
paid on our ADSs or common shares out of our current or
accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United
States federal income tax principles, will generally be
includible in the gross income of a U.S. Holder as dividend
income on the day actually or constructively received by the
U.S. Holder, in the case of common shares, or by the
Depositary, in the case of ADSs. Because we do not intend to
determine our earnings and profits on the basis of United States
federal income tax principles, any distribution paid will
generally be treated as a dividend for United States
federal income tax purposes. Subject to the discussion above
regarding concerns expressed by the U.S. Treasury, for
taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, a
non-corporate recipient of dividend income generally will be
subject to tax on dividend income from a qualified foreign
corporation at a reduced United States federal tax rate
rather than the marginal tax rates generally applicable to
ordinary income provided that certain holding period
requirements are metgenerally, 61 days of ownership
without risk of loss reduction during the 121 day period
beginning 60 days before the
145
ex-dividend date. U.S. Holders should consult their tax
advisors regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate on
dividends in their particular circumstances. Dividends received
on our ADSs or common shares will not be eligible for the
dividends received deduction allowed to corporations under the
U.S. Tax Code.
A non-United
States corporation (other than a corporation that is classified
as a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or
the preceding taxable year) generally will be considered to be a
qualified foreign corporation (i) if it is eligible for the
benefits of a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States
which the Secretary of Treasury of the United States determines
is satisfactory for purposes of this provision and which
includes an exchange of information program, or (ii) with
respect to any dividend it pays on stock (or ADSs in respect of
such stock) which is readily tradable on an established
securities market in the United States. The U.S. Treasury
Department has determined that the Agreement Between the
Government of the United States of America and the Government of
the Peoples Republic of China for the Avoidance of Double
Taxation and the Prevention of Tax Evasion with respect to Taxes
on Income (Treaty) meets the requirements described
above. As our ADSs have been approved for listing on the New
York Stock Exchange, we believe that we will be a qualified
foreign corporation for United States federal income tax
purposes because the ADSs would be readily tradable on the New
York Stock Exchange, which is an established securities market
in the United States. In addition, in the event that we are
deemed to be a resident enterprise under the EIT Law, as
discussed above under Taxation Peoples
Republic of China Taxation, we believe that we would
qualify for the benefits under the Treaty and that we are not
currently and are not likely to become in the near future, a
PFIC. However, the eligibility requirements for foreign
corporations are technical and uncertain and therefore, each
U.S. Holder is urged to consult its tax advisor regarding
the impact of these provisions and the availability of the
preferential rate in their particular circumstances.
Dividends generally will be treated as income from foreign
sources for United States foreign tax credit purposes and
generally will constitute passive category income. In the event
that we are deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise
under the EIT Law, a U.S. Holder may be subject to PRC
withholding taxes on dividends paid, if any, on our ADSs or
common shares. See Taxation Peoples
Republic of China Taxation. Depending on the
U.S. Holders individual facts and circumstances, the
U.S. Holder may be eligible to claim a foreign tax credit
in respect of any foreign withholding taxes imposed on dividends
received on our ADSs or common shares. A U.S. Holder who
does not elect to claim a foreign tax credit for foreign tax
withheld is permitted instead to claim a deduction, for United
States federal income tax purposes, in respect of such
withholdings, but only for a year in which such holder elects to
do so for all creditable foreign income taxes. The rules
governing the foreign tax credit are complex and their outcome
depends in large part on the taxpayers individual facts
and circumstances. Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult its
tax advisors regarding the availability of the foreign tax
credit under their particular circumstances.
Sale
or Other Disposition of ADSs or Common Shares
Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder
will generally recognize capital gain or loss upon the sale or
other disposition of ADSs or common shares in an amount equal to
the difference between the amount realized upon the disposition
and the U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in such ADSs
or common shares. Any capital gain or loss will be long-term if
the ADSs or common shares have been held for more than one year
and will generally be United States source gain or loss for
United States foreign tax credit purposes. In the event that we
are deemed to be a resident enterprise under the EIT
Law and gain from the disposition of the ADSs or common shares
is subject to tax in the PRC, such gain may be treated as PRC
source gain for foreign tax credit purposes under the Treaty. If
such gain is not treated as PRC source gain, however, a
U.S. Holder generally will not be able to obtain a United
States foreign tax credit for any PRC tax withheld or imposed
unless such U.S. Holder has other foreign source income in
the appropriate category for the applicable tax year. Net
long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. Holders
currently are eligible for reduced rates of taxation. The
deductibility of a capital loss may be subject to limitations.
Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult its tax advisors
regarding the tax consequences if a foreign tax is imposed on a
disposition of our ADSs or common shares, including the
availability of the foreign tax credit under their particular
circumstances.
146
PFIC
Rules
If we are classified as a PFIC for any taxable year during which
a U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or common shares, unless the
U.S. Holder makes a
mark-to-market
election (as described below), the U.S. Holder will
generally be subject to special tax rules that have a penalizing
effect, regardless of whether we remain a PFIC, on (i) any
excess distribution that we make to the U.S. Holder (which
generally means any distribution paid during a taxable year to a
U.S. Holder that is greater than 125% of the average annual
distributions paid in the three preceding taxable years or, if
shorter, the U.S. Holders holding period for the ADSs
or common shares), and (ii) any gain realized on the sale
or other disposition, including, under certain circumstances, a
pledge, of ADSs or common shares. Under the PFIC rules the:
|
|
|
|
|
excess distribution
and/or gain
will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holders
holding period for the ADSs or common shares;
|
|
|
|
amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable
years in the U.S. Holders holding period prior to the
first taxable year in which we are classified as a PFIC, or
pre-PFIC year, will be taxable as ordinary income;
|
|
|
|
amount allocated to each prior taxable year, other than the
current taxable year or a pre-PFIC year, will be subject to tax
at the highest tax rate in effect applicable to the
U.S. Holder for that year; and
|
|
|
|
interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax
will be imposed on the tax attributable to each prior taxable
year, other than the current taxable year or a pre-PFIC year.
|
If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a
U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or common shares and any of our
non-United
States subsidiaries is also a PFIC (i.e., a lower-tier PFIC),
such U.S. Holder would be treated as owning a proportionate
amount (by value) of the shares of the lower-tier PFIC and
would be subject to the rules described above on certain
distributions by a lower-tier PFIC and a disposition of
shares of a lower-tier PFIC even though such
U.S. Holder would not receive the proceeds of those
distributions or dispositions. Each U.S. Holder is urged to
consult its tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC
rules to any of our subsidiaries.
As an alternative to the foregoing rules, a U.S. Holder of
marketable stock in a PFIC may make a
mark-to-market
election with respect to our ADSs, but not our common shares,
provided that the ADSs are, as expected, listed on the New York
Stock Exchange and that the ADSs are regularly traded. We
anticipate that our ADSs should qualify as being regularly
traded, but no assurances may be given in this regard. If a
U.S. Holder makes this election, the U.S. Holder will
generally (i) include as ordinary income for each taxable
year that we are a PFIC the excess, if any, of the fair market
value of ADSs held at the end of the taxable year over the
adjusted tax basis of such ADSs and (ii) deduct as an
ordinary loss the excess, if any, of the adjusted tax basis of
the ADSs over the fair market value of such ADSs held at the end
of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount
previously included in income as a result of the
mark-to-market
election. The U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in the
ADSs would be adjusted to reflect any income or loss resulting
from the
mark-to-market
election. If a U.S. Holder makes a
mark-to-market
election in respect of a corporation classified as a PFIC and
such corporation ceases to be classified as a PFIC, the
U.S. Holder will not be required to take into account the
mark-to-market
gain or loss described above during any period that such
corporation is not classified as a PFIC. If a U.S. Holder
makes a
mark-to-market
election, any gain such U.S. Holder recognizes upon the
sale or other disposition of our ADSs in a year when we are a
PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be
treated as ordinary loss, but only to the extent of the net
amount previously included in income as a result of the
mark-to-market
election.
Because a
mark-to-market
election cannot be made for any lower-tier PFICs that we
may own, a U.S. Holder may continue to be subject to the
PFIC rules with respect to such U.S. Holders indirect
interest in any investments held by us that are treated as an
equity interest in a PFIC for United States federal income tax
purposes.
147
We do not intend to provide information necessary for
U.S. Holders to make qualified electing fund elections,
which, if available, would result in tax treatment different
from (and generally less adverse than) the general tax treatment
for PFICs described above.
If a U.S. Holder owns our ADSs or common shares during any
taxable year that we are a PFIC, the holder must file such
reports as are required by the U.S. Treasury. In the case
of a U.S. Holder who has held ADSs or common shares during
any taxable year in respect of which we were classified as a
PFIC and continues to hold such ADSs or common shares (or any
portion thereof) and has not previously determined to make a
mark-to-market
election, and who later considers making a
mark-to-market
election, special tax rules may apply relating to purging the
PFIC taint of such ADSs or common shares. Each U.S. Holder
is urged to consult its tax advisor concerning the United States
federal income tax consequences of purchasing, holding, and
disposing ADSs or common shares if we are or become classified
as a PFIC, including the possibility of making a
mark-to-market
election and the unavailability of the QEF election.
Information
Reporting and Backup Withholding
Pursuant to the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act
enacted on March 18, 2010, in taxable years beginning after
the date of enactment, an individual U.S. Holder and
certain entities may be required to submit to the Internal
Revenue Service certain information with respect to his or her
beneficial ownership of the ADSs or common shares, if such ADSs
or common shares are not held on his or her behalf by a
U.S. financial institution. This new law also imposes
penalties if an individual U.S. Holder is required to
submit such information to the Internal Revenue Service and
fails to do so.
In addition, dividend payments with respect to the ADSs or
common shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption
of the ADSs or common shares may be subject to information
reporting to the Internal Revenue Service and United States
backup withholding. Backup withholding will not apply, however,
to a U.S. Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer
identification number and makes any other required
certification, or who is otherwise exempt from backup
withholding. We will make, or cause to be made, all withholdings
to the extent required by applicable law. Each U.S. Holder
is urged to consult its tax advisors regarding the application
of the United States information reporting and backup
withholding rules. Backup withholding is not an additional tax.
Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against a
U.S. Holders United States federal income tax
liability, and a U.S. Holder generally may obtain a refund
of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding
rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the
Internal Revenue Service in a timely manner and furnishing any
required information.
148
UNDERWRITING
Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an
underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the
underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities
(USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc
are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to
purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, the number of ADSs
indicated in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriters
|
|
Number of ADSs
|
|
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
|
|
|
5,100,000
|
|
Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc
|
|
|
5,100,000
|
|
Piper Jaffray & Co.
|
|
|
900,000
|
|
Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.
|
|
|
900,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
12,000,000
|
|
The underwriters are offering the ADSs subject to their
acceptance of the ADSs from us and subject to prior sale. The
underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the
several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the ADSs
offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of
certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other
conditions. The underwriters are obligated, severally and not
jointly, to take and pay for all of the ADSs offered by this
prospectus if any such ADSs are taken. However, the underwriters
are not required to take or pay for the ADSs covered by the
underwriters over-allotment option described below. The
underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter
defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting
underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.
The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the ADSs
directly to the public at the public offering price listed on
the cover page of this prospectus and part of the ADSs to
certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in
excess of $0.42 per ADS under the public offering price.
After the initial offering of the ADSs, the offering price and
other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the
representatives of the underwriters.
We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for
30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to
an aggregate of 1,800,000 additional ADSs at the public offering
price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less
underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may
exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering
over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of
the ADSs offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is
exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to
certain conditions, to purchase additional ADSs approximately
proportionate to each underwriters initial amount
reflected in the table above.
If the underwriters option is exercised in full, the total
price to the public of all the ADSs sold would be
$138.0 million, the total underwriting discounts and
commissions would be approximately $9.7 million, the net
proceeds to us would be approximately $127.6 million (after
deducting the estimated offering expenses payable by us).
The following table shows the per ADS and total underwriting
discounts and commissions to be paid by us in connection with
this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise
and full exercise of the underwriters over-allotment
option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per ADS
|
|
Total
|
|
|
No
|
|
Full
|
|
No
|
|
Full
|
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions To Be Paid by
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Exercise
|
|
TAL Education Group
|
|
$
|
0.70
|
|
|
$
|
0.70
|
|
|
$
|
8,400,000
|
|
|
$
|
9,660,000
|
|
The expenses of this offering, not including underwriting
discounts and commissions, are estimated to be approximately
$2.2 million and certain amount of such expenses will be
paid or reimbursed by the underwriters.
The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales
to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total
number of ADSs offered by them.
149
Some of the underwriters are expected to make offers and sales
both inside and outside the United States through their
respective selling agents. Any offers or sales in the United
States will be conducted by broker-dealers registered with the
SEC. We have been advised by the underwriters that Credit Suisse
Securities (USA) LLC expects to make offers and sales outside
the United States through its affiliate, Credit Suisse (Hong
Kong) Limited, and that Morgan Stanley & Co.
International plc expects to make offers and sales in the United
States through its registered broker-dealer affiliate in the
United States, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.
Our ADSs have been approved for listing on the New York Stock
Exchange under the symbol XRS.
We have agreed that, without the prior written consent of the
representatives on behalf of the underwriters, we will not, for
a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or
contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell,
grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or
otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any
common shares or ADSs or any securities convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for such common shares or ADSs or
enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, or
enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers
to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic
consequences of ownership of the common shares or ADSs, whether
any such transaction described above is to be settled by
delivery of common shares or ADSs or such other securities, in
cash or otherwise;
|
|
|
|
file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the
offering of any common shares or ADSs or any securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such common
shares or ADSs; or
|
|
|
|
publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, pledge,
sale or disposition, or enter into any such transaction, swap,
hedge or other arrangement, or file any such registration
statement.
|
The restrictions described in the preceding paragraph do not
apply to:
|
|
|
|
|
the sale of common shares or ADSs to the underwriters;
|
|
|
|
the issuance of common shares or the grant of options to
purchase common shares under our share incentive plan; and
|
|
|
|
the issuance by us of common shares upon the exercise of an
option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding
on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have
been advised in writing or which is otherwise described in this
prospectus.
|
Each of our directors, executive officers and all of our
existing shareholders have agreed that, without the prior
written consent of the representatives on behalf of the
underwriters, he, she or it will not, for a period of
180 days after the date of this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or
contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell,
grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or
otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any
common shares or ADSs or any securities convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for such common shares or ADSs or
enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, or
enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers
to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic
consequences of ownership of the common shares or ADSs, whether
any such transaction described above is to be settled by
delivery of common shares or ADSs or such other securities, in
cash or otherwise; or
|
|
|
|
publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, pledge,
sale or disposition, or enter into any such transaction, swap,
hedge or other arrangement.
|
The restrictions described in the preceding paragraph do not
apply to transactions relating to common shares, ADSs or other
securities acquired in open market transactions after the
closing of this offering. In addition, the restrictions do not
apply to transfers of common shares or ADSs to immediate family
members of
150
such persons, or trusts for the sole benefit of or entities
wholly owned by such persons or their immediate family members,
so long as the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by such
restrictions and such transfers do not involve a disposition for
value.
In addition, each of our directors, executive officers and all
of our existing shareholders have agreed that, without the prior
written consent of the representatives on behalf of the
underwriters, he, she or it will not, for a period of
180 days after the date of this prospectus, make any demand
for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of
any common shares or ADSs or any securities convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for common shares or ADSs.
The 180-day
restricted period described in the preceding paragraphs will be
extended if:
|
|
|
|
|
during the last 17 days of the
180-day
restricted period we issue an earnings release or material news
or a material event relating to our company occurs; or
|
|
|
|
prior to the expiration of the
180-day
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the
16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
180-day
period.
|
In each of the above cases, the restrictions described in the
preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration
of the
18-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the
occurrence of the material news or material event.
In order to facilitate the offering of ADSs, the underwriters
may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise
affect the price of the ADSs. Specifically, the underwriters may
sell more ADSs than they are obligated to purchase under the
underwriting agreement, creating a short position in our ADSs
for their own account. A short sale is covered if
the short position is no greater than the number of ADSs
available for purchase by the underwriters under the
over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered
short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing
ADSs in the open market. In determining the source of ADSs to
close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider,
among other things, the open market price of ADSs compared to
the price available under the over-allotment option. The
underwriters may also sell ADSs in excess of the over-allotment
option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must
close out any naked short position by purchasing ADSs in the
open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created
if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward
pressure on the price of our ADSs in the open market after
pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in
the offering. As an additional means of facilitating the
offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, our ADSs
in the open market to stabilize the price of our ADSs. The
underwriting syndicate may also reclaim selling concessions
allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the ADSs
in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously
distributed ADSs to cover a syndicate short position or to
stabilize the price of the ADSs. These activities may raise or
maintain the market price of the ADSs above independent market
levels. The underwriters are not required to engage in these
activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.
From time to time, certain of the underwriters may provide
investment banking and other services to us, our affiliates and
employees, for which they will receive customary fees and
commissions.
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or
contribute to payments that an indemnified person may be
required to make in respect of any of these liabilities.
At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the
initial public offering price, up to 5% of the total number of
ADSs being offered in this prospectus (assuming no exercise of
the over-allotment option) for our directors, officers,
employees, business associates and related persons. Any sale to
these persons will be made by Piper Jaffray & Co.
through a directed share program. We do not know if these
persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these
reserved ADSs, but any purchases they make will reduce the
number of ADSs available for sale to the general public. Any
reserved ADSs which are not so purchased will be offered by the
underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the ADSs
being offered in this prospectus.
151
Tiger Global Management, LLC, an affiliate of our existing
shareholder Tiger Global Five China Holdings, and KTB China
Optimum Fund, our another existing shareholder, have subscribed
for, and were allocated by the underwriters, 800,000 ADSs
and 80,000 ADSs, respectively, in this offering at the
initial public offering price and on the same terms as the other
ADSs being offered in this offering. As a result, Tiger Global
Five China Holdings and KTB China Optimum Fund will beneficially
own 15.8% and 5.6%, respectively, of our total outstanding
shares immediately upon the completion of this offering.
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLCs address is Eleven
Madison Avenue, New York, New York
10010-3629.
Morgan Stanley & Co. International plcs address
is 25 Cabot Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 4QA, United
Kingdom. Piper Jaffray & Co.s address is 800
Nicollet Mall, Suite 800, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402.
Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.s address is 300 Madison
Avenue, New York, New York 10017.
Pricing
of the Offering
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common shares or ADSs. The initial public offering price is
determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of
the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining
the initial public offering price are the future prospects of
our company and our industry in general, our sales, earnings and
certain other financial and operating information in recent
periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios,
market prices of securities and certain financial and operating
information of companies engaged in activities similar to those
of our company. The estimated initial public offering price
range set forth on the cover of this preliminary prospectus is
subject to change as a result of market conditions and other
factors.
Electronic
Offer, Sale and Distribution of ADSs
In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or
securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic
means, such as
e-mail. In
addition, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan
Stanley & Co. International plc may be facilitating
Internet distribution for this offering to certain of their
Internet subscription customers. An electronic prospectus may be
available on the Internet websites maintained by Credit Suisse
Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co.
International plc. Other than the prospectus in electronic
format, the information on the websites of Credit Suisse
Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co.
International plc is not part of this prospectus.
Selling
Restrictions
The ADSs are offered for sale in those jurisdictions in the
United States, Europe, Asia and elsewhere where it is lawful to
make such offers.
No action has been taken in any jurisdiction (except in the
United States) that would permit a public offering of the ADSs,
or the possession, circulation or distribution of this
prospectus or any other material relating to us or the ADSs in
any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required.
Accordingly, the ADSs may not be offered or sold, directly or
indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering
material relating to the ADSs may be distributed or published,
in or from any jurisdiction except under circumstances that will
result in compliance with the applicable laws and regulations
thereof.
European Economic Area. In relation to each member state
of the European Economic Area which has implemented the
Prospectus Directive, which we refer to as a Relevant Member
State, with effect from and including the date on which the
Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member
State, which we refer to as the Relevant Implementation Date, no
offer of ADSs has been made and or will be made to the public in
that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a
prospectus in relation to the ADSs which has been approved by
the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where
appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and
notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member
State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except
that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation
Date, an offer of ADSs may be made to the public in that
Relevant Member State at any time: (a) to legal entities
which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial
markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate
purpose is solely to invest in securities; (b) to any legal
entity which
152
has two or more of (i) an average of at least
250 employees during the last financial year; (ii) a
total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and
(iii) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000,
as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or
(c) in any other circumstances which do not require the
publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of
the Prospectus Directive. For the purposes of this provision,
the expression an offer of ADSs to the public in
relation to any ADSs in any Relevant Member State means the
communication in any form and by any means of sufficient
information on the terms of the offer and the ADSs to be offered
so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe
the ADSs, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member
State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in
that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus
Directive means Directive 2003/71/ EC and includes any
relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
United Kingdom. No offer of ADSs has been made or will be
made to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of
Section 102B of the Financial Services and Markets Act
2000, as amended, or FSMA, except to legal entities which are
authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or,
if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is
solely to invest in securities or otherwise in circumstances
which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus
pursuant to the Prospectus Rules of the Financial Services
Authority, or FSA. The underwriters: (i) have only
communicated or caused to be communicated and will only
communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or
inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning
of Section 21 of FSMA) to persons who have professional
experience in matters relating to investments falling within
Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act
2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in
which Section 21 of FSMA does not apply to us; and
(ii) have complied with, and will comply with all
applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by
them in relation to the ADSs in, from or otherwise involving the
United Kingdom.
Japan. The ADSs have not been and will not be registered
under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, and
ADSs will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in
Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which
term as used herein means any person resident in Japan,
including any corporation or other entity organized under the
laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly
or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except
pursuant to any exemption from the registration requirements of,
and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and
Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and
ministerial guidelines of Japan.
Hong Kong. The ADSs may not be offered or sold by means
of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do
not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the
Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to
professional investors within the meaning of the
Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong)
and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other
circumstances which do not result in the document being a
prospectus within the meaning of the Companies
Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement,
invitation or document relating to the ADSs may be issued or may
be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in
each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed
at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read
by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under
the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to ADSs which are
or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong
Kong or only to professional investors within the
meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws
of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
Singapore. This prospectus has not been registered as a
prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore.
Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material
in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for
subscription or purchase, of our ADSs may not be circulated or
distributed, nor may our ADSs be offered or sold, or be made the
subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether
directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than
(i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of
the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore,
or SFA, (ii) to a relevant person or any person pursuant to
Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions
specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or
(iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the
conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in
each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the
SFA.
153
Where our ADSs are subscribed or purchased under
Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a
corporation (which is not an accredited investor as defined in
Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to
hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned
by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited
investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an
accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments
and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an
accredited investor; shares, debentures and units of shares and
debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries rights
and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be
transferred within six months after that corporation or that
trust has acquired the ADSs under Section 275 of the SFA,
except: (1) to an institutional investor (for corporations
under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person
defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person
pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares,
debentures and units of shares and debentures of that
corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are
acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its
equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether
such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of
securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in
accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of
the SFA; (2) where no consideration is or will be given for
the transfer; or (3) where the transfer is by operation of
law.
Peoples Republic of China. Each underwriter will be
deemed to have represented and agreed that it has not circulated
or distributed, and will not circulate or distribute, this
prospectus in the PRC and it has not offered or sold, and will
not offer or sell, to any person for re-offering or resale,
directly or indirectly, any ADSs to any resident of the PRC,
except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of the PRC.
For the purpose of this paragraph, the PRC does not include
Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macau.
Cayman Islands. This prospectus does not constitute a
public offer of the ADSs or common shares, whether by way of
sale or subscription, in the Cayman Islands. Each underwriter
has represented and agreed that it has not offered or sold, and
will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any ADSs or
common shares in the Cayman Islands.
154
EXPENSES
RELATED TO THIS OFFERING
Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses,
excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, that are
expected to be incurred in connection with the offer and sale of
the ADSs by us. Except for the SEC registration fee, the New
York Stock Exchange listing fee and the Financial Industry
Regulatory Authority, Inc. filing fee, all amounts are estimates.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee
|
|
$
|
9,839
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New York Stock Exchange listing fee
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. filing fee
|
|
|
14,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Printing and engraving expenses
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
|
400,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal fees and expenses
|
|
|
1,200,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
|
180,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,179,139
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
155
LEGAL
MATTERS
We are being represented by Skadden, Arps, Slate,
Meagher & Flom LLP with respect to certain legal
matters as to United States federal securities and New York
State law. The underwriters are being represented by
Shearman & Sterling LLP with respect to certain legal
matters as to United States federal securities and New York
State law. The validity of the common shares represented by the
ADSs offered in this offering will be passed upon for us by
Maples and Calder. Certain legal matters as to PRC law will be
passed upon for us by Tian Yuan Law Firm and for the
underwriters by Haiwen & Partners. Skadden, Arps,
Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP may rely upon Maples and
Calder with respect to matters governed by Cayman Islands law
and Tian Yuan Law Firm with respect to matters governed by PRC
law. Shearman & Sterling LLP may rely upon
Haiwen & Partners with respect to matters governed by
PRC law.
156
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements and the related financial
statement schedule as of February 28, 2009 and 2010, and
for each of the three years ended February 28, 2010,
included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte Touche
Tohmatsu CPA Ltd., an independent registered public accounting
firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial
statements and financial statement schedule have been so
included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon
their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
The offices of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu CPA Ltd. are located at
8/F, Deloitte Tower, The Towers, Oriental Plaza, 1 East Chang An
Avenue, Beijing 100738, the Peoples Republic of China.
157
ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form F-1,
including relevant exhibits and securities under the Securities
Act with respect to underlying common shares represented by the
ADSs, to be sold in this offering. We have also filed with the
SEC a related registration statement on F-6 to register the
ADSs. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the
registration statement, does not contain all of the information
contained in the registration statement. You should read the
registration statement on
Form F-1
and its exhibits and schedules for further information with
respect to us and our ADSs.
We are subject to periodic reporting and other informational
requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable to foreign
private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file
reports, including annual reports on
Form 20-F,
and other information with the SEC. For the fiscal year ending
February 28, 2011, our annual report on
Form 20-F
will be due within six months following the end of that year.
For the fiscal years ending on or after December 15, 2011,
we will be required to file our annual report on
Form 20-F
within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year. All
information filed with the SEC can be obtained over the Internet
at the SECs website at www.sec.gov or inspected and
copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC
at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.
You can request copies of these documents, upon payment of a
duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
or visit the SEC website for further information on the
operation of the public reference rooms.
As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules of the
Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy
statements to shareholders, and our executive officers,
directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the
reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained
in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not
be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and
financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly
as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the
Exchange Act. However, we intend to furnish the depositary with
our annual reports, which will include a review of operations
and annual audited consolidated financial statements prepared in
conformity with U.S. GAAP, and all notices of
shareholders meeting and other reports and communications
that are made generally available to our shareholders. The
depositary will make such notices, reports and communications
available to holders of ADSs and, upon our written request, will
mail to all record holders of ADSs the information contained in
any notice of a shareholders meeting received by the
depositary from us.
158
TAL
Education Group
|
|
|
|
|
Contents
|
|
Page(s)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-6F-7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-8F-36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-37F-40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-45-F-58
|
|
F-1
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of TAL Education Group
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
TAL Education Group (the Company), its subsidiaries,
its variable interest entities (the VIEs) and the
VIEs subsidiaries (collectively, the Group) as
of February 28, 2009 and 2010, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, changes in equity and comprehensive
income, and cash flows for each of the three years ended
February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009 and 2010, and the
related financial statement schedule included in
Schedule I. These financial statements and the related
financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements and financial statement
schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial
statements are free of material misstatement. The Group is not
required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of
its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits
include consideration of internal control over financial
reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are
appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of
expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Groups
internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we
express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the
Group as of February 28, 2009 and 2010, and the results of
its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years
ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009 and 2010,
in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in
the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the related
financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to
such consolidated financial statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects, the information set
forth therein.
/s/ Deloitte
Touche Tohmatsu CPA Ltd.
Beijing, the Peoples Republic of China
July 1, 2010, except for Note 24, as to which the date is
September 29, 2010
F-2
TAL
Education Group
(In U.S.
dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
29,692,901
|
|
|
$
|
50,752,481
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
340,418
|
|
|
|
1,918,156
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts due from related parties
|
|
|
92,112
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
1,063
|
|
|
|
121,819
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets-current
|
|
|
481,129
|
|
|
|
831,297
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
1,414,923
|
|
|
|
2,280,941
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
32,022,546
|
|
|
|
55,904,694
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
2,471,337
|
|
|
|
4,991,490
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets-non-current
|
|
|
131,289
|
|
|
|
283,968
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rental deposit
|
|
|
939,207
|
|
|
|
2,170,548
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
2,226,343
|
|
|
|
1,389,160
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
762,272
|
|
|
|
763,802
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
38,552,994
|
|
|
$
|
65,503,662
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities, Convertible Redeemable Preferred Shares and
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable (including accounts payable of the consolidated
VIEs without recourse to TAL Education Group of nil and 915,408
as of February 28, 2009, and February 28, 2010,
respectively)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
987,742
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue (including deferred revenue of the consolidated
VIEs without recourse to TAL Education Group of 18,022,550 and
24,631,648 as of February 28, 2009, and February 28,
2010, respectively)
|
|
|
18,022,550
|
|
|
|
29,407,994
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts due to related parties (including amounts due to related
parties of the consolidated VIEs without recourse to TAL
Education Group of 101,043 and 108,204 as of February 28,
2009 and February 28, 2010, respectively)
|
|
|
101,043
|
|
|
|
108,204
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution payable to shareholders (including distribution
payable to shareholders of the consolidated VIEs without
recourse to TAL Education Group of 1,462,095 and nil as of
February 28, 2009 and February 28, 2010, respectively)
|
|
|
1,462,095
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (including
accrued expenses and other current liabilities without recourse
to TAL Education Group of 3,601,117 and 6,588,552 as of
February 28, 2009 and February 28, 2010, respectively)
|
|
|
3,609,797
|
|
|
|
6,817,816
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax payable (including income tax payable of the
consolidated VIEs without recourse to TAL Education Group of
2,636,095 and 2,653,324 as of February 28, 2009, and
February 28, 2010, respectively)
|
|
|
2,636,095
|
|
|
|
580,225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
25,831,580
|
|
|
|
37,901,981
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities-non-current
|
|
|
203,776
|
|
|
|
175,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition payable-non-current (including acquisition payable
-non-current of the consolidated VIEs without recourse to TAL
Education Group of 162,293 and nil as of February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010, respectively)
|
|
|
162,293
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
26,197,649
|
|
|
|
38,577,591
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares
($0.001 par value, 5,000,000 shares and
5,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of
February 28, 2009 and February 28, 2010, respectively,
liquidation value $5,000,000)
|
|
|
9,000,000
|
|
|
|
9,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAL Education Group Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A common shares ($0.001 par value, 500,000,000 shares
authorized, nil issued and outstanding as of February 28,
2009 and February 28, 2010)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B common shares ($0.001 par value,
495,000,000 shares authorized as of February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010; 120,000,000 shares and
120,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of
February 28, 2009 and February 28, 2010, respectively)
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B common shares subscription receivable
|
|
|
(120,000
|
)
|
|
|
(120,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
559,898
|
|
|
|
779,641
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statutory reserve
|
|
|
2,660,818
|
|
|
|
4,857,443
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
21,400
|
|
|
|
12,069,734
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
113,229
|
|
|
|
219,253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total TAL Education Groups Equity
|
|
|
3,355,345
|
|
|
|
17,926,071
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, convertible redeemable preferred shares
and equity
|
|
$
|
38,552,994
|
|
|
$
|
65,503,662
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-3
TAL
Education Group
(In
U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year
|
|
|
For the year
|
|
|
For the year
|
|
|
|
ended
|
|
|
ended
|
|
|
ended
|
|
|
|
February 29,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
8,882,191
|
|
|
$
|
37,475,583
|
|
|
$
|
69,593,523
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
(4,367,086
|
)
|
|
|
(18,554,255
|
)
|
|
|
(37,648,875
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
4,515,105
|
|
|
|
18,921,328
|
|
|
|
31,944,648
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing
|
|
|
(370,185
|
)
|
|
|
(2,353,011
|
)
|
|
|
(5,608,116
|
)
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
(2,478,092
|
)
|
|
|
(5,889,370
|
)
|
|
|
(10,871,866
|
)
|
Impairment loss on intangible assets and goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,615,455
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
(2,848,277
|
)
|
|
|
(9,857,836
|
)
|
|
|
(16,479,982
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
1,666,828
|
|
|
|
9,063,492
|
|
|
|
15,464,666
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
10,485
|
|
|
|
119,922
|
|
|
|
323,861
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(42,967
|
)
|
|
|
(40,643
|
)
|
Other expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(209,949
|
)
|
|
|
(124,400
|
)
|
Impairment loss on
available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(362,668
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on extinguishment of liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
731,092
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income tax provision
|
|
|
1,677,313
|
|
|
|
9,298,922
|
|
|
|
15,623,484
|
|
Provision for income tax
|
|
|
(164,741
|
)
|
|
|
(2,018,253
|
)
|
|
|
(1,378,525
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
|
7,280,669
|
|
|
|
14,244,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to TAL Education Group
|
|
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
|
7,280,669
|
|
|
|
14,244,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed dividends on Series A convertible redeemable
preferred sharesaccretion of redemption premium
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,113,035
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common shareholders of TAL Education
Group
|
|
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
|
3,167,634
|
|
|
|
14,244,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Net income per Series A convertible redeemable preferred
share-Basic
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.69
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Weighted average shares used in calculating net income per
common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
125,000,000
|
|
Weighted average shares used in calculating net income per
Series A convertible redeemable preferred share-basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
232,877
|
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
Pro forma net income per common share (unaudited) (Note 23)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Weighted average shares used in calculating pro forma net income
per common share (unaudited) (Note 23)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
123,151,008
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
128,151,008
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total TAL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B common
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
shares
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
other
|
|
|
Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B common shares
|
|
|
subscription
|
|
|
paid-in
|
|
|
Statutory
|
|
|
(Accumulated deficit)/
|
|
|
comprehensive
|
|
|
shareholders
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
receivable
|
|
|
capital
|
|
|
reserve
|
|
|
retained earnings
|
|
|
income (loss)
|
|
|
equity
|
|
|
income
|
|
|
Balance as of March 1, 2007
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
$
|
62,580
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(555,968
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(493,388
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
Capital contribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
131,810
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
131,810
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
|
1,512,572
|
|
Provision for statutory reserve
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
494,040
|
|
|
|
(494,040
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42,102
|
|
|
|
42,102
|
|
|
|
42,102
|
|
Net unrealized (losses) on
available-for-sale
securities, net of tax effect of $24,296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(49,327
|
)
|
|
|
(49,327
|
)
|
|
|
(49,327
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of February 29, 2008
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
194,390
|
|
|
|
494,040
|
|
|
|
462,564
|
|
|
|
(7,225
|
)
|
|
|
1,143,769
|
|
|
$
|
1,505,347
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital contribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
365,508
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
365,508
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,280,669
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,280,669
|
|
|
|
7,280,669
|
|
Issuance of Class B common shares
|
|
|
119,999,000
|
|
|
|
119,999
|
|
|
|
(119,999
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for statutory reserve
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,166,778
|
|
|
|
(2,166,778
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution to shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,442,020
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,442,020
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion for Series A convertible redeemable preferred
shares redemption premium
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,113,035
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,113,035
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,127
|
|
|
|
71,127
|
|
|
|
71,127
|
|
Net unrealized (losses) on
available-for-sale
securities, net of tax effect of $72,261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(216,784
|
)
|
|
|
(216,784
|
)
|
|
|
(216,784
|
)
|
Transfer to the statements of operations of
other-than-temporary
impairment, net of tax effect of ($96,557)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
266,111
|
|
|
|
266,111
|
|
|
|
266,111
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of February 28, 2009
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
|
(120,000
|
)
|
|
|
559,898
|
|
|
|
2,660,818
|
|
|
|
21,400
|
|
|
|
113,229
|
|
|
|
3,355,345
|
|
|
$
|
7,401,123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital contribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
219,743
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
219,743
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,244,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,244,959
|
|
|
|
14,244,959
|
|
Provision for statutory reserve
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,196,625
|
|
|
|
(2,196,625
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,493
|
|
|
|
21,493
|
|
|
|
21,493
|
|
Net unrealized gains on
available-
for-sale
securities, net of tax effect of ($28,177)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,531
|
|
|
|
84,531
|
|
|
|
84,531
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of February 28, 2010
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
120,000
|
|
|
$
|
(120,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
779,641
|
|
|
$
|
4,857,443
|
|
|
$
|
12,069,734
|
|
|
$
|
219,253
|
|
|
$
|
17,926,071
|
|
|
$
|
14,350,983
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-5
TAL
Education Group
(In U.S.
dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year
|
|
|
For the year
|
|
|
For the year
|
|
|
|
ended
|
|
|
ended
|
|
|
ended
|
|
|
|
February 29,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
$
|
7,280,669
|
|
|
$
|
14,244,959
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation of property and equipment
|
|
|
46,416
|
|
|
|
452,009
|
|
|
|
1,272,074
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
114,536
|
|
|
|
565,300
|
|
|
|
841,193
|
|
Impairment loss on intangible assets and goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,615,455
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment loss on
available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
362,668
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on extinguishment of liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(731,092
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts due from related parties
|
|
|
(41,914
|
)
|
|
|
(91,458
|
)
|
|
|
92,247
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
(4,270
|
)
|
|
|
3,603
|
|
|
|
(120,688
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
425,014
|
|
|
|
(802,788
|
)
|
|
|
(862,708
|
)
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(139,879
|
)
|
|
|
(602,485
|
)
|
|
|
(557,895
|
)
|
Rental deposit
|
|
|
(235,756
|
)
|
|
|
(635,096
|
)
|
|
|
(1,228,785
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
987,204
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
3,701,239
|
|
|
|
11,995,607
|
|
|
|
11,343,086
|
|
Amounts due to related parties
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(36,135
|
)
|
|
|
6,954
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
644,389
|
|
|
|
1,805,910
|
|
|
|
3,217,670
|
|
Income tax payable
|
|
|
302,689
|
|
|
|
2,285,218
|
|
|
|
(2,060,038
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
6,325,036
|
|
|
|
23,467,385
|
|
|
|
27,175,273
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment
|
|
|
(532,814
|
)
|
|
|
(2,142,362
|
)
|
|
|
(3,785,897
|
)
|
Purchase of intangible assets
|
|
|
(277,022
|
)
|
|
|
(1,422,679
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of
available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
(660,519
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,464,231
|
)
|
Acquisitions of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired of $186,336
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,551,362
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(1,470,355
|
)
|
|
|
(5,116,403
|
)
|
|
|
(5,250,128
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-6
TAL
Education Group
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows
(In U.S.
dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year
|
|
|
For the year
|
|
|
For the year
|
|
|
|
ended
|
|
|
ended
|
|
|
ended
|
|
|
|
February 29,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of Series A convertible redeemable
preferred shares, net of issuance cost of $113,035
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,886,965
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital contributed from shareholders
|
|
|
131,810
|
|
|
|
365,508
|
|
|
|
219,743
|
|
Payment of deferred consideration
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(180,345
|
)
|
Distribution to shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,442,020
|
)
|
Convertible loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
131,810
|
|
|
|
5,252,473
|
|
|
|
(902,622
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes
|
|
|
315,097
|
|
|
|
384,961
|
|
|
|
37,057
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
5,301,588
|
|
|
|
23,988,416
|
|
|
|
21,059,580
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year
|
|
|
402,897
|
|
|
|
5,704,485
|
|
|
|
29,692,901
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year
|
|
|
5,704,485
|
|
|
|
29,692,901
|
|
|
|
50,752,481
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplement disclosure of cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax paid
|
|
$
|
1,931
|
|
|
$
|
335,439
|
|
|
$
|
3,997,584
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-7
|
|
1.
|
Organization
and Principal Activities
|
TAL Education Group (the Company or TAL)
was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on January 10, 2008
to be the holding company for a group of companies engaged in
provision of high quality after-school tutoring programs for
primary and secondary school students in the Peoples
Republic of China (the PRC). At the time of its
incorporation and through the date of the reorganization as
described below, the ownership interest of the Company was held
by Bangxin Zhang, Yundong Cao, Yachao Liu and Yunfeng Bai
(collectively , the founding shareholders).
The Company, its subsidiaries, its consolidated Variable
Interest Entities (VIEs) and VIEs subsidiaries
are collectively referred to as the Group.
As of February 28, 2010, details of the Groups
subsidiaries, its VIEs and VIEs subsidiaries are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Place of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Later of date of
|
|
incorporation
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
|
|
incorporation
|
|
(or establishment)
|
|
economic
|
|
|
Name
|
|
or acquisition
|
|
/operation
|
|
ownership
|
|
Principal activities
|
|
Subsidiaries:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Xueersi International Education Group Limited
(Xueersi Hong Kong)
|
|
March 11, 2008
|
|
Hong Kong
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Holding company
|
TAL Education Technology (Beijing)
Co., Ltd. (TAL Beijing)
|
|
May 8, 2008
|
|
Beijing
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Software sales,
and consulting service
|
Beijing Huanqiu Zhikang Shidai Education
Consulting Co., Ltd. (Huanqiu Zhikang)
|
|
September 17, 2009
|
|
Beijing
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Education and management
consulting service
|
Beijing Yidu Huida Education Technology
Co., Ltd. (Yidu Huida)
|
|
November 11, 2009
|
|
Beijing
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Software sales and
consulting service
|
Variable interest entities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beijing Xueersi Education Technology
Co., Ltd. (Xueersi Education)
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
Beijing
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Sales of educational
materials and products
|
Beijing Xueersi Network Technology
Co., Ltd. (Xueersi Network)
|
|
August 23, 2007
|
|
Beijing
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
On-line education
|
VIEs subsidiaries:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beijing Haidian District Xueersi Training
School (Haidian Xueersi)
|
|
July 3, 2006
|
|
Beijing
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
After-school tutoring for primary
and secondary school students
|
Beijing Dongcheng District Xueersi
Training School (Dongcheng Xueersi)
|
|
March 21, 2008
|
|
Beijing
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
After-school tutoring for primary
and secondary school students
|
Beijing Zhikang Culture Distribution
Co., Ltd. (Zhikang)
|
|
June 30, 2008
|
|
Beijing
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
After- school tutoring for primary
and secondary school students
|
Hubei Jianli Hafu
English Training School (Jianli School)
|
|
July 1, 2008
|
|
Hubei
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Language education
|
Hubei Qianjiang Xiaohafu
English Training School (Qianjiang School)
|
|
July 1, 2008
|
|
Hubei
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Language education
|
Wuhan Jianghanqu Xiaoxinxing
English Training School (Wuhan School)
|
|
July 1, 2008
|
|
Hubei
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Language education
|
Shanghai Lehai Science and Technology
Information Co., Ltd. (Shanghai Lehai)
|
|
August 1, 2008
|
|
Shanghai
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Technology development
and consulting service
|
Shanghai Changning District Xueersi-Lejiale
School (Changning School)
|
|
August 1, 2008
|
|
Shanghai
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
After-school tutoring for primary
and secondary school students
|
Shanghai Minhang District Lejiale
School (Minhang School)
|
|
August 1, 2008
|
|
Shanghai
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Language education
|
Beijing Xicheng District Xueersi
Training School (Xicheng Xueersi)
|
|
April 2, 2009
|
|
Beijing
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
After-school tutoring for primary
and secondary school students
|
F-8
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Place of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Later of date of
|
|
incorporation
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
|
|
incorporation
|
|
(or establishment)
|
|
economic
|
|
|
Name
|
|
or acquisition
|
|
/operation
|
|
ownership
|
|
Principal activities
|
|
Shanghai Xueersi Education Information
Consulting Co., Ltd. (Shanghai Education)
|
|
July 2, 2009
|
|
Shanghai
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Educational information consulting
and educational software development
|
Tianjin Xueersi Education Information
Consulting Co., Ltd. (Tianjin Education)
|
|
August 14, 2009
|
|
Tianjin
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Educational information
consulting service
|
Guangzhou Xueersi Education Technology
Co., Ltd. (Guangzhou Education)
|
|
August 16, 2009
|
|
Guangzhou
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Educational technology
research and development
|
Shenzhen Xueersi Education Technology
Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen Education)
|
|
December 22, 2009
|
|
Shenzhen
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Teaching software research
and development
|
History
of the Group
The Group began its operations in the PRC in 2003 through
Beijing Aosai Culture Distribution Co., Ltd. (Beijing
Aosai). Beijing Aosai was incorporated by the founding
shareholders in August 2003 and liquidated in January 2008 after
its business was transferred to Xueersi Education.
Xueersi Education was incorporated in the PRC in 2005 by the
founding shareholders with the same ownership percentage as the
Company. Xueersi Education was established to provide high
quality after-school tutoring and other related services to
primary and secondary school students, including mathematics and
English.
Haidian Xueersi, Xueersi Network and Zhikang were established by
the founding shareholders in 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.
In November 2008, Xueersi Network acquired Haidian Xueersi and
Zhikang.
The
reorganization
PRC laws and regulations currently require any foreign entity
that invests in the education business in China to be an
educational institution with relevant experience in providing
education services outside China. As a Cayman Islands company,
the Company is deemed a foreign legal person under the PRC laws.
To comply with the PRC laws and regulations, the Group provides
substantially all of its services in the PRC through its VIEs,
Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network, and their subsidiaries.
To provide the Company the ability to receive the majority of
the expected residual returns of the VIEs and their
subsidiaries, the Companys wholly owned subsidiary, TAL
Beijing entered into a series of contractual arrangements with
Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network on February 12, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
Agreements that transfer economic benefits to TAL Beijing
|
Series of technology support and service
agreements: Pursuant to a series of technology
support and service agreements, TAL Beijing retains exclusive
right to provide to the VIEs the technology support and
consulting services included but not limited to the system
technology support service, website development service, human
resource and information management service, exclusive
management consulting service, and curriculum research and
development service. TAL Beijing owns the intellectual property
rights developed in the performance of these agreements. As
consideration for these services, TAL Beijing is entitled to
charge the VIEs annual service fees and adjust the service fee
rates from time to time at its discretion.
Call option agreement: Pursuant to the call
option agreement, the shareholders of VIEs unconditionally and
irrevocably granted TAL Beijing or its designated third party an
exclusive option to purchase from VIEs shareholders, to
the extent permitted under PRC law, part of or all the equity
interests in the VIEs, as the case
F-9
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
may be, for the minimum amount of consideration permitted by the
applicable law without any other conditions. TAL Beijing has
sole discretion to decide when to exercise the option, whether
in part or in full.
|
|
|
|
|
Agreements that provide TAL Beijing effective control over the
VIEs
|
Power of attorney: The shareholders of the
VIEs have executed an irrevocable power of attorney appointing
TAL Beijing, or any person designated by TAL Beijing as their
attorney-in-fact to vote on their behalf on all matters of the
VIEs requiring shareholder approval under PRC laws and
regulations and the articles of association of the VIEs. The
power of attorney remains effective during the periods of their
shareholding.
The articles of associations of Xueersi Education and Xueersi
Network state that the major rights of the shareholders in
shareholders meeting include the power to approve the
operating strategy and investment plan, elect the members of
board of directors and approve their compensation and review and
approve annual budget and earning distribution plan. Therefore,
through the irrevocable power of attorney arrangement TAL
Beijing has the ability to exercise effective control over
Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network through shareholder votes
and through such votes to also control the composition of the
board of directors. In addition, the senior management team of
Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network is the same as that of TAL
Beijing. As a result of these contractual rights, the Company
has the power to direct the activities of the VIEs that most
significantly impact their economic performance.
Equity pledge agreement: Pursuant to the
equity pledge agreement, the shareholders of the VIEs
unconditionally and irrevocably pledged all of their equity
interests, including the right to receive declared dividends and
the voting rights, in the VIEs to TAL Beijing to guarantee
VIEs performance of their obligations under the technology
support and service agreements. The shareholders of the VIEs
agree that, without prior written consent of TAL Beijing, they
will not transfer or dispose the pledged equity interests or
create or allow any encumbrance on the pledged equity interests
that would prejudice TAL Beijings interest.
Through the above contractual arrangements, TAL Beijing has the
rights to receive substantially all of the VIEs expected
residual returns and holds variable interests in the VIEs.
Since the Company and the VIEs prior to entering into the above
contractual arrangements were under the common control, the
conclusion of the contractual arrangements is a reorganization
of entities under common control and has been accounted for in a
manner akin to a pooling as if the Company had been in existence
throughout the period of the VIEs existence and it was the
primary beneficiary of the VIEs from their inception.
The following financial statement balances and amounts of the
Companys VIEs were included in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
$
|
27,027,498
|
|
|
$
|
45,171,584
|
|
Total non-current assets
|
|
|
6,452,080
|
|
|
|
8,792,445
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
33,479,578
|
|
|
|
53,964,029
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
25,822,900
|
|
|
|
34,897,136
|
|
Total non-current liabilities
|
|
|
366,069
|
|
|
|
175,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
$
|
26,188,969
|
|
|
$
|
35,072,746
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-10
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
February 29,
|
|
February 28,
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
8,882,191
|
|
|
$
|
37,475,583
|
|
|
$
|
68,884,665
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
$
|
7,312,960
|
|
|
$
|
14,260,357
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
February 29,
|
|
February 28,
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
6,325,036
|
|
|
$
|
24,956,771
|
|
|
$
|
21,611,823
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
$
|
(1,470,355
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,066,464
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,250,128
|
)
|
Net cash provided by/ (used in) financing activities
|
|
$
|
131,810
|
|
|
$
|
365,508
|
|
|
$
|
(1,402,622
|
)
|
There are no consolidated VIE assets that are collateral for the
VIEs obligations and can only be used to settle the
VIEs obligations.
|
|
2.
|
Significant
Accounting Policies
|
Basis
of presentation
The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been
prepared in accordance with the accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America (US GAAP).
Basis
of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the financial
statements of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries and its
VIEs and their subsidiaries. All inter-company transactions and
balances have been eliminated upon consolidation.
Use of
estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US
GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and
expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Groups
consolidated financial statements include valuation allowance
for deferred tax assets, the useful lives of property and
equipment and intangible assets, impairment of
available-for-sale securities, intangible assets, long-lived
assets and goodwill.
Cash
and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand,
7-days-notice
bank deposits and principal-secured floating rate financial
instruments which are unrestricted as to withdrawal or use, and
which have original maturities of three months or less when
purchased.
Available-for-sale
securities
Available-for-sale securities are carried at their fair value.
Unrealized gains and losses excluded from the changes in fair
value are included in accumulated other comprehensive income.
F-11
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
The Group reviews its available-for-sale securities for
other-than-temporary impairment in accordance with authoritative
guidance based on the specific identification method. The Group
considers available quantitative and qualitative evidence in
evaluating the potential impairment of its available-for-sale
securities. If the cost of an investment exceeds the
investments fair value, the Group considers, among other
factors, general market conditions, expected future performance
of the investees, the duration and the extent to which the fair
value of the investment is less than the cost, and the
Groups intent and ability to hold the investment.
Other-than-temporary impairments below costs are recognized as a
loss in the consolidated statements of operations.
Property
and equipment, net
Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated
depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are
calculated on a straight-line basis over the following estimated
useful lives:
|
|
|
Computer, network equipment and software
|
|
3 years
|
Vehicles
|
|
4-5 years
|
Office equipment and furniture
|
|
3-5 years
|
Leasehold improvement
|
|
Shorter of the lease term or estimated useful lives
|
Acquired
intangible assets, net
Acquired intangible assets other than goodwill consist of domain
names, partnership agreement, trade name, student base,
non-compete agreement, and educational license, and are carried
at cost, less accumulated amortization and impairment.
Amortization of acquired intangible assets, except student base,
is calculated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the
contractual terms or the expected useful lives of the acquired
assets. Student base is amortized using the estimated attrition
pattern and graduation rates of the acquired schools. The
amortization periods by major intangible asset classes are as
follows:
|
|
|
Trade name
|
|
10.0 years
|
Student base
|
|
3.5 years
|
Partnership agreement
|
|
2.6-3.5 years
|
Domain names
|
|
3.0 years
|
Non-compete agreement
|
|
2.0-3.0 years
|
Educational license
|
|
0.9-2.0 years
|
Impairment
of long-lived assets
The Group reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. When these
events occur, the Group measures impairment by comparing the
carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated
undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use
of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the
expected undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount
of the assets, the Group would recognize an impairment loss
based on the fair value of the assets.
Impairment
of goodwill
Goodwill is not amortized but tested for impairment on an annual
basis and between annual tests in certain circumstances.
Goodwill impairment is tested using a two-step approach. The
first step compares the
F-12
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying amount, including
goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is greater
than its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered impaired
and the second step is not required. If the fair value of the
reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the second step
of the impairment test measures the amount of the impairment
loss, if any, by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill to
its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds
its implied fair value, an impairment loss is recognized equal
to that excess. The implied fair value of goodwill is calculated
in the same manner that goodwill is calculated in a business
combination, whereby the fair value of the reporting unit is
allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit,
with the excess purchase price over the amounts assigned to
assets and liabilities representing the implied fair value of
goodwill. The Group determines each individual school as a
reporting unit and performs its annual goodwill impairment test
on the last day of each fiscal year.
Revenue
recognition
Revenue is recognized when earned and is reported net of
business tax.
The primary sources of the Groups revenues are as follows:
(a) Educational programs and services
The educational programs and services primarily consist of
after-school group tutoring and after-school
one-on-one
tutoring. Tuition revenue is generally collected in advance and
is initially recorded as deferred revenue. Tuition revenue is
recognized proportionately as the tutoring sessions are
delivered.
For small-class courses consisting of more than seven classes
per course, the Group offers refunds for any remaining classes
to students who decide to withdraw from a course, provided the
course is less than two-thirds completed at the time of
withdrawal. After two-thirds of a course is delivered, no refund
is allowed. For small-class courses with less than seven
classes, no refund will be provided after the commencement of
the courses. For personalized premium services, a student can
withdraw at any time and receive a refund for the undelivered
classes. The refund is recorded as a reduction of deferred
revenue and has no impact on the recognized revenue. The Group
has not experienced significant refunds in the past.
The Group sends out coupons to attract both existing and
prospective students to enroll in its courses. The coupon has
fixed dollar amounts and can only be used against future
courses. The coupon is accounted for as a reduction of revenue
when the relevant revenue is recognized in the consolidated
statements of operations.
(b) Educational materials and others
The Group sells educational materials to students at the
Groups training centers. Revenue is recognized after a
service contract is signed, the price is fixed or determinable,
educational materials are delivered and collection of the
receivables is reasonably assured.
Value
added tax
TAL Beijing is subject to value added tax, VAT, for the
inter-company sales of self-developed software in accordance
with the PRC tax laws. For small scale VAT payer, the VAT rate
is 3% of the gross sales and for general VAT payer, the VAT rate
is 17% of the gross sales. TAL Beijing is deemed as general VAT
payer since October 2009. As the entity sells self-developed
software, it is eligible for VAT refund at the rate of 14% from
the calendar year 2010.
F-13
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
For the calendar year 2009, TAL Beijing filed its VAT return at
the rate of 3%. For the calendar year 2010, it files its VAT
return at a rate of 17% and enjoys a 14% VAT refund.
Operating
leases
Leases where substantially all the rewards and risks of the
ownership of the assets remain with the leasing companies are
accounted for as operating leases. Payments made for the
operating leases are charged to the consolidated statements of
operations on a straight-line basis over the lease term and have
been included in the operating expenses in the consolidated
statements of operations.
Advertising
costs
The Group expenses advertising costs as incurred. Total
advertising costs incurred were $58,520, $119,081, and $487,333
for the years ended February 29, 2008, February 28,
2009 and 2010, respectively, and have been included in selling
and marketing expenses in the consolidated statements of
operations.
Foreign
currency translation
The functional and reporting currency of the Company is the
United States dollar. The functional currency of the
Companys PRC subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs
subsidiaries in the PRC is Renminbi (RMB).
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other
than the applicable functional currencies are translated into
the functional currencies at the prevailing rates of exchange at
the balance sheet date. Nonmonetary assets and liabilities are
remeasured into the applicable functional currencies at
historical exchange rates. Transactions in currencies other than
the applicable functional currencies during the year are
converted into the functional currencies at the applicable rates
of exchange prevailing at the transaction dates. Transaction
gains and losses are recognized in the consolidated statements
of operations.
For translating the results of the PRC subsidiaries into the
functional currency of the Company, assets and liabilities are
translated from each subsidiarys functional currency to
the reporting currency at the exchange rate on the balance sheet
date. Equity amounts are translated at historical exchange
rates, and revenues, expenses, gains and losses are translated
using the average rate for the period. Translation adjustments
are reported as cumulative translation adjustments and are shown
as a separate component of other comprehensive income in the
consolidated statements of changes in equity and comprehensive
income.
Income
taxes
Deferred income taxes are recognized for temporary differences
between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their
reported amounts in the financial statements, net of operating
loss carry forwards and credits, by applying enacted statutory
tax rates applicable to future years. Deferred tax assets are
reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of
management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all
of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Current income
taxes are provided for in accordance with the laws and
regulations applicable to the Group as enacted by the relevant
tax authorities. The components of the deferred tax assets and
liabilities are individually classified as current and
non-current based on the characteristics of the underlying
assets and liabilities.
The impact of an uncertain income tax position on the income tax
return is recognized at the largest amount that is
more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant
tax authorities. An uncertain income tax position will not be
recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being
sustained. Interest and penalties on income taxes will be
classified as a component of the provisions for income taxes.
F-14
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
Comprehensive
income
Comprehensive income includes net income, unrealized gain (loss)
on available-for-sale securities, and foreign currency
translation adjustments. Comprehensive income is reported in the
consolidated statements of changes in equity and comprehensive
income.
Concentration
of credit risk
Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to
significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of
cash and cash equivalents. As of February 28, 2010,
substantially all of the Groups cash and cash equivalents
were managed by financial institutions with high-credit ratings
and quality.
Fair
value of financial instruments
The Groups financial instruments consist primarily of cash
and cash equivalents, available-for-sale securities, amounts due
from related parties, accounts payables, amounts due to related
parties and convertible loan. The fair value of cash and cash
equivalents, amounts due from related parties, accounts
payables, and amounts due to related parties approximate their
carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets due
to the short-term maturity of these instruments. All highly
liquid debt instruments purchased with original maturity of
three months or less at the date of acquisition are included in
cash and cash equivalents, which are reported at fair value.
Net
income per share
Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income
attributable to common shareholders of the Company by the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the
year using the two-class method. Under the two-class method, net
income is allocated on a pro rata basis to each class of common
shares and other participating securities based on their
participating rights.
The holders of Series A convertible redeemable preferred
shares are entitled to share dividends on a pro rata basis, as
if their shares had been converted into Class B common
shares. Accordingly, the Company has used the two-class method
in computing net income per share.
Fair
value
Fair value is the price that would be received from selling an
asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction
between market participants at the measurement date. When
determining the fair value measurements for assets and
liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value,
the Group considers the principal or most advantageous market in
which it would transact and it considers assumptions that market
participants would use when pricing the asset or liability.
Authoritative literature provides a fair value hierarchy, which
prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure
fair value into three broad levels. The level in the hierarchy
within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls is
based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the
fair value measurement as follows:
Level 1
Level 1 applies to assets or liabilities for which there
are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or
liabilities.
F-15
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
Level 2
Level 2 applies to assets or liabilities for which there
are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1
that are observable for the assets or liabilities such as quoted
prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;
quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets
with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active
markets); or model-derived valuations in which significant
inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or
corroborated by, observable market data.
Level 3
Level 3 applies to assets or liabilities for which there
are unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are
significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets
or liabilities.
Beneficial
conversion feature
For convertible instruments, a beneficial conversion feature is
recognized when the conversion price is less than the fair value
of the common stock into which the instrument is converted. For
convertible instruments that have a stated redemption date (such
as debt and mandatorily redeemable preferred stock), the
discount resulting from recording a beneficial conversion option
is accreted from the date of issuance to the stated redemption
date of the convertible instrument, regardless of when the
earliest conversion date occurs.
In circumstances in which the instrument is converted prior to
amortization of the full amount of the discount, the remaining
unamortized discount at the date of conversion is immediately
recognized as interest expense or as a dividend, as appropriate.
Recently
issued accounting standards
In June 2009, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement to
amend the accounting rules for variable interest entities
(VIEs). The amendments effectively replace the
quantitative-based
risks-and-rewards
calculation for determining which reporting entity, if any, has
a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity
with an approach focused on identifying which reporting entity
has (1) the power to direct the activities of a variable
interest entity that most significantly affect the entitys
economic performance and (2) the obligation to absorb
losses of, or the right to receive benefits from, the entity.
Additionally, an enterprise is required to assess whether it has
an implicit financial responsibility to ensure that a variable
interest entity operates as designed when determining whether it
has the power to direct the activities of the variable interest
entity that most significantly impact the entitys economic
performance. The new guidance also requires additional
disclosures about a reporting entitys involvement with
variable interest entities and about any significant changes in
risk exposure as a result of that involvement.
The new guidance is effective at the start of a reporting
entitys first fiscal year beginning after
November 15, 2009, and all interim and annual periods
thereafter. The new VIE model requires that, upon adoption, a
reporting entity should determine whether an entity is a VIE,
and whether the reporting entity is the VIEs primary
beneficiary, as of the date that the reporting entity first
became involved with the entity, unless an event requiring
reconsideration of those initial conclusions occurred after that
date. When making this determination, a reporting entity must
assume that new guidance had been effective from the date of its
first involvement with the entity. The Group adopted the new
guidance on March 1, 2010.
The Company has had two VIEs, which it has consolidated under
the authoritative literature prior to the amendment discussed
above because it was the primary beneficiary of those entities.
Because the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, has
(1) the power to direct the activities of the two VIEs that
most
F-16
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
significantly affect the entitys economic performance and
(2) the right to receive benefits from the two VIES, it
will continue to consolidate the two VIEs upon the adoption of
the new guidance which therefore, other than for additional
disclosures including those for prior periods, had no accounting
impact.
In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued an authoritative pronouncement
regarding revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. This
pronouncement was issued in response to practice concerns
related to the accounting for revenue arrangements with multiple
deliverables under an existing pronouncement. Although the new
pronouncement retains the criteria from an existing
pronouncement for when delivered items in a multiple-deliverable
arrangement should be considered separate units of accounting,
it removes the previous separation criterion under existing
pronouncements that objective and reliable evidence of the fair
value of any undelivered items must exist for the delivered
items to be considered a separate unit or separate units of
accounting. The new pronouncement is effective for fiscal years
beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Entities can elect to
apply this pronouncement (1) prospectively to new or
materially modified arrangements after the pronouncements
effective date or (2) retrospectively for all periods
presented. Early application is permitted; however, if the
entity elects prospective application and early adopts this
pronouncement after its first interim reporting period, it must
also do the following in the period of adoption:
(1) retrospectively apply this pronouncement as of the
beginning of that fiscal year; and (2) disclose the effect
of the retrospective adjustments on the prior interim
periods revenue, income before taxes, net income, and
earnings per share. The Group is in the process of evaluating
the effect of adoption of this pronouncement.
In October 2009, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement
regarding software revenue recognition. This new pronouncement
amends an existing pronouncement to exclude from its scope all
tangible products containing both software and non-software
components that function together to deliver the products
essential functionality. That is, the entire product (including
the software deliverables and non-software deliverables) would
be outside the scope of software revenue recognition and would
be accounted for under other accounting literature. The new
pronouncement includes factors that entities should consider
when determining whether the software and non-software
components function together to deliver the products
essential functionality and are thus outside the revised scope
of the authoritative literature that governs software revenue
recognition. The pronouncement is effective for fiscal years
beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Entities can elect to
apply this pronouncement (1) prospectively to new or
materially modified arrangements after the pronouncements
effective date or (2) retrospectively for all periods
presented. Early application is permitted; however, if the
entity elects prospective application and early adopts this
pronouncement after its first interim reporting period, it must
also do the following in the period of adoption:
(1) retrospectively apply this pronouncement as of the
beginning of that fiscal year; and (2) disclose the effect
of the retrospective adjustments on the prior interim
periods revenue, income before taxes, net income, and
earnings per share. The Group is in the process of evaluating
the effect of adoption of this pronouncement.
In April 2010, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement on
milestone method of revenue recognition. The scope of this
pronouncement is limited to arrangements that include milestones
relating to research or development deliverables. The
pronouncement specifies guidance that must be met for a vendor
to recognize consideration that is contingent upon achievement
of a substantive milestone in its entirety in the period in
which the milestone is achieved. The guidance applies to
milestones in arrangements within the scope of this consensus
regardless of whether the arrangement is determined to have
single or multiple deliverables or units of accounting. The
pronouncement will be effective for fiscal years, and interim
periods within those years, beginning on or after June 15,
2010. Early application is permitted. Companies can apply this
guidance prospectively to milestones achieved after adoption.
However, retrospective application to all
F-17
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
prior periods is also permitted. The Group is in the process of
evaluating the effect of adoption of this pronouncement.
In April 2010, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement on
effect of denominating the exercise price of a share-based
payment award in the currency of the market in which the
underlying equity securities trades and that currency is
different from (1) entitys functional currency,
(2) functional currency of the foreign operation for which
the employee provides services, and (3) payroll currency of
the employee. The guidance clarifies that an employee
share-based payment award with an exercise price denominated in
the currency of a market in which a substantial portion of the
entitys equity securities trades should be considered an
equity award assuming all other criteria for equity
classification are met. The pronouncement will be effective for
interim and annual periods beginning on or after
December 15, 2010, and will be applied prospectively.
Affected entities will be required to record a cumulative
catch-up
adjustment for all awards outstanding as of the beginning of the
annual period in which the guidance is adopted. The Group is in
the process of evaluating the effect of adoption of this
pronouncement.
In the year ended February 28, 2009, the Group made five
business acquisitions. Each acquisition has been recorded using
the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the acquired
assets and liabilities were recorded at their fair value at the
date of purchase. The results of these acquired entities
operations have been included in the consolidated financial
statements since the date of purchase.
Acquisition
in Wuhan
On July 1, 2008, Xueersi Network acquired 100% equity
interest in Wuhan School. Pursuant to the original acquisition
agreement, $918,260 would be paid by cash (of which $712,745 was
paid by February 28, 2010), while $393,540 would be settled
by cash or the Class B common shares of the Company on the
closing of a qualified IPO at the discretion of the target,
provided such qualified IPO occurred within two years. Absent an
IPO in the specified period, $393,540 would be increased to
$787,080 and be settled in cash.
Since the completion of a qualified IPO is beyond the
Companys control, the Company accounted for $787,080 as a
liability incurred upon the acquisition.
F-18
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
The purchase price of Wuhan School was allocated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
period
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
12,504
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets acquired:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Student base
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
177,822
|
|
|
|
3.50 years
|
|
Partnership agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
97,656
|
|
|
|
3.50 years
|
|
Non-compete agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,915
|
|
|
|
2.00 years
|
|
Education license
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,915
|
|
|
|
1.50 years
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,338,753
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(70,327
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payable for business acquisition-current
|
|
|
550,956
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payable for business acquisition-non-current
|
|
|
367,304
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Obligation absent of IPO
|
|
|
787,080
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total acquisition obligation
|
|
|
1,705,340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount to present value at date of acquisition
|
|
|
(139,913
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total purchase consideration
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,565,427
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The purchase price allocation described above was based on a
valuation analysis provided by American Appraisal China Limited,
a third party valuation firm. The valuation analysis utilizes
and considers generally accepted valuation methodologies such as
the income, market and cost approach. The Company has
incorporated certain assumptions, which include projected cash
flows. The company renegotiated the above acquisition agreement
(See Note 4).
Acquisition
in Shanghai
On August 1, 2008, Xueersi Network acquired 100% equity
interest in Shanghai Lehai and its two 100% owned subsidiaries,
Minhang School and Changning School. According to the
acquisition agreements, $1,027,577, or 50% of the total
consideration is contingent upon the two original
shareholders continuing employment with Shanghai Lehai for
at least three years after the acquisition. As the contingent
consideration arrangement would be automatically forfeited if
any of these two original shareholders terminates
his/her
employment with Shanghai Lehai, the amount has been accounted
for as employment compensation for post-combination services of
the original shareholders. As of February 28, 2010, the
purchase price was paid in full.
F-19
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
The purchase price of Shanghai Lehai was allocated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
period
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
173,832
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expense and other current assets
|
|
|
102,010
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
157,523
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued expense and other current liabilities
|
|
|
(344,380
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax payable
|
|
|
(1,585
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets acquired:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partnership agreement
|
|
|
330,865
|
|
|
|
3.50 years
|
|
Trade name
|
|
|
262,360
|
|
|
|
10.00 years
|
|
Student base
|
|
|
164,704
|
|
|
|
3.50 years
|
|
Non-compete agreement
|
|
|
16,033
|
|
|
|
3.00 years
|
|
Education license
|
|
|
3,207
|
|
|
|
1.67 years
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
357,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(194,292
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consideration
|
|
$
|
1,027,577
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The purchase price allocation described above was based on a
valuation analysis provided by American Appraisal China Limited,
a third party valuation firm. The valuation analysis utilizes
and considers generally accepted valuation methodologies such as
the income, market and cost approach. The Company has
incorporated certain assumptions, which include projected cash
flows.
The Group also made other acquisitions during the fiscal year
ended February 28, 2009 in Tianjin, Qianjiang, and Jianli,
for a total consideration of $605,754.
The results of operations for the 100% equity interest of all
these acquired entities have been included in the Groups
consolidated financial statements from their respective
acquisition date. The acquired goodwill is not deductible for
tax purposes.
F-20
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
Pro
forma
The following summary of unaudited pro forma results of
operations of five acquired businesses for the years ended
February 29, 2008 and February 28, 2009 was presented
with the assumption that all the five acquisitions described
above during the year ended February 28, 2009 occurred as
of March 1, 2007 and 2008, respectively. These pro forma
results have been prepared for comparative purposes only and do
not purport to be indicative of the results of operations which
would have resulted had the significant acquisitions occurred as
of March 1, 2007 and 2008, nor are they indicative of
future operating results.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the years ended
|
|
|
|
February 29,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
9,517,600
|
|
|
$
|
37,876,116
|
|
Net income attributable to TAL Education Group
|
|
$
|
1,546,449
|
|
|
$
|
6,598,516
|
|
Net income per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
Net income per Series A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
convertible redeemable preferred shareBasic
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.68
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
Extinguishment
of Liabilities
|
In January 2009, the performance of Wuhan School was not in line
with expectations at the time of the purchase. Since the Company
had not yet fully paid the acquisition obligation, Xueersi
Network renegotiated with the original shareholders of Wuhan
School to adjust the remaining payments.
The acquisition payable at that time was $1,605,625 and was
reduced to $874,533 and will be settled in cash. As a result,
Xueersi Networks acquisition payables of $731,092 were
waived. This amount was treated as a gain on extinguishment of
liabilities for the year ended February 28, 2009.
|
|
5.
|
Available-for-Sale
Securities
|
In August 2007 and December 2009, the Group bought two
securities in mutual funds named Wan Jia He Xie Financing Fund
and Guo Du No. 1 An Xin Shou Yi, respectively. The
securities were classified as
available-for-sale
securities and reported at fair value.
F-21
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
The
available-for-sale
securities measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring
basis were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of March 1, 2007
|
|
$
|
|
|
Purchase
|
|
|
660,519
|
|
Foreign exchange difference
|
|
|
42,567
|
|
Changes in fair
value(1)
|
|
|
(73,623
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of February 29, 2008
|
|
|
629,463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in fair
value(1)
|
|
|
(289,045
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances as of February 28, 2009
|
|
|
340,418
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase
|
|
|
1,464,231
|
|
Changes in fair value
|
|
|
112,708
|
|
Foreign exchange difference
|
|
|
799
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of February 28, 2010
|
|
$
|
1,918,156
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The Group determined the decline to be other-than temporary due
to the continuing challenging global financial markets, poor
performance of the equity markets, as well as the duration and
the extent to which the fair value of the securities had
continued to be less than the cost and therefore booked an
impairment loss in the income statement of $266,111, net of tax
effect of $96,557. |
The Group values the mutual funds using quoted price in active
market to determine the fair value of
available-for-sale
securities (Level 1 valuation). The following provides
additional information concerning the Groups
available-for-sale
securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of February 28, 2009
|
|
|
As of February 28, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unrealized
|
|
|
unrealized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unrealized
|
|
|
unrealized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
gains
|
|
|
(losses)
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
gains
|
|
|
(losses)
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
Mutual fund
|
|
$
|
340,418
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
340,418
|
|
|
$
|
1,805,448
|
|
|
$
|
120,678
|
|
|
$
|
(7,970
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,918,156
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.
|
Prepaid
Expenses and Other Current Assets
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Prepaid rent
|
|
$
|
797,674
|
|
|
$
|
1,344,238
|
|
Prepayments to suppliers
|
|
|
391,049
|
|
|
|
305,782
|
|
Staff advances
|
|
|
165,257
|
|
|
|
450,705
|
|
Others
|
|
|
60,943
|
|
|
|
180,216
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,414,923
|
|
|
$
|
2,280,941
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-22
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
7.
|
Property
and Equipment, Net
|
Property and equipment, net, consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Leasehold improvement
|
|
$
|
1,280,185
|
|
|
$
|
3,399,250
|
|
Computer, network equipment and software
|
|
|
869,600
|
|
|
|
2,293,808
|
|
Vehicles
|
|
|
458,412
|
|
|
|
624,296
|
|
Office equipment and furniture
|
|
|
377,318
|
|
|
|
462,112
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(514,178
|
)
|
|
|
(1,787,976
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,471,337
|
|
|
$
|
4,991,490
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the years ended February 29, 2008, February 28,
2009 and 2010, depreciation expenses were $46,416, $452,009, and
$1,272,074, respectively.
|
|
8.
|
Intangible
Assets, Net
|
Intangible assets, net, consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Domain names
|
|
$
|
1,846,858
|
|
|
$
|
1,846,858
|
|
Partnership agreement
|
|
|
425,576
|
|
|
|
425,576
|
|
Student base
|
|
|
348,566
|
|
|
|
348,566
|
|
Trade name
|
|
|
262,360
|
|
|
|
262,360
|
|
Non-compete agreement
|
|
|
19,200
|
|
|
|
19,200
|
|
Education license
|
|
|
9,902
|
|
|
|
9,902
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(696,148
|
)
|
|
|
(1,537,341
|
)
|
Add: foreign exchange difference
|
|
|
10,029
|
|
|
|
14,039
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,226,343
|
|
|
$
|
1,389,160
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Domain names were acquired from third parties. The rest of
intangible assets were recorded as a result of the acquisitions
of the five businesses in the year ended February 28, 2009
(see Note 3).
The Group recorded amortization expense of $114,536, $565,300,
and $841,193 for the years ended February 29, 2008,
February 28, 2009, and 2010, respectively.
Estimated amortization expenses of the existing intangible
assets for the next five years are $717,070, $502,879, $26,371,
$26,371 and $26,371, respectively.
F-23
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
9.
|
Accrued
Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Accrued payroll and bonus
|
|
$
|
2,303,069
|
|
|
$
|
3,893,895
|
|
Social insurance payable
|
|
|
38,791
|
|
|
|
453,081
|
|
Payable for business acquisitions
|
|
|
533,035
|
|
|
|
513,062
|
|
Other taxes payable
|
|
|
634,397
|
|
|
|
1,343,425
|
|
Others
|
|
|
100,505
|
|
|
|
614,353
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,609,797
|
|
|
$
|
6,817,816
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payable for the acquisition of a school in Tianjin
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
76,760
|
|
Payable for the acquisition of Jianli School
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
137,257
|
|
Payable for the acquisition of Qianjiang School
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
137,257
|
|
Payable for the acquisition of Wuhan School
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
161,788
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payable for business acquisitions
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
513,062
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On January 30, 2010, a third party agreed to provide the
Company a $500,000 convertible loan, which bears an annual
interest rate of 15% and will mature on January 30, 2012.
The interest is payable annually. Subject to mutual agreement,
the date of maturity may be extended to January 30, 2015.
The loan is convertible at the option of the holder, at any
time, into such number of Class B common shares of the
Company as determined by dividing $500,000 by the conversion
price. The conversion price was initially set at $50 per share
and then subject to adjustments for dilution, including but not
limited to issuance of additional Class B common shares and
share split.
As of the balance sheet date, the conversion option of the
convertible loan does not meet the criteria for an embedded
derivative. If the conversion option survives an IPO, it would
be required to be bifurcated and accounted for separately as a
derivative.
As of February 28, 2010, the fair value of the convertible
loan approximated its carrying amount since the effective
interest rate did not fluctuate significantly during its one
month outstanding period.
Cayman
Islands
The Company is a tax-exempted company incorporated in the Cayman
Islands.
Hong
Kong
Xueersi Hong Kong was established in Hong Kong in March 2008.
Xueersi Hong Kong is subject to Hong Kong Profits Tax on
its activities conducted in Hong Kong. It was subject to Hong
Kong profit tax at
F-24
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
16.5%. No provision for Hong Kong Profits tax has been made in
the consolidated financial statements as it has no assessable
income for the years ended February 28, 2009, and 2010.
PRC
The subsidiaries incorporated in the PRC were generally subject
to a corporate income tax rate of 33% prior to January 1,
2008 except for those subsidiaries that enjoyed tax holidays or
preferential tax treatment. Xueersi Network and Haidian Xueersi
were entitled to a one year tax exemption in calendar year 2007
as they were newly established companies in calendar year 2007.
Effective from January 1, 2008, a new Enterprise Income Tax
Law, or (the New EIT Law), combined the previous
income tax laws for foreign invested and domestic invested
enterprises in the PRC by the adoption a unified tax rate of 25%
for most enterprises with the following exceptions.
Certain qualified high and new technology enterprises that meet
the definition of high and new technology enterprise
strongly supported by the state (HNTE) could
benefit from a preferential tax rate of 15%. Xueersi Education
qualified as a HNTE under the New EIT Law effective from
January 1, 2008 and therefore for a preferential tax rate
of 15%. In addition, since the entity is located in a high
technology zone in Beijing and qualified as a high-tech company,
it was entitled to a three-year exemption from the enterprise
income tax from calendar year 2006 to 2008 and a further tax
reduction to a rate of 7.5% from calendar year 2009 to 2011.
Accordingly, in calculating deferred tax assets and liabilities,
the Group assumed Xueersi Education will continue to renew the
new HNTE status at the conclusion of the initial three-year
period. If Xueersi Education failed to obtain such renewals
after 2010, then the deferred tax assets as of February 28,
2010 would increase by $29,259.
TAL Beijing was qualified as Newly Established Software
Enterprise and therefore it was entitled to a two-year
exemption from EIT from calendar year 2009 to 2010 and a further
reduction to 12.5% from calendar year 2011 to 2013.
Provision (credit) for income tax consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
|
February 29,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRC income tax expenses
|
|
$
|
304,620
|
|
|
$
|
2,620,738
|
|
|
$
|
1,936,420
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRC income tax expenses
|
|
|
(139,879
|
)
|
|
|
(602,485
|
)
|
|
|
(557,895
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
164,741
|
|
|
$
|
2,018,253
|
|
|
$
|
1,378,525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-25
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary
differences between the carrying amount of assets and
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts
used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the
Groups deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Current deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undistributed payroll
|
|
$
|
510,275
|
|
|
$
|
903,939
|
|
Less: valuation allowance
|
|
|
(29,146
|
)
|
|
|
(72,642
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current deferred tax assets, net
|
|
|
481,129
|
|
|
|
831,297
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
35,434
|
|
|
|
134,915
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
70,558
|
|
|
|
163,003
|
|
Tax losses carry-forward deferred tax assets
|
|
|
137,639
|
|
|
|
303,909
|
|
Less: valuation allowance
|
|
|
(112,342
|
)
|
|
|
(317,859
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax assets, net
|
|
|
131,289
|
|
|
|
283,968
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
203,776
|
|
|
|
147,433
|
|
Unrealized gain on
available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax liabilities
|
|
$
|
203,776
|
|
|
$
|
175,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of February 28, 2010, tax loss carry-forward amounted to
$1,251,685 and would expire by the end of calendar year 2015.
The Group operates its business through its subsidiaries, its
VIEs and their subsidiaries. The Group does not file combined or
consolidated tax returns, therefore, losses from individual
subsidiaries or the VIEs and their subsidiaries may not be used
to offset other subsidiaries or VIEs earnings within
the Group. Valuation allowance is considered on each individual
subsidiary and VIE basis. A valuation allowance of $390,501 had
been established as of February 28, 2010, in respect of
certain deferred tax assets as it is considered more likely than
not that the relevant deferred tax assets will not be realized
in the foreseeable future.
Under US GAAP, a deferred tax liability should be recorded for
taxable temporary differences attributable to the excess of
financial reporting amounts over tax basis amounts, including
those differences attributable to a more than 50% interest in a
domestic subsidiary. However, recognition is not required in
situations where the tax law provides a means by which the
reported amount of that investment can be recovered tax-free and
the enterprise expects that it will ultimately use that means.
The Company has not recorded any such deferred tax liability
attributable to the undistributed earnings of its financial
interest in VIEs because it believes such excess earnings can be
distributed in a manner that would not be subject to income tax.
The impact of an uncertain income tax position on the income tax
return is recognized at the largest amount that is
more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant
tax authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be
recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being
sustained. Interest and penalties on income taxes will be
classified as a component of the provisions for income taxes.
The Group has concluded that there are no significant uncertain
tax positions requiring recognition in financial statements for
F-26
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
the years ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and 2010. The Group did not incur any interest and penalties
related to potential underpaid income tax expenses and also does
not anticipate any significant increases or decreases in
unrecognized tax benefits in the next 12 months. The Group
has no material unrecognized tax benefits which would favorably
affect the effective income tax rate in future periods. The
years 2007 to 2009 remain subject to examination by the PRC tax
authorities.
Reconciliation between the provision for income taxes computed
by applying the PRC EIT rates of 33% in calendar year 2007, and
25% in calendar year 2008 and 2009 to income before income taxes
and the actual provision for income tax was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
|
February 29,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net income before provision for income tax
|
|
$
|
1,677,313
|
|
|
$
|
9,298,922
|
|
|
$
|
15,623,484
|
|
PRC statutory tax rate
|
|
|
33
|
% (1)
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax at statutory tax rate
|
|
|
553,513
|
|
|
|
2,324,731
|
|
|
|
3,905,871
|
|
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salaries and employees benefits
|
|
|
64,410
|
|
|
|
214,023
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other expenses not deductable
|
|
|
23,593
|
|
|
|
257,357
|
|
|
|
289,945
|
|
Effect of income tax exemptions
|
|
|
(476,775
|
)
|
|
|
(923,868
|
)
|
|
|
(3,070,154
|
)
|
Effect of income tax rate difference in other jurisdictions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,527
|
|
|
|
3,850
|
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
140,483
|
|
|
|
249,013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for income tax
|
|
$
|
164,741
|
|
|
$
|
2,018,253
|
|
|
$
|
1,378,525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
PRC statutory tax rate was 33% for the period between
March 1, 2007 and December 31, 2007 and 25% for the
period between January 1, 2008 and February 29, 2008. |
If Xueersi Education, Xueersi Network and Haidian Xueersi were
not in a tax holiday period for the years ended
February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009 and 2010, the
provision for income tax and earnings per share amounts would be
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
|
February 29,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Provision for income tax
|
|
$
|
476,775
|
|
|
$
|
923,868
|
|
|
$
|
3,070,154
|
|
Net income per common share-basic
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
Net income per Series A preferred share-basic
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.68
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
Net income per common share-diluted
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New EIT Law includes a provision specifying that legal entities
organized outside of the PRC will be considered residents for
Chinese Income tax purposes if the place of effective management
or control is within the PRC. The implementation rules to the
New EIT Law provide that non-resident legal entities will be
considered PRC residents if substantial and overall management
and control over the manufacturing and business operations,
personnel, accounting, properties, etc, occurs within the PRC.
Despite the present
F-27
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
uncertainties resulting from the limited PRC tax guidance on the
issue, the Group does not believe that the legal entities
organized outside of the PRC within the Group should be treated
as residents for EIT law purposes. If the PRC tax authorities
subsequently determine that the Company and its subsidiaries
registered outside the PRC should be deemed a resident
enterprise, the Company and its subsidiaries registered outside
the PRC will be subject to the PRC income tax at a rate of 25%.
If the Company were to be non-resident for PRC tax purpose,
dividends paid to it out of profits earned after January 1,
2008 would be subject to a withholding tax. In the case of
dividends paid by PRC subsidiaries, the withholding tax would be
10%.
Aggregate undistributed earnings of the Companys
subsidiaries located in the PRC that are available for
distribution to the Company of approximately $4,311,088 and
$18,202,179 as of February 28, 2009 and 2010, respectively,
are considered to be indefinitely reinvested and accordingly, no
provision has been made for the Chinese dividend withholding
taxes that would be payable upon the distribution of those
amounts to the Company. The Chinese tax authorities have also
clarified that distributions made out of pre January 1,
2008 retained earnings will not be subject to the withholding
tax.
|
|
12.
|
Impairment
Loss on Intangible Assets and Goodwill
|
Impairment
loss on intangible assets
For the year ended February 28, 2009, the performance of
Qianjiang School, Jianli School and Wuhan School was not in line
with expectations. As a result, partnership agreement, student
base, non-compete agreement and education license generated from
the acquisitions of these three schools with a total carrying
amount of $591,747 were written down to their fair value of
$232,376.
Impairment loss on intangible assets for the years ended
February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009 and 2010 was
$nil, $359,371 and $nil, respectively.
Impairment
loss on goodwill
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended
February 28, 2009 and 2010 consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of February 28,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning balance
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
762,272
|
|
Goodwill recognized in business acquisition
|
|
|
2,021,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment
|
|
|
(1,256,084
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange difference due to translation
|
|
|
(3,094
|
)
|
|
|
1,530
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance
|
|
$
|
762,272
|
|
|
$
|
763,802
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated goodwill impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning balance
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1,256,084
|
)
|
Impairment
|
|
|
(1,256,084
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance
|
|
$
|
(1,256,084
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,256,084
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-28
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
As the performance of Wuhan School was not in line with
expectations at the time of the purchase, the Group determined
this to be a triggering event to perform the goodwill impairment
test before the annual impairment test. On January 31,
2009, the Group recognized an impairment loss of $1,187,830 for
the goodwill arising from the acquisition of Wuhan School.
The Group recognized a $68,254 impairment loss for the goodwill
arising from the acquisition of Qianjiang School for the year
ended February 28, 2009.
The Group incurred $nil, $1,256,084 and $nil impairment loss on
goodwill for the years ended February 29, 2008,
February 28, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
|
|
13.
|
Convertible
Redeemable Preferred Shares
|
In February 2009, the Company issued 5,000,000 Series A
convertible redeemable preferred shares to an investor at an
issuance price of $1 per share for total cash proceeds of
$5,000,000 before issuance cost of $113,035.
The rights, preferences, privileges and restriction granted to
and imposed on the Series A convertible redeemable
preferred shares are as follows.
Conversion
Each Series A convertible redeemable preferred share may,
at the option of the holders, be converted at any time into one
fully-paid and non-assessable Class B common share of the
Company, or is automatically converted into one fully-paid and
non-assessable Class B common share upon the closing of a
qualified IPO. The Conversion Price for the Series A
convertible redeemable preferred shares (Conversion
Price) shall initially equal the original issue price and
shall be adjusted from time to time for share splits and
combinations, Class B common share dividends and
distributions, other dividends; reorganizations, mergers,
consolidations, reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions and
sales of shares below the Conversion Price.
The share purchase agreement of the Series A convertible
redeemable preferred shares has a down-round provision which
requires the conversion price of Series A convertible
redeemable preferred shares to be subject to adjustment by the
Company of equity or any instrument or securities convertible
into equity at a purchase price less than the then-effective
conversion price. This provision may potentially cause the
conversion price to be lower than the fair value of the common
stock at the commitment date, which may result a contingent
beneficial conversion feature.
The Company has determined that there was no embedded beneficial
conversion feature attributable to the Series A convertible
redeemable preferred shares because the initial effective
conversion price was higher than the fair value of the
Class B common shares at the commitment date.
Dividend
participation rights
The holders of Series A convertible redeemable preferred
shares are entitled to receive dividends ratably according to
the number of Class B common shares that each preferred
share may be converted into. Dividends shall be non-cumulative.
Liquidation
preference
Before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders
of any common shares, the holder of Series A convertible
redeemable preferred shares shall be entitled to receive an
amount equal to 100% of the
F-29
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
original issue price (adjusted for any share splits, share
dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and similar
transactions), plus any accrued but unpaid dividends with
respect thereto (as adjusted for any share splits, share
dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and similar
transactions) per Series A convertible redeemable preferred
share then held by such holder. All arrears or accruals of
dividends due to the holders of Series A convertible
redeemable preferred share is in priority to the holders of all
other shares.
After distribution or payment in full of the amount
distributable or payable on the Series A convertible
redeemable preferred shares, the remaining assets of the Company
available for distribution to shareholders shall be distributed
ratably among the holders of outstanding common shares and
holders of Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares
on an as-converted basis.
Voting
rights
The holder of Series A convertible redeemable preferred
shares has the voting rights determined based on the equivalent
number of the Companys Class B common shares into
which their preferred shares are converted.
Redemption
The Company is obligated to redeem all the Series A
convertible redeemable preferred shares after December 31,
2011, or at any time when there is a material breach of any of
the Company warranties at a price equaled 180% of the original
issue price. The Group recognized changes in the redemption
value $4,113,035 as deemed dividend upon issuance in the year
ended February 28, 2009.
On January 10, 2008, the Company issued 1,000 Class B
common shares at par value of $0.001.
As a result of the reorganization relating to the incorporation
of the Company, the outstanding Class B common shares have
been deemed to be 1,000 shares for the year ended
February 29, 2008. The accompanying consolidated financial
statements have been prepared as if the current share structure
had been in existence throughout the periods presented.
On February 12, 2009, the Company issued 119,999,000
additional Class B common shares proportionally to the
existing founding shareholders at par value. This issuance is
considered as an issuance with nominal consideration and has
been therefore treated in a manner akin to a stock split and the
computations of basic and diluted net income per share were
adjusted retroactively for all periods presented.
F-30
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
|
February 29,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net income attributable to TAL Education Group
|
|
$
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
$
|
7,280,669
|
|
|
$
|
14,244,959
|
|
Deemed dividend on Series A convertible redeemable
preferred shares-accretion of redemption premium
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,113,035
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undistributed net income to TAL Education Group shareholders
|
|
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
|
3,167,634
|
|
|
|
14,244,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Numerator used in basic and diluted net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to TAL Education Group shareholders
allocated for computing net income per common share-basic
|
|
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
|
3,161,499
|
(i)(ii)
|
|
|
13,675,161
|
(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to TAL Education Group shareholders
allocated for computing net income per Series A convertible
redeemable preferred shares-basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,119,170
|
(i)(iii)
|
|
|
569,798
|
(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to TAL Education Group shareholders
allocated for computing net income per common share-diluted
|
|
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
|
3,161,499
|
|
|
|
14,244,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares (denominator):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding used in computing net income
per common sharebasic
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding used in computing net income
per Series A convertible redeemable preferred
sharesbasic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
232,877
|
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding used in computing net income
per common sharediluted
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
125,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per common share attributable to TAL Education Group
shareholders-basic
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Net income per Series A convertible redeemable preferred
share-basic
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.69
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Net income per common share attributable to TAL Education Group
shareholders-basic-diluted
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i) |
|
In 2009 and 2010, undistributed net income was allocated between
common shares and preferred shares on pro rata basis on the
dividend participating rights. Since each Series A
convertible redeemable preferred share has the same
participating right as each common share, the allocation was
based on the |
F-31
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
|
|
|
weighted average numbers of common shares and Series A
convertible redeemable preferred shares. The net income
allocated for computing net income per preferred share-basic
also contains the deemed dividend for accretion of the
redemption premium. |
|
(ii) |
|
For the year ended February 28, 2009, $3,167,634 of
undistributed net income was allocated between the weighted
average numbers of 120,000,000 common shares and
232,877 Series A convertible redeemable preferred
shares. Therefore, undistributed net income allocated for common
shares was $3,161,499 and $6,135 for Series A convertible
redeemable preferred shares. |
|
|
|
(iii) |
|
For the year ended February 28, 2009, net income allocated
for computing net income per Series A convertible
redeemable preferred shares-basic was $4,119,170 of which $6,135
was undistributed net income allocated between the weighted
average numbers of common shares and Series A convertible
redeemable preferred shares and $4,113,035 was deemed dividend
on Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares. |
|
|
16.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Lease
commitment
The Group leases certain office premises under non-cancellable
leases, the term of which are ten years or less and are
renewable upon negotiation. Rental expenses under operating
leases for the years ended February 29, 2008,
February 28, 2009 and 2010 were $1,176,223, $4,858,363 and
$9,862,702, respectively.
Future minimum payments under non-cancellable operating leases
as of February 28, 2010 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal year ending
|
|
|
|
|
February 2011
|
|
$
|
13,154,964
|
|
February 2012
|
|
|
12,113,895
|
|
February 2013
|
|
|
8,044,734
|
|
February 2014
|
|
|
6,134,223
|
|
February 2015 and after
|
|
|
3,226,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
42,674,047
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment
information
The Group is mainly engaged in after-school tutoring in the PRC.
The Groups chief operating decision maker
(CODM) has been identified as the Chief Executive
Officer who reviews financial information of separate operating
segments based on US GAAP amounts when making decisions about
allocating resources and assessing performance of the Group. The
business is now organized and monitored on the basis of
geographic locations. The CODM now reviews results analyzed by
service line and geographic location. This analysis is only
presented at the revenue level with no allocation of direct or
indirect costs. Consequently, the Group has determined that it
has only one operating segment.
Geographic
information
The Group primary operates in the PRC and all of the
Groups long-lived assets are located in the PRC.
F-32
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
Major
customers
For the years ended February 29, 2008, February 28,
2009 and 2010, there was no customer who accounted for 10% or
more of the Groups revenues.
Components of revenues are presented in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
|
February 29,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Educational programs and services
|
|
$
|
8,882,191
|
|
|
$
|
37,152,739
|
|
|
$
|
69,138,216
|
|
Educational materials and others
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
322,844
|
|
|
|
455,307
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues
|
|
$
|
8,882,191
|
|
|
$
|
37,475,583
|
|
|
$
|
69,593,523
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18.
|
Mainland
China Contribution Plan
|
Full time employees of the Group in the PRC participate in a
government-mandated defined contribution plan pursuant to which
certain pension benefits, medical care, unemployment insurance,
employee housing fund and other welfare benefits are provided to
employees. The PRC labor regulations require the Group to accrue
for these benefits based on certain percentages of the
employees salaries. Total contributions for such employee
benefits were $49,633, $668,433, and $1,819,178 for the years
ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009 and 2010,
respectively.
|
|
19.
|
Statutory
Reserves and Restricted Net Assets
|
As stipulated by the relevant PRC laws and regulations
applicable to the Groups entities in the PRC, the Group is
required to make appropriations from net income as determined in
accordance with the PRC GAAP to non-distributable reserves,
which include a statutory surplus reserve and a statutory
welfare reserve. The PRC laws and regulations require that
annual appropriations of 10% of after-tax income should be set
aside prior to payments of dividends as reserve fund, and in
private school sector, the PRC laws and regulations require that
annual appropriations of 25% of after-tax income should be set
aside prior to payments of dividend as development fund. The
appropriations to statutory surplus reserve are required until
the balance reaches 50% of the PRC entity registered capital.
The statutory reserve may be applied against prior year losses,
if any, and may be used for general business expansion and
production or increase in registered capital of the entities.
For the years ended February 28, 2009 and 2010, the Group
made apportions of $728,067 and $1,616,067 to the statutory
surplus reserve fund, respectively, and $1,438,711 and $580,558
to the development fund, respectively.
As a result of these PRC laws and regulations and the
requirement that distributions by PRC entities can only be paid
out of distributable profits computed in accordance with PRC
GAAP, the PRC entities are restricted from transferring a
portion of their net assets to the Group. Amounts restricted
include paid-in capital and the statutory reserves of the
Companys PRC subsidiaries and VIEs. As of February 28,
2009 and 2010, paid-in capital of such entities was $5,459,898
and $5,929,641, respectively, and statutory reserves were
$2,660,818 and $4,857,443, respectively. The total of restricted
net assets was therefore $8,120,716 and $10,787,084,
respectively. As a result of the above restrictions, parent-only
financials are presented on financial statement Schedule I,
which begins on page F-37.
F-33
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
20.
|
Related
Party Transactions
|
The Group had the following balances with related parties as of
February 28, 2009 and 2010, respectively:
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
Amounts due from the founding shareholders-non-trading
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Founding shareholders
|
|
$
|
92,112
|
(i)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i.
|
The amounts represent cash advances to the founding shareholders
for business expansion.
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
Amount due to the founding shareholders-non-trading
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Founding shareholders
|
|
$
|
101,043
|
(ii)
|
|
$
|
108,204
|
(ii)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii.
|
The amount represents rental deposits and acquisition
consideration paid by the founding shareholder on behalf of the
Group.
|
Amounts due from (to) shareholders are non-interest bearing and
unsecured with no fixed repayment terms. There was no right to
offset the amounts due to and due from the same shareholders.
The founding shareholders contributed $131,810, $365,508 and
$219,743 capital to establish new entities
(see Note 1) during the years ended
February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009 and 2010,
respectively.
|
|
22.
|
Distribution
to Shareholders
|
In November 2008, Xueersi Network declared $1,442,020
(RMB10,000,000) cash distribution to its founding shareholders,
prior to a series of contractual arrangements entered into on
February 12, 2009 (see Note 1). As of
February 28, 2009, the amount was $1,462,095 due to the
change in the foreign exchange rate. The amount was paid in full
in April 2009. No further distribution was declared afterwards.
|
|
23.
|
Pro Forma
Information (Unaudited)
|
Unaudited pro forma net income per common share is computed by
dividing net income attributable to common shareholders by the
sum of (i) the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding for the year ended February 28, 2010 and
(ii) the number of common shares whose proceeds, calculated
using the initial public offering price of $10.00 per ADS,
or $5.00 per common share, would be necessary to pay the
amount by which the conditional $30.0 million cash dividend
exceeds the Companys earnings for the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010, assuming these shares have been
outstanding since March 1, 2009 because this distribution
to the Companys then existing shareholders is to be paid
out of the proceeds of this initial public offering.
F-34
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
The Company has evaluated all events subsequent to the balance
sheet date of February 28, 2010 through September 29,
2010, the date when the consolidated financial statements were
available to be issued.
On April 21, 2010, the State Administration of Taxation
issued Circular 157 Further Clarification on Implementation of
Preferential EIT Rate during Transition Periods (Circular
157). Circular 157 seeks to provide additional guidance on
the interaction of certain preferential tax rates under the
transitional rules of the New EIT Law. Prior to Circular 157, we
interpreted the law to mean that if an HNTE entity was in a tax
holiday period, including
2-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate,
5-year
exemption plus
5-year half
rate and other tax exemptions and reductions, where it was
entitled to a 50% reduction in the tax rate and was also
entitled to a 15% rate of tax due to HNTE status under the New
EIT Law, then it was entitled to pay tax at the rate of 7.5%.
Circular 157 appears to have the effect that such an entity is
entitled to pay tax at either the lower of 15% or 50% of the
standard PRC tax rate (i.e. currently 25%). Circular 157 was
unclear as to whether its effect is retrospective but Xueersi
Education understands that the State Administration of Taxation
has recently taken the position that the Circular applies only
to tax years commencing from January 1, 2010.
Based on the interpretation of Circular 157 from the
relevant local tax district, Xueersi Education believes that
entities that qualify for
3-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate tax holiday as HNTEs and which are registered in the
Zhongguancun High and New Technology industrial Zones of
Beijing, will continue to pay tax at the rate of 7.5%. Since
Xueersi Education enjoys
3-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate and is a HNTE status registered in the Zhongguancun
High and New Technology industrial Zones of Beijing, Xueersi
Education does not believe that Circular 157 has any effect
on its tax position.
New
established entity
In March 2010, Xueersi Education established a wholly owned
subsidiary, Beijing Haidian Lejiale Training School
(Haidian Lejiale). The principle activities of
Haidian Lejiale are to provide after-school tutoring for primary
and secondary school students and language education and
training in Beijing.
Class B
common share subscription receivable
The Class B common shares subscription receivable was fully
paid by the founding shareholders in June 2010.
2010
Share Incentive Plan
In June 2010, the Company adopted the 2010 Share Incentive Plan.
The plans permit the grant of options to purchase the
Class A common shares, share appreciation rights,
restricted shares, restricted share units, dividend equivalent
rights and other instruments as deemed appropriate by the
administrator under the plans. The maximum aggregate number of
Class A common shares that may be issued pursuant to all
awards under the stock incentive plan is 18,750,000 shares.
On July 26, 2010, the Group granted 5,419,500 nonvested
shares under this share incentive plan to directors, executive
officers and employees. The estimated fair value of the
Class A common share on the grant date was $4.05 per
share. The nonvested shares will vest in accordance with the
vesting schedule set out in the award agreement, which is
(1) 100% of 945,100 nonvested shares at the first
anniversary of the date of grant, or (2) 1/2 of 831,400
nonvested shares on each of the anniversaries since the date of
grant, or (3) 1/4 of 3,643,000 nonvested shares on each of
the anniversaries since the date of grant.
F-35
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
Declaration
of Dividend
On September 29, 2010, the Group declared a
$30.0 million cash dividend to the Groups then
existing shareholders conditional upon the completion of the
initial public offering.
Amendment
to Memorandum and Articles of Association
On September 29, 2010, the Company adopted the Third
Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association
(M&AA). The share capital of the Company is US$1,000,000.00
divided into (i) 500,000,000 Class A common shares of
par value US$0.001 each, (ii) 495,000,000 of Class B
common shares of par value US$0.001 each, and
(iii) 5,000,000 Series A preferred shares of par value
US$0.001 each. All issued and outstanding common shares of the
Company as of September 29, 2010 are re-designated as
Class B common shares. The outstanding preferred shares
will be automatically converted into Class B common shares
immediately prior to the closing of the initial public offering.
Holders of Class A common shares and Class B common
shares have the same rights except for voting and conversion
rights. Each Class A common share is entitled to one vote
and each Class B common share is entitled to ten votes.
Each Class B common share is convertible into one
Class A common share at any time by the holder thereof.
Class A common shares are not convertible into Class B
common shares under any circumstances. Upon any transfer of
Class B common shares by a holder thereof to any person or
entity which is not an affiliate of such holder, such
Class B common shares shall be automatically and
immediately converted into an equal number of Class A
common shares.
Upon adoption of the amended and restated M&AA, all shares
and per share information presented in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements have been revised on a
retroactive basis to reflect the re-designation of outstanding
common shares as Class B common shares as if the amended
and restated M&AA had been in place throughout the periods
presented.
F-36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts due from subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
Investments in subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs subsidiaries
|
|
|
7,490,488
|
|
|
|
22,076,253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
12,490,488
|
|
|
$
|
27,576,253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities, Convertible Redeemable Preferred Shares and
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts due to subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs subsidiaries
|
|
$
|
126,463
|
|
|
$
|
135,233
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
8,680
|
|
|
|
14,949
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
135,143
|
|
|
|
150,182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
135,143
|
|
|
|
650,182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares
($0.001 par value, 5,000,000 shares and
5,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of
February 28, 2009 and February 28, 2010, respectively,
liquidation value $5,000,000)
|
|
|
9,000,000
|
|
|
|
9,000,000
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A common shares ($0.001 par value,
500,000,000 shares authorized, nil issued and outstanding
as of February 28, 2009 and February 28, 2010)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B common shares ($0.001 par value,
495,000,000 shares authorized as of February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010; 120,000,000 shares and
120,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of
February 28, 2009 and February 28, 2010, respectively)
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
Class B common shares subscription receivable
|
|
|
(120,000
|
)
|
|
|
(120,000
|
)
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
2,682,218
|
|
|
|
16,927,177
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
559,898
|
|
|
|
779,641
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
113,229
|
|
|
|
219,253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
3,355,345
|
|
|
|
17,926,071
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, convertible redeemable preferred shares
and equity
|
|
$
|
12,490,488
|
|
|
$
|
27,576,253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-37
TAL
Education Group
Additional InformationFinancial Statement
Schedule I
Condensed Financial Information of Parent Company Statements of
Operations
(In US$, except share and share related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
|
February 29,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(22,126
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,834
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22,126
|
)
|
|
|
(8,834
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,248
|
)
|
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs
subsidiaries
|
|
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
|
7,302,777
|
|
|
|
14,259,998
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
$
|
7,280,669
|
|
|
$
|
14,244,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-38
TAL
Education Group
Additional InformationFinancial Statement
Schedule I
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity and Comprehensive
Income
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Accumulated
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
common share
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
deficit)
|
|
|
other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
common shares
|
|
|
subscription
|
|
|
paid-in
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
comprehensive
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
receivable
|
|
|
capital
|
|
|
earnings
|
|
|
Income (loss)
|
|
|
equity
|
|
|
income
|
|
|
Balance as of March 1, 2007
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
$
|
62,580
|
|
|
$
|
(555,968
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(493,388
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
Capital contribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
131,810
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
131,810
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
|
1,512,572
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42,102
|
|
|
|
42,102
|
|
|
|
42,102
|
|
Net unrealized (losses) on
available-
for-sale
securities, net of tax effect of $24,296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(49,327
|
)
|
|
|
(49,327
|
)
|
|
|
(49,327
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of February 29, 2008
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
194,390
|
|
|
|
956,604
|
|
|
|
(7,225
|
)
|
|
|
1,143,769
|
|
|
$
|
1,505,347
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital contribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
365,508
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
365,508
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,280,669
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,280,669
|
|
|
|
7,280,669
|
|
Issuance of Class B common shares
|
|
|
119,999,000
|
|
|
|
119,999
|
|
|
|
(119,999
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution to shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,442,020
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,442,020
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion for Series A convertible redeemable preferred
shares redemption premium
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,113,035
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,113,035
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,127
|
|
|
|
71,127
|
|
|
|
71,127
|
|
Net unrealized (losses) on
available-
for-sale
securities, net of tax effect of $72,261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(216,784
|
)
|
|
|
(216,784
|
)
|
|
|
(216,784
|
)
|
Transfer to the statements of operation of
other-than-temporary-impairment,
net of tax effect of ($96,557)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
266,111
|
|
|
|
266,111
|
|
|
|
266,111
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of February 28, 2009
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
|
(120,000
|
)
|
|
|
559,898
|
|
|
|
2,682,218
|
|
|
|
113,229
|
|
|
|
3,355,345
|
|
|
$
|
7,401,123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital contribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
219,743
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
219,743
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,244,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,244,959
|
|
|
|
14,244,959
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,493
|
|
|
|
21,493
|
|
|
|
21,493
|
|
Net unrealized gains on
available-
for-sale
securities, net of tax effect of ($28,177)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,531
|
|
|
|
84,531
|
|
|
|
84,531
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of February 28, 2010
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
120,000
|
|
|
$
|
(120,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
779,641
|
|
|
$
|
16,927,177
|
|
|
$
|
219,253
|
|
|
$
|
17,926,071
|
|
|
$
|
14,350,983
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-39
TAL
Education Group
Additional InformationFinancial Statement
Schedule I
Condensed Financial Information of Parent Company Cash Flow
Statements
(In US$, except share and share related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
|
February 29,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
$
|
7,280,669
|
|
|
$
|
14,244,959
|
|
Equity in subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs subsidiaries
|
|
|
(1,512,572
|
)
|
|
|
(7,302,777
|
)
|
|
|
(14,259,998
|
)
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts due to subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
126,463
|
|
|
|
8,770
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,680
|
|
|
|
6,269
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided (used in) by operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
113,035
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of Series A convertible redeemable
preferred shares, net of issuance cost of $113,035
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,886,965
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
Loan provided to subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,000,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,886,965
|
|
|
|
(4,500,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
|
(4,500,000
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basis
of presentation
The condensed financial information of the parent company, TAL
Education Group, has been prepared using the same accounting
policies as set out in the Groups consolidated financial
statements except that the parent company used the equity method
to account for investments in its subsidiaries and variable
interest entities.
The Company records its investment in its subsidiaries and
variable interest entities under the equity method of
accounting. Such investment is presented on the balance sheets
as Investment in subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs
subsidiaries and share of their earnings as Equity
in subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs subsidiaries on the
statements of operations. As a result of PRC laws and
regulations and the requirement that distributions by PRC
entities can only be paid out of distributable profits computed
in accordance with PRC GAAP, the PRC entities are restricted
from transferring a portion of their net assets to the Group.
Amounts restricted include paid-in capital and the statutory
reserves of the Companys PRC subsidiaries and VIEs. As of
February 28, 2009 and 2010, paid-in capital of such
entities was $5,459,898 and $5,929,641, respectively, and
statutory reserves were $2,660,818 and $4,857,443,
respectively. The total amount of restricted net assets was
therefore $8,120,716 and $10,787,084, respectively. As a result
of the above restrictions, parent-only financials are presented
herein.
Certain information and footnote disclosure normally included in
financial statements prepared in accordance with US GAAP have
been condensed or omitted.
Convertible
loan
On January 30, 2010, a third party agreed to provide the
Company a $500,000 convertible loan, which bears an annual
interest rate of 15% and will mature on January 30, 2012.
The interest is payable annually. Subject to mutual agreement,
the date of maturity may be extended to January 30, 2015.
F-40
TAL
EDUCATION GROUP
Unaudited
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related
data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Note 2)
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
50,752,481
|
|
|
$
|
81,494,598
|
|
|
$
|
81,494,598
|
|
Available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
1,918,156
|
|
|
|
448,277
|
|
|
|
448,277
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
121,819
|
|
|
|
252,268
|
|
|
|
252,268
|
|
Deferred costs in connection with initial public offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
437,152
|
|
|
|
437,152
|
|
Deferred tax assets-current
|
|
|
831,297
|
|
|
|
1,226,469
|
|
|
|
1,226,469
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
2,280,941
|
|
|
|
3,838,203
|
|
|
|
3,838,203
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
55,904,694
|
|
|
|
87,696,967
|
|
|
|
87,696,967
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
4,991,490
|
|
|
|
5,550,290
|
|
|
|
5,550,290
|
|
Deferred tax assets-non-current
|
|
|
283,968
|
|
|
|
167,989
|
|
|
|
167,989
|
|
Rental deposit
|
|
|
2,170,548
|
|
|
|
2,308,268
|
|
|
|
2,308,268
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
1,389,160
|
|
|
|
1,025,325
|
|
|
|
1,025,325
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
763,802
|
|
|
|
765,923
|
|
|
|
765,923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
65,503,662
|
|
|
$
|
97,514,762
|
|
|
$
|
97,514,762
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities, Convertible Redeemable Preferred Shares and
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable (including accounts payable of the consolidated
VIEs without recourse to TAL Education Group of 915,408 and
485,115 as of February 28, 2010, and August 31, 2010,
respectively)
|
|
$
|
987,742
|
|
|
$
|
712,710
|
|
|
$
|
712,710
|
|
Deferred revenue (including deferred revenue of the consolidated
VIEs without recourse to TAL Education Group of 24,631,648 and
31,858,213 as of February 28, 2010 and August 31,
2010, respectively)
|
|
|
29,407,994
|
|
|
|
42,100,775
|
|
|
|
42,100,775
|
|
Amounts due to related parties (including amounts due to related
parties of the consolidated VIEs without recourse to TAL
Education Group of 108,204 and 100,571 as of February 28,
2010 and August 31, 2010, respectively)
|
|
|
108,204
|
|
|
|
100,571
|
|
|
|
100,571
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (including
accrued expenses and other current liabilities without recourse
to TAL Education Group of 6,588,552 and 7,652,977 as of
February 28, 2010 and August 31, 2010, respectively)
|
|
|
6,817,816
|
|
|
|
9,618,867
|
|
|
|
9,618,867
|
|
Income tax payable (including income tax payable of the
consolidated VIEs without recourse to TAL Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Group of 2,653,324 and 2,841,863 as of February 28, 2010,
and August 31, 2010, respectively)
|
|
|
580,225
|
|
|
|
3,054,408
|
|
|
|
3,054,408
|
|
Dividend proposed
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,000,000
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
37,901,981
|
|
|
|
55,587,331
|
|
|
|
85,587,331
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible loan
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities-non-current
|
|
|
175,610
|
|
|
|
146,684
|
|
|
|
146,684
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
38,577,591
|
|
|
|
56,234,015
|
|
|
|
86,234,015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares
($0.001 par value, 5,000,000 shares and
5,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of
February 28, 2010 and August 31, 2010, respectively,
liquidation value $5,000,000)
|
|
|
9,000,000
|
|
|
|
9,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAL Education Group Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A common shares ($0.001 par value,
500,000,000 shares authorized, nil issued and outstanding
as of February 28, 2010 and August 31, 2010)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B common shares ($0.001 par value,
495,000,000 shares authorized as of February 28, 2010
and August 31, 2010; 120,000,000 shares and
120,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of
February 28, 2010 and August 31, 2010, respectively)
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
Class B common shares subscription receivable
|
|
|
(120,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
779,641
|
|
|
|
1,699,503
|
|
|
|
(19,305,497
|
)
|
Statutory reserve
|
|
|
4,857,443
|
|
|
|
4,857,443
|
|
|
|
4,857,443
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
12,069,734
|
|
|
|
25,315,575
|
|
|
|
25,315,575
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
219,253
|
|
|
|
288,226
|
|
|
|
288,226
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total TAL Education Groups Equity
|
|
|
17,926,071
|
|
|
|
32,280,747
|
|
|
|
11,280,747
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, convertible redeemable preferred shares
and equity
|
|
$
|
65,503,662
|
|
|
$
|
97,514,762
|
|
|
$
|
97,514,762
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited
condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-41
TAL
Education Group
(In U.S.
dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
|
Period Ended
|
|
|
Period Ended
|
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
32,983,005
|
|
|
$
|
53,022,037
|
|
Cost of revenues (included share-based compensation nil and
109,413 for the periods ended August 31, 2009 and 2010,
respectively)
|
|
|
16,067,926
|
|
|
|
26,254,975
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
16,915,079
|
|
|
|
26,767,062
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing (included share-based compensation nil and
162,998 for the periods ended August 31, 2009 and 2010,
respectively)
|
|
|
1,958,295
|
|
|
|
4,183,992
|
|
General and administrative (included share-based compensation
nil and 647,451 for the periods ended August 31, 2009 and
2010, respectively)
|
|
|
4,601,514
|
|
|
|
7,807,640
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
6,559,809
|
|
|
|
11,991,632
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
10,355,270
|
|
|
|
14,775,430
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
102,839
|
|
|
|
205,340
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(43,452
|
)
|
Other expenses, net
|
|
|
(118,730
|
)
|
|
|
(27,373
|
)
|
Gain from sales of
available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,429
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income tax provision
|
|
|
10,339,379
|
|
|
|
14,916,374
|
|
Provision for income tax
|
|
|
912,268
|
|
|
|
1,670,533
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
9,427,111
|
|
|
|
13,245,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to TAL Education Group
|
|
|
9,427,111
|
|
|
|
13,245,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common shareholders of TAL Education
Group
|
|
|
9,427,111
|
|
|
|
13,245,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per Series A convertible redeemable preferred
share-Basic
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used in calculating net income per
common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
125,000,000
|
|
|
|
125,193,360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used in calculating net income per
Series A convertible redeemable preferred share-basic
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income per common share (Note 2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
Weighted average shares used in calculating pro forma net income
per common share (Note 2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
123,350,832
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
128,350,832
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited
condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-42
TAL
Education Group
(In U.S.
dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total TAL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
common
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
shares
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
other
|
|
|
Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
common shares
|
|
|
subscription
|
|
|
paid-in
|
|
|
Statutory
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
comprehensive
|
|
|
shareholders
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
receivable
|
|
|
capital
|
|
|
reserve
|
|
|
earnings
|
|
|
income
|
|
|
equity
|
|
|
income
|
|
|
Balance as of February 28, 2009
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
120,000
|
|
|
$
|
(120,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
559,898
|
|
|
$
|
2,660,818
|
|
|
$
|
21,400
|
|
|
$
|
113,229
|
|
|
$
|
3,355,345
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,427,111
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,427,111
|
|
|
|
9,427,111
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,702
|
|
|
|
19,702
|
|
|
|
19,702
|
|
Net unrealized gains on
available-for-sale
securities, net of tax effect of $(18,528)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,739
|
|
|
|
41,739
|
|
|
|
41,739
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of August 31, 2009
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
120,000
|
|
|
$
|
(120,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
559,898
|
|
|
$
|
2,660,818
|
|
|
$
|
9,448,511
|
|
|
$
|
174,670
|
|
|
$
|
12,843,897
|
|
|
$
|
9,488,552
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of February 28, 2010
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
120,000
|
|
|
$
|
(120,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
779,641
|
|
|
$
|
4,857,443
|
|
|
$
|
12,069,734
|
|
|
$
|
219,253
|
|
|
$
|
17,926,071
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Subscription received
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,245,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,245,841
|
|
|
|
13,245,841
|
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
919,862
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
919,862
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation-adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72,615
|
|
|
|
72,615
|
|
|
|
72,615
|
|
Transfer to statements of operations of realized losses on
available-for-sale
securities, net of tax effect of $(1,997)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,973
|
|
|
|
5,973
|
|
|
|
5,973
|
|
Net unrealized (losses) on
available-for-sale
securities, net of tax effect of $3,204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,615
|
)
|
|
|
(9,615
|
)
|
|
|
(9,615
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of August 31, 2010
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
120,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,699,503
|
|
|
$
|
4,857,443
|
|
|
$
|
25,315,575
|
|
|
$
|
288,226
|
|
|
$
|
32,280,747
|
|
|
$
|
13,314,814
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited
condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-43
TAL
Education Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
|
Periods Ended
|
|
|
Periods Ended
|
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
9,427,111
|
|
|
$
|
13,245,841
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation of property and equipment
|
|
|
438,369
|
|
|
|
1,140,156
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
335,783
|
|
|
|
367,471
|
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
919,862
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts due from related parties
|
|
|
92,223
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
(48,578
|
)
|
|
|
(130,501
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
(705,149
|
)
|
|
|
(1,690,015
|
)
|
Deferred costs in connection with initial public offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(274,942
|
)
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(369,207
|
)
|
|
|
(308,730
|
)
|
Rental deposit
|
|
|
(393,576
|
)
|
|
|
(157,500
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
84,417
|
|
|
|
(258,742
|
)
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
5,672,499
|
|
|
|
12,577,482
|
|
Amounts due to related parties
|
|
|
283,209
|
|
|
|
(7,948
|
)
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
1,480,818
|
|
|
|
3,054,910
|
|
Income tax payable
|
|
|
(99,657
|
)
|
|
|
2,477,391
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
16,198,262
|
|
|
|
30,954,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment
|
|
|
(695,551
|
)
|
|
|
(1,684,984
|
)
|
Sales of available-for-sale securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,470,660
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(695,551
|
)
|
|
|
(214,324
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment of deferred consideration
|
|
|
(180,345
|
)
|
|
|
(283,180
|
)
|
Distribution to shareholders
|
|
|
(1,442,020
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Subscription received
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
(1,622,365
|
)
|
|
|
(163,180
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes
|
|
|
25,399
|
|
|
|
164,886
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
13,905,745
|
|
|
|
30,742,117
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period
|
|
|
29,692,901
|
|
|
|
50,752,481
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period
|
|
|
43,598,646
|
|
|
|
81,494,598
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplement disclosure of cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax paid
|
|
|
1,381,236
|
|
|
|
1,369,739
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited
condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-44
TAL
Education Group
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
1. Basis
of Preparation
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial
statements include the financial information of TAL Education
Group (the Company or TAL), its
subsidiaries , its Variable Interest Entities (VIEs)
and VIEs subsidiaries (collectively, the
Group). All significant intercompany balances and
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The
unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been
prepared in accordance with the rules and regulations of the
Security and Exchange Commission and U.S. generally
accepted accounting standards for interim financial reporting.
The results of operations for the six-month periods ended
August 31, 2009 and 2010 are not necessarily indicative of
the results for the full years. The Group believes that the
disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not
misleading.
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial
statements should be read in conjunction with the financial
statements, accounting policies and financial notes thereto
included in the Groups audited consolidated financial
statements for each of the three years ended February 29,
2008 and February 28, 2009 and 2010. In opinion of the
management, the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated
financial statements reflect all adjustments (consisting only of
normal recurring adjustments), which are necessary for a fair
representation of financial results for the interim periods
presented.
The financial information as of February 28, 2010 presented
in the unaudited condensed financial statements is derived from
our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended
February 28, 2010.
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial
statements have been prepared using the same accounting policies
as used in the preparation of our consolidated financial
statements for each of the three years ended February 29,
2008 and February 28, 2009 and 2010, except for the
additional accounting policy adopted with respect to a new
revenue stream and share-based compensation as follows.
Revenue
recognition
Online
education services
The online education services provided by the Group to its
customers include audio-video course content.
Customers enroll for online courses through the use of prepaid
study cards. The proceeds collected from the online course
education are initially recorded as deferred revenue. Revenues
are recognized on a straight line basis over the subscription
period from the date in which the students activate the courses
to the date in which the subscribed courses end. Refund is
provided to the students who decide to withdraw from the
subscribed courses within the course offer period, which
generally ranges from one month to six months, and a
proportional refund is based on the percentage of untaken
courses to the total courses offered.
Share-based
compensation
Share-based payment transactions with employees are measured
based on the grant date fair value of the equity instrument
issued and recognized as compensation expense net of a
forfeiture rate on a straight-line basis, over the requisite
service period, with a corresponding impact reflected in
additional paid-in capital.
The estimate of forfeiture rate will be adjusted over the
requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeiture
rate differs, or is expected to differ, from such estimates.
Changes in estimated forfeiture rate will be recognized through
a cumulative
catch-up
adjustment in the period of change.
F-45
TAL
Education Group
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
The
VIE arrangements
The following financial statement balances and amounts of the
Companys VIEs were included in the accompanying unaudited
condensed consolidated financial statements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
$
|
45,171,584
|
|
|
$
|
55,158,850
|
|
Total non-current assets
|
|
|
8,792,445
|
|
|
|
8,366,390
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
53,964,029
|
|
|
|
63,525,240
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
34,897,136
|
|
|
|
42,938,739
|
|
Total non-current liabilities
|
|
|
175,610
|
|
|
|
146,684
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
$
|
35,072,746
|
|
|
$
|
43,085,423
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
Periods Ended
|
|
Periods Ended
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
32,983,005
|
|
|
$
|
46,589,727
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
10,385,657
|
|
|
$
|
14,324,095
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
Periods Ended
|
|
Periods Ended
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
16,902,677
|
|
|
$
|
9,329,391
|
|
Net cash (used in)/ provided by investing activities
|
|
$
|
(1,137,634
|
)
|
|
$
|
635,540
|
|
Net cash (used in) financing activities
|
|
$
|
(1,622,365
|
)
|
|
$
|
(283,180
|
)
|
There are no consolidated VIE assets that are collateral for the
VIEs obligations and can only be used to settle the
VIEs obligations.
In June 2009, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement to
amend the accounting rules for variable interest entities
(VIEs). The amendments effectively replace the
quantitative-based
risks-and-rewards
calculation for determining which reporting entity, if any, has
a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity
with an approach focused on identifying which reporting entity
has (1) the power to direct the activities of a variable
interest entity that most significantly affect the entitys
economic performance and (2) the obligation to absorb
losses of, or the right to receive benefits from, the entity.
Additionally, an enterprise is required to assess whether it has
an implicit financial responsibility to ensure that a variable
interest entity operates as designed when determining whether it
has the power to direct the activities of the variable interest
entity that most significantly impact the entitys economic
performance. The new guidance also requires additional
disclosures about a reporting entitys involvement with
variable interest entities and about any significant changes in
risk exposure as a result of that involvement.
The new guidance is effective at the start of a reporting
entitys first fiscal year beginning after
November 15, 2009, and all interim and annual periods
thereafter. The new VIE model requires that, upon adoption, a
reporting entity should determine whether an entity is a VIE,
and whether the reporting entity is the VIEs primary
beneficiary, as of the date that the reporting entity first
became involved with the entity,
F-46
TAL
Education Group
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
unless an event requiring reconsideration of those initial
conclusions occurred after that date. When making this
determination, a reporting entity must assume that new guidance
had been effective from the date of its first involvement with
the entity. The Group adopted the new guidance on March 1,
2010.
The Company has had two VIEs, which it has consolidated under
the authoritative literature prior to the amendment discussed
above because it was the primary beneficiary of those entities.
Because the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, has
(1) the power to direct the activities of the two VIEs that
most significantly affect the entitys economic performance
and (2) the right to receive benefits from the two VIES, it
continues to consolidate the two VIEs upon the adoption of the
new guidance which therefore, other than for additional
disclosures, including those for prior periods, had no
accounting impact.
|
|
2.
|
Unaudited
Pro Forma Information
|
The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information as of
August 31, 2010 assumes the conversion of the Series A
convertible redeemable preferred shares outstanding into
Class B common shares using a conversion ratio of 1:1 as of
that date and the accrual of a $30 million cash dividend
declared on September 29, 2010 to the Companys then
existing shareholders payable upon the completion of the initial
public offering, had occurred as of August 31, 2010.
Unaudited pro forma net income per common share is computed by
dividing net income attributable to common shareholders by the
sum of (i) the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding for the six months ended August 31, 2010 and
(ii) the number of common shares whose proceeds, calculated
using the initial public offering price of $10.00 per ADS,
or $5.00 per common share, would be necessary to pay the
amount by which the conditional $30.0 million cash dividend
exceeds the Companys earnings for the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010, assuming these shares have been
outstanding since March 1, 2009 because this distribution
to the Companys then existing shareholders is to be paid
out of the proceeds of this initial public offering.
3. Recently
Issued Accounting Standards
Not
yet adopted
In October 2009, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement
regarding the revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables.
Although the new pronouncement retains the criteria from
existing authoritative literature for when delivered items in a
multiple-deliverable arrangement should be considered separate
units of accounting, it removes the previous separation
criterion that objective and reliable evidence of the fair value
of any undelivered items must exist for the delivered items to
be considered separate units of accounting. The new
pronouncement is effective for fiscal years beginning on or
after June 15, 2010. Entities can elect to apply this
pronouncement (1) prospectively to new or materially
modified arrangements after the pronouncements effective
date or (2) retrospectively for all periods presented.
Early application is permitted; however, if the entity elects
prospective application and early adopts this pronouncement
after its first interim reporting period, it must also do the
following in the period of adoption: (1) retrospectively
apply this pronouncement as of the beginning of that fiscal year
and (2) disclose the effect of the retrospective
adjustments on the prior interim periods revenue, income
before taxes, net income, and earnings per share. The Group is
in the process of evaluating the effect of adoption of this
pronouncement.
In October 2009, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement
regarding software revenue recognition. This new pronouncement
amends existing pronouncement to exclude from their scope all
tangible products containing both software and non software
components that function together to deliver the products
F-47
TAL
Education Group
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
essential functionality. That is, the entire product (including
the software deliverables and non software deliverables) would
be outside the scope of software revenue recognition and would
be accounted for under other accounting literature. The new
pronouncement include factors that entities should consider when
determining whether the software and non software components
function together to deliver the products essential
functionality and are thus outside the revised scope of the
authoritative literature that governs software revenue
recognition. The pronouncement is effective for fiscal years
beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Entities can elect to
apply this pronouncement (1) prospectively to new or
materially modified arrangements after the pronouncements
effective date or (2) retrospectively for all periods
presented. Early application is permitted; however, if the
entity elects prospective application and early adopts this
pronouncement after its first interim reporting period, it must
also do the following in the period of adoption:
(1) retrospectively apply this pronouncement as of the
beginning of that fiscal year and (2) disclose the effect
of the retrospective adjustments on the prior interim
periods revenue, income before taxes, net income, and
earnings per share. The Group is in the process of evaluating
the effect of adoption of this pronouncement.
In January 2010, the FASB issued authoritative guidance to
improve disclosures about fair value measurements. This guidance
amends previous guidance on fair value measurements to add new
requirements for disclosures about transfers into and out of
Levels 1 and 2 and separate disclosures about purchases,
sales, issuances, and settlements relating to Level 3
measurement on a gross basis rather than as a net basis as
currently required. This guidance also clarifies existing fair
value disclosures about the level of disaggregation and about
inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value. This
guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning
after December 15, 2009, except for the requirement to
provide the level 3 activities of purchases, sales,
issuances, and settlements on a gross basis, which will be
effective for annual and interim periods beginning after
December 15, 2010. Early application is permitted and in
the period of initial adoption, entities are not required to
provide the amended disclosures for any previous periods
presented for comparative purposes. The Group does not expect
the adoption of this pronouncement will have a significant
effect on its consolidated financial position or results of
operations.
In April 2010, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement
regarding the milestone method of revenue recognition. The scope
of this pronouncement is limited to arrangements that include
milestones relating to research or development deliverables. The
pronouncement specific guidance that must be met for a vendor to
recognize consideration that is contingent upon achievement of a
substantive milestone in its entirety in the period in which the
milestone is achieved. The guidance applies to milestones in
arrangements within the scope of this pronouncement regardless
of whether the arrangement is determined to have single or
multiple deliverables or units of accounting. The pronouncement
will be effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within
those years, beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early
application is permitted. Companies can apply this guidance
prospectively to milestones achieved after adoption. However,
retrospective application to all prior periods is also
permitted. The Group is in the process of evaluating the effect
of adoption of this pronouncement.
In April 2010, FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement
regarding the effect of denominating the exercise price of a
share-based payment award in the currency of the market in which
the underlying equity securities trades and that currency is
different from (1) entitys functional currency,
(2) functional currency of the foreign operation for which
the employee provides services, and (3) payroll currency of
the employee. The guidance clarifies that an employee
share-based payment award with an exercise price denominated in
the currency of a market in which a substantial portion of the
entitys equity securities trades should be considered an
equity award assuming all other criteria for equity
classification are met. The pronouncement will be effective for
interim and annual periods beginning on or after
December 15, 2010, and will be applied prospectively.
Affected entities will be required to record a cumulative
catch-up
adjustment for all awards
F-48
TAL
Education Group
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
outstanding as of the beginning of the annual period in which
the guidance is adopted. The Group is in the process of
evaluating the effect of adoption of this pronouncement.
In July 2010, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement on
disclosure about the credit quality of financing receivables and
the allowance for credit losses. The objective of this guidance
is to provide financial statement users with greater
transparency about an entitys allowance for credit losses
and the credit quality of its financing receivables. The
guidance requires an entity to provide disclosures on a
disaggregated basis on two defined levels: (1) portfolio
segment; and (2) class of financing receivable. The
guidance includes additional disclosure requirements about
financing receivables, including: (1) Credit quality
indicators of financing receivables at the end of the reporting
period by class of financing receivables; (2) The aging of
past due financing receivables at the end of the reporting
period by class of financing receivables; and (3) The
nature and extent of troubled debt restructurings that occurred
during the period by class of financing receivables and their
effect on the allowance for credit losses. For public entities,
the disclosures as of the end of a reporting period are
effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or
after December 15, 2010. The disclosures about activity
that occurs during a reporting period are effective for interim
and annual reporting periods beginning on or after
December 15, 2010. The Group is in the process of
evaluating the effect of adoption of this pronouncement.
4. Available-For-Sale
Securities
In August 2007 and December 2009, the Group bought two
securities in mutual funds named Wan Jia He Xie Financing Fund
and Guo Du No. 1 An Xin Shou Yi, respectively. The
securities were classified as available-for-sale securities and
reported at fair value. In March 2010, the Group sold the
security named Guo Du No. 1 An Xin Shou Yi that had a
carrying value of $1,456,261 for proceeds of $1,470,660 and
transferred the previously unrecognized loss of $5,973 (net of
tax of $1,997) from the accumulated other comprehensive income
to the statements of operations.
The available-for-sale securities measured and recorded at fair
value on a recurring basis were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of March 1, 2010
|
|
|
1,918,156
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Disposed
|
|
|
(1,456,261
|
)
|
Changes in fair value
|
|
|
(12,819
|
)
|
Foreign exchange difference
|
|
|
(799
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of August 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
448,277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Group values the mutual funds using quoted price in active
market to determine the fair value of available-for-sale
securities (Level 1 valuation). The following provides
additional information concerning the Groups
available-for-sale securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of February 28, 2010
|
|
|
As of August 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unrealized
|
|
|
unrealized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unrealized
|
|
|
unrealized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
gains
|
|
|
(losses)
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
gains
|
|
|
(losses)
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
Mutual fund
|
|
$
|
1,805,448
|
|
|
$
|
120,678
|
|
|
$
|
(7,970
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,918,156
|
|
|
$
|
340,418
|
|
|
$
|
107,859
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
448,277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-49
TAL
Education Group
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
5. Prepaid
Expenses and Other Current Assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Prepaid rent
|
|
$
|
1,344,238
|
|
|
$
|
2,262,829
|
|
Prepayments to suppliers
|
|
|
305,782
|
|
|
|
247,566
|
|
Staff advances
|
|
|
450,705
|
|
|
|
197,781
|
|
VAT refund receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
603,146
|
|
Others
|
|
|
180,216
|
|
|
|
526,881
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,280,941
|
|
|
$
|
3,838,203
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6. Property
and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, net, consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Leasehold improvement
|
|
$
|
3,399,250
|
|
|
$
|
3,931,921
|
|
Computer, network equipment and software
|
|
|
2,293,808
|
|
|
|
3,252,549
|
|
Vehicles
|
|
|
624,296
|
|
|
|
757,688
|
|
Office equipment and furniture
|
|
|
462,112
|
|
|
|
541,560
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(1,787,976
|
)
|
|
|
(2,933,428
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,991,490
|
|
|
$
|
5,550,290
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Group recognized depreciation expenses of $438,369 and
$1,140,156 for the six-month periods ended August 31, 2009
and 2010, respectively.
F-50
TAL
Education Group
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
7. Intangible
Assets, Net
Intangible assets, net, consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Domain names
|
|
$
|
1,846,858
|
|
|
$
|
1,846,858
|
|
Partnership agreement
|
|
|
425,576
|
|
|
|
425,576
|
|
Student base
|
|
|
348,566
|
|
|
|
348,566
|
|
Trade name
|
|
|
262,360
|
|
|
|
262,360
|
|
Non-compete agreement
|
|
|
19,200
|
|
|
|
19,200
|
|
Education license
|
|
|
9,902
|
|
|
|
9,902
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(1,537,341
|
)
|
|
|
(1,904,812
|
)
|
Add: foreign exchange difference
|
|
|
14,039
|
|
|
|
17,675
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,389,160
|
|
|
$
|
1,025,325
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Domain names were acquired from third parties. The rest of
intangible assets were recorded as a result of the acquisitions
of the five businesses in the year ended February 28, 2009.
The Group recorded amortization expense of $335,783 and $367,471
for the six-month periods ended August 31, 2009 and 2010,
respectively.
Estimated amortization expenses of the existing intangible
assets are $351,138, $505,663, $26,493, $26,493 and $117,011 for
the six-month periods ending February 28, 2011 and for the
fiscal year 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015 and thereafter,
respectively.
|
|
8.
|
Accrued
Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Accrued payroll and bonus
|
|
$
|
3,893,895
|
|
|
$
|
5,509,769
|
|
Social insurance payable
|
|
|
453,081
|
|
|
|
705,402
|
|
Payable for business acquisitions
|
|
|
513,062
|
|
|
|
240,198
|
|
Other taxes payable
|
|
|
1,343,425
|
|
|
|
2,250,961
|
|
Others
|
|
|
614,353
|
|
|
|
912,537
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
6,817,816
|
|
|
$
|
9,618,867
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payable for the acquisition of a school in Tianjin
|
|
$
|
76,760
|
|
|
$
|
77,128
|
|
Payable for the acquisition of Jianli School
|
|
|
137,257
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payable for the acquisition of Qianjiang School
|
|
|
137,257
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payable for the acquisition of Wuhan School
|
|
|
161,788
|
|
|
|
163,070
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payable for business acquisitions
|
|
$
|
513,062
|
|
|
$
|
240,198
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-51
TAL
Education Group
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
Cayman
Islands
The Company is a tax-exempted company incorporated in the Cayman
Islands.
Hong
Kong
Xueersi Hong Kong was established in Hong Kong in March 2008.
Xueersi Hong Kong is subject to Hong Kong Profits Tax on its
activities conducted in Hong Kong. It was subject to Hong Kong
profit tax at 16.5%. No provision for Hong Kong Profits tax has
been made in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial
statements as it has no assessable income for the period from
its establishment to August 31, 2010.
PRC
The subsidiaries incorporated in the PRC were generally subject
to a corporate income tax rate of 33% prior to January 1,
2008 except for those subsidiaries that enjoyed tax holidays or
preferential tax treatment. Xueersi Network and Haidian Xueersi
were entitled to a one year tax exemption in calendar year 2007
as they were newly established companies in calendar year 2007.
Effective from January 1, 2008, a new Enterprise Income Tax
Law, or (the New EIT Law), combined the previous
income tax laws for foreign invested and domestic invested
enterprises in the PRC by the adoption a unified tax rate of 25%
for most enterprises with the following exceptions.
Certain qualified high and new technology enterprises that meet
the definition of high and new technology enterprise
strongly supported by the state (HNTE) could
benefit from a preferential tax rate of 15%. Xueersi Education
qualified as a HNTE under the New EIT Law effective from
January 1, 2008 and therefore for a preferential tax rate
of 15%. In addition, since the entity is located in a high
technology zone in Beijing and qualified as a high-tech company,
it was entitled to a three-year exemption from EIT from calendar
year 2006 to 2008 and a further tax reduction to a rate of 7.5%
from calendar year 2009 to 2011.
On April 21, 2010, the State Administration of Taxation
issued Circular 157 Further Clarification on Implementation of
Preferential EIT Rate during Transition Periods (Circular
157). Circular 157 seeks to provide additional guidance on
the interaction of certain preferential tax rates under the
transitional rules of the New EIT Law. Prior to Circular 157,
the Group interpreted the law to mean that if an HNTE entity was
in a tax holiday period, including
2-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate,
5-year
exemption plus
5-year half
rate and other tax exemptions and reductions, where it was
entitled to a 50% reduction in the tax rate and was also
entitled to a 15% rate of tax due to HNTE status under the New
EIT Law, then it was entitled to pay tax at the rate of 7.5%.
Circular 157 appears to have the effect that such an entity is
entitled to pay tax at either the lower of 15% or 50% of the
standard PRC tax rate (i.e. currently 25%). Circular 157 was
unclear as to whether its effect is retrospective but Xueersi
Education understands that the State Administration of Taxation
has recently taken the position that the Circular applies only
to tax years commencing from January 1, 2010.
Based on the interpretation of Circular 157 from the relevant
local tax district, Xueersi Education believes that entities
that qualify for
3-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate tax holiday as HNTEs and which are registered in the
Zhongguancun High and New Technology industrial Zones of
Beijing, will continue to pay tax at the rate of 7.5%. Since
Xueersi Education enjoys
3-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate and is a HNTE status registered in the Zhongguancun
High and New Technology industrial Zones of Beijing, Xueersi
Education does not believe that Circular 157 has any effect on
its tax position.
F-52
TAL
Education Group
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
In calculating deferred tax assets and liabilities, the Group
assumed Xueersi Education will continue to renew the new HNTE
status at the conclusion of the initial three-year period. If
Xueersi Education failed to obtain such renewals, then the
deferred tax assets as of August 31, 2010 would increase by
$23,165.
TAL Beijing was qualified as Newly Established Software
Enterprise and therefore it was entitled to a two-year
exemption from EIT from calendar year 2009 to 2010 and a further
tax reduction to a rate of 12.5% from calendar year 2011 to 2013.
Provision (credit) for income tax consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
|
Periods ended
|
|
|
Periods ended
|
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Current
PRC income tax expenses
|
|
$
|
1,281,475
|
|
|
$
|
1,973,863
|
|
Deferred
PRC income tax benefits
|
|
|
(369,207
|
)
|
|
|
(303,330
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
912,268
|
|
|
$
|
1,670,533
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary
differences between the carrying amount of assets and
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts
used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the
Groups deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Current deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undistributed payroll
|
|
$
|
903,939
|
|
|
$
|
1,299,540
|
|
Less: valuation allowance
|
|
|
(72,642
|
)
|
|
|
(73,071
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current deferred tax assets, net
|
|
|
831,297
|
|
|
|
1,226,469
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
134,915
|
|
|
|
196,579
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
163,003
|
|
|
|
162,914
|
|
Tax losses carry-forward deferred tax assets
|
|
|
303,909
|
|
|
|
587,294
|
|
Less: valuation allowance
|
|
|
(317,859
|
)
|
|
|
(778,798
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax assets, net
|
|
|
283,968
|
|
|
|
167,989
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
147,433
|
|
|
|
120,127
|
|
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities
|
|
|
28,177
|
|
|
|
26,557
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax liabilities
|
|
$
|
175,610
|
|
|
$
|
146,684
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of August 31, 2010, tax loss carry-forward amounted to
$2,429,825 and would expire through the calendar year 2016. The
Group operates its business through its subsidiaries, its VIEs
and their subsidiaries. The Group does not file combined or
consolidated tax returns, therefore, losses from individual
subsidiaries or the VIEs and their subsidiaries may not be used
to offset other subsidiaries or VIEs earnings within
the
F-53
TAL
Education Group
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
Group. Valuation allowance is considered on each individual
subsidiary and VIE basis. A valuation allowance of $851,869 had
been established as of August 31, 2010, in respect of
certain deferred tax assets as it is considered more likely than
not that the relevant deferred tax assets will not be realized
in the foreseeable future.
Under US GAAP, a deferred tax liability should be recorded for
taxable temporary differences attributable to the excess of
financial reporting amounts over tax basis amounts, including
those differences attributable to a more than 50% interest in a
domestic subsidiary. However, recognition is not required in
situations where the tax law provides a means by which the
reported amount of that investment can be recovered tax-free and
the enterprise expects that it will ultimately use that means.
The Company has not recorded any such deferred tax liability
attributable to the undistributed earnings of its financial
interest in VIEs because it believes such excess earnings can be
distributed in a manner that would not be subject to income tax.
The Group has concluded that there are no significant uncertain
tax positions requiring recognition in financial statements. The
Group has made its assessment of the level of tax authority for
each tax position (including the potential application of
interest and penalties) based on the technical merits, and has
measured the unrecognized tax benefits associated with the tax
positions. The Group has no material unrecognized tax benefits
which would favourably affect the effective income tax rate in
future periods. The Group classifies interest
and/or
penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.
As of August 31, 2010, there was no interest and penalties
related to uncertain tax positions. The Group does not
anticipate any significant increases or decreases in
unrecognized tax benefits in the next 12 months.
New EIT Law includes a provision specifying that legal entities
organized outside of the PRC will be considered residents for
Chinese Income tax purposes if the place of effective management
or control is within the PRC. The implementation rules to the
New EIT Law provide that non-resident legal entities will be
considered PRC residents if substantial and overall management
and control over the manufacturing and business operations,
personnel, accounting, properties, etc, occurs within the PRC.
Despite the present uncertainties resulting from the limited PRC
tax guidance on the issue, the Group does not believe that the
legal entities organized outside of the PRC within the Group
should be treated as residents for EIT law purposes. If the PRC
tax authorities subsequently determine that the Company and its
subsidiaries registered outside the PRC should be deemed a
resident enterprise, the Company and its subsidiaries registered
outside the PRC will be subject to the PRC income tax at a rate
of 25%.
If the Company were to be non-resident for PRC tax purpose,
dividends paid to it out of profits earned after January 1,
2008 would be subject to a withholding tax. In the case of
dividends paid by PRC subsidiaries, the withholding tax would be
10%.
Aggregate undistributed earnings of the Companys
subsidiaries located in the PRC that are available for
distribution to the Company of approximately $32,694,990 as of
August 31, 2010, are considered to be indefinitely
reinvested and accordingly, no provision has been made for the
Chinese dividend withholding taxes that would be payable upon
the distribution of those amounts to the Company. The Chinese
tax authorities have also clarified that distributions made out
of pre January 1, 2008 retained earnings will not be
subject to the withholding tax.
F-54
TAL
Education Group
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended
February 28, 2010 and six-month periods ended
August 31, 2010 consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning balance
|
|
$
|
762,272
|
|
|
$
|
763,802
|
|
Foreign exchange difference due to translation
|
|
|
1,530
|
|
|
|
2,121
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance
|
|
$
|
763,802
|
|
|
$
|
765,923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No impairment charges have been recorded for the six-month
periods ended August 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
|
Periods ended
|
|
|
Periods ended
|
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net income attributable to TAL Education Group
|
|
$
|
9,427,111
|
|
|
$
|
13,245,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undistributed net income to TAL Education Group shareholders
|
|
|
9,427,111
|
|
|
|
13,245,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Numerator used in basic and diluted net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to TAL Education Group shareholders
allocated for computing net income per common share-basic
|
|
|
9,050,027
|
(i)
|
|
|
12,716,007
|
(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to TAL Education Group shareholders
allocated for computing net income per Series A convertible
redeemable preferred shares-basic
|
|
|
377,084
|
(i)
|
|
|
529,834
|
(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to TAL Education Group shareholders
allocated for computing net income per common share-diluted
|
|
|
9,427,111
|
|
|
|
13,245,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares (denominator):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding used in computing net income
per common share basic
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding used in computing net income
per Series A convertible redeemable preferred
shares basic
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
Dilutive effect of nonvested share awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
193,360
|
(ii)
|
Weighted average shares outstanding used in computing net income
per common share diluted
|
|
|
125,000,000
|
|
|
|
125,193,360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per common share attributable to TAL Education Group
shareholders-basic
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Net income per Series A convertible redeemable preferred
share-basic
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Net income per common share attributable to TAL Education Group
shareholders-diluted
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i) |
|
Undistributed net income was allocated between common shares and
preferred shares prorated on the dividend participation rights.
Since each Series A convertible redeemable preferred share
has the same participating right as each common share, the
allocation was based on the numbers of common shares and
Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares. |
|
(ii) |
|
The Group has nonvested shares outstanding which could diluted
basic net income per share in the future. |
F-55
TAL
Education Group
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
|
|
12.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Lease
commitment
The Group leases certain office premises under non-cancellable
leases, the term of which are ten years or less and are
renewable upon negotiation. Rental expenses under operating
leases for the six-month periods ended August 31, 2009 and
2010 were $3,881,347 and $7,168,452, respectively.
Future minimum payments under non-cancellable operating leases
as of August 31, 2010 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Six-month periods ending February 28, 2011
|
|
$
|
7,590,469
|
|
Fiscal years ending
|
|
|
|
|
February 2012
|
|
|
13,602,220
|
|
February 2013
|
|
|
9,882,230
|
|
February 2014
|
|
|
7,128,243
|
|
February 2015 and after
|
|
|
4,071,011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
42,274,173
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment
information
The Group is mainly engaged in after-school tutoring in the PRC.
The Groups chief operating decision maker
(CODM) has been identified as the Chief Executive
Officer who reviews financial information of separate operating
segments based on US GAAP amounts when making decisions about
allocating resources and assessing performance of the Group. The
business is now organized and monitored on the basis of
geographic locations. The CODM now reviews results analyzed by
service line and geographic location. This analysis is only
presented at the revenue level with no allocation of direct or
indirect costs. Consequently, the Group has determined that it
has only one operating segment.
Geographic
information
The Group primary operates in the PRC and all of the
Groups long-lived assets are located in the PRC.
Major
customers
For the six-month periods ended August 31, 2009 and 2010,
there was no customer who accounted for 10% or more of the
Groups revenues.
Components of revenues are presented in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
|
Periods Ended
|
|
|
Periods Ended
|
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Educational programs and services
|
|
$
|
32,829,477
|
|
|
$
|
52,859,699
|
|
Educational materials and others
|
|
|
153,528
|
|
|
|
162,338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues
|
|
$
|
32,983,005
|
|
|
$
|
53,022,037
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-56
TAL
Education Group
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
|
|
14.
|
Mainland
China Contribution Plan
|
Full time employees of the Group in the PRC participate in a
government-mandated defined contribution plan pursuant to which
certain pension benefits, medical care, unemployment insurance,
employee housing fund and other welfare benefits are provided to
employees. The PRC labor regulations require the Group to accrue
for these benefits based on certain percentages of the
employees salaries. Total contributions for such employee
benefits were $545,309 and $1,615,374 for the six-month periods
ended August 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
|
|
15.
|
Related
Party Transactions
|
The Group had the following balances with related parties as of
February 28, 2010 and August 31, 2010, respectively:
(a) Amount due to the founding shareholders-non-trading
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Founding shareholders
|
|
$
|
108,204
|
(i)
|
|
$
|
100,571
|
(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i.
|
The amount represents rental deposits and acquisition
consideration paid by the founding shareholder on behalf of the
Group.
|
Amounts due to shareholders are non-interest bearing and
unsecured with no fixed repayment terms. There was no right to
offset the amounts due to and due from the same shareholders.
|
|
16.
|
Share-Based
Compensation
|
Nonvested
shares
2010 Share
Incentive Plan
In June 2010, the Company adopted the 2010 Share Incentive
Plan. The plan permits the grant of options to purchase the
Class A common shares, share appreciation rights,
restricted shares, restricted share units, dividend equivalent
rights and other instruments as deemed appropriate by the
administrator under the plan. The maximum aggregate number of
Class A common shares that may be issued pursuant to all
awards under the stock incentive plan is 18,750,000 shares.
On July 26, 2010, the Group granted 5,419,500 nonvested
shares under this share incentive plan to directors, executive
officers and employees. The estimated fair value of the
Class A common share on the grant date was $4.05 per
share. The nonvested shares will vest in accordance with the
vesting schedule set out in the award agreement, which is
(1) 100% of 945,100 nonvested shares at the first
anniversary of the date of grant, or (2) 1/2 of 831,400
nonvested shares on each of the anniversaries since the date of
grant, or (3) 1/4 of 3,643,000 nonvested shares on each of
the anniversaries since the date of grant.
F-57
TAL
Education Group
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
The total compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line
basis over the respective vesting periods. The Group recorded a
related compensation expense of $919,862 for the six months
ended August 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
nonvested
|
|
|
|
shares
|
|
|
Outstanding as of March 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
5,419,500
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding as of August 31, 2010
|
|
|
5,419,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of August 31, 2010, the unrecognized compensation
expense related to the nonvested share awards amounted to
$18,296,424, which will be recognized over their respective
requisite service periods up to 4 years.
The Group has evaluated events subsequent to the balance sheet
date of August 31, 2010 through September 29, 2010,
the date the unaudited condensed consolidated financial
statements were available to be issued.
On September 29, 2010, the Company adopted the Third
Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association
(M&AA). The share capital of the Company is US$1,000,000.00
divided into (i) 500,000,000 Class A common shares of
par value US$0.001 each, (ii) 495,000,000 of Class B
common shares of par value US$0.001 each, and
(iii) 5,000,000 Series A preferred shares of par value
US$0.001 each. All issued and outstanding common shares of the
Company as of September 28, 2010 are re-designated as
Class B common shares. The outstanding preferred shares
will be automatically converted into Class B common shares
immediately prior to the closing of the initial public offering.
Holders of Class A common shares and Class B common
shares have the same rights except for voting and conversion
rights. Each Class A common share is entitled to one vote
and each Class B common share is entitled to ten votes.
Each Class B common share is convertible into one
Class A common share at any time by the holder thereof.
Class A common shares are not convertible into Class B
common shares under any circumstances. Upon any transfer of
Class B common shares by a holder thereof to any person or
entity which is not an affiliate of such holder, such
Class B common shares shall be automatically and
immediately converted into an equal number of Class A
common shares.
Upon adoption of the amended and restated M&AA, all shares
and per share information presented in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements have been revised on a
retroactive basis to reflect the re-designation of outstanding
common shares as Class B common shares as if the amended
and restated M&AA had been in place throughout the periods
presented.
On September 29, 2010, the Group declared a
$30.0 million cash dividend to the Groups then
existing shareholders conditional upon the completion of the
initial public offering.
F-58
TAL EDUCATION GROUP
12,000,000 American
Depositary Shares
Representing
24,000,000 Class A
Common Shares
|
|
Credit
Suisse |
Morgan Stanley |
|
|
Piper
Jaffray |
Oppenheimer & Co. |